leftbg
ghana book review logo ghana book review logo ghana book review logo
logorgt
Bibliography - T

Taking Action to Reduce Poverty in Sub-Saharan Africa: An Overview (World Bank, Operations Evaluation Department; 1996)

Taking Africa Seriously: A Case for Enhanced Resource Flows to Facilitate Development and Reduce Poverty – E. Aryeetey (pgs. 282-307 in Journal of African Economies, 11, 2; 2003)

Taking Development Seriously – K. Gyekye (in Journal of Applied Philosophy, 11, 1; 1994)

Talent for tomorrow: an anthology of creative writing from the Training Colleges of Ghana – Ellen Greer Sangster and C.K.A. Quarshie (Ministry of Education, Accra; 1966; 228 pgs)

Tales and discoveries (English at Work Reader no. 5) – Robert Richardson Okyne (University of London Press, London, England; 1967; 127 pgs)

Tales for boys and girls – J. Benibengor Blay (Macmillan, London, England; 1966; 44 pgs)

Tales from Dodora Forest – Henry Ofori (Waterville, Accra; 1965)

Tales of an Ashanti father – compiled by Peggy Appiah (André Deutsch, London, England; 1967; 157 pgs)

Tales Told in Togoland to Which is Added the Mythical and Traditional History of Dagomba by E.F. Tamakloe A.W. Cardinall (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1931; Negro Universities Press (Greenwood), Westport CN, US; 1970; 290 pgs)

Talk Left Walk Right: South Africa’s Frustrated Global Reforms – Patrick Bond (Merlin Press, England, South Africa; 2004; 266 pgs) Considers the dynamics of international political economy and geopolitics in relation to South Africa, reviewing Thabo Mbeki’s relationship with the US and his policies on AIDS, trade, debt relief, NEPAD, development, and globalization (ABCBR)

Talking about timber – Janet Daniels (pg. 39 in African Review of Business and Technology; April 1992)

Tanzania – A. Bigsten, D. Mutalemwa, Y. Tsikata, and S. Wangwe (in Aid and Reform in Africa: A Report from 10 Countries, (eds.) Devarajan et al., World Bank; 2001)

Tanzania’s Development Budget: Issues and Implementation – Yvonne Tsikata, S. Wangwe, D. Mutalemwa, and A. Mtowa (Report prepared for the PER ’00 Working Group, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; 1999)

Tarikh-Es-Sudan – Abdurahman Es Sadi (Vols. 1 and 2; Paris, France; 1901)

Tariyon Aalin Gonjawa tare da Chumbuluwa da Nawuriwa – K. Soali (details to come; 1932)

Tartuif – F.K. Adinyira (Bureau of Ghana Languages, Accra; 1968; 175 pgs) Ewe; translation of Tartuffe, the French play by Molière

Tasks and Masks: Themes and Styles of African Literature – Lewis Nkosi (Longman, Harlow, England; 1981)

Tax Administration in Ghana – Problems and Prospects – K. Afosa (pgs.21-33 in Journal of Management Studies, 1, 1; 1984)

Tax Base Erosion and Inflation: The Case of Ghana – C. Mansfield (in Finance and Development, 17, 3; 1980)

Taxation and Fiscal Reform in Ghana T. Addison and R. Osei (WIDER Discussion Papers DP2001/119, World Institute for Development Economics Research, Helsinki; 2001)

Taxing for the State? Politics, Revenue and the Informal Sector in Ghana – J. Anuradha and J. Ayee (Report on current research on taxation of the informal passenger transportation sector in Ghana, supported by the Centre for the Future State, IDS, Sussex, England; 2002)

Taxing Natural Resource Projects – C. Emerson (in Natural Resources Forum, 4, 2; April 1980)

Te Ti Karim Buli (4 vols; vol. I: Te Ti Gomsi Buli Karimka; Ghana Institute of Linguistics, Literacy and Bible Translation; 1984)

Te Ti Zamsi Buli (4 vols) (Ghana Institute of Linguistics, Literacy and Bible Translation; 1980)

Teaching drama in a Ghanaian Secondary School – Catherine McEvoy (pgs. 25-28 in West African Journal of Education, 9, 1; February 1965)

Teaching of African History – Chancellor Williams (in The Teaching of History, (ed.) J.S. Roucek; New York, US; 1967)

Teaching Science to Young Children The Easy Way – J. Maud Kordylas (Vieso Universal (Ghana) Ltd., P.O. Box MA 150, Mampong-Akuapem; 2003; 21 pgs)

Teaching the Ghanaian Child (ed.) Jide Owolabi (Afolabi Publishers; also Faculty of Education, University of Cape Coast; 2000; 260 pgs)

Teaching the Mother Tongue in Secondary Schools – P. Gurrey (Longmans, London, England; 1958)

Tears of a jealous wife – Seth K. Osae (Advance Publishing Company, Accra; 1968; 47 pgs)

Technical and Vocational Education in Ghana – F.A. Baiden (pgs. 81-122 in The Development of Technical and Vocational Education in Africa, UNESCO International Project on Technical and Vocational Education; 1996)

Technical Efficiency in Ghanaian Secondary Education – Kwabena Gyimah-Bremong and Eliabeth N. Appiah (pgs. 348-365 in The Economy of Ghana: Analytical Perspectives on Stability, Growth and Poverty, (eds.) Ernest Aryeetey and Ravi Kanbur; James Currey, www.jamescurrey.co.uk; and Woeli Publishing Services, P.O. Box NT 601, New Town, Accra; 2008)

Technical investigations of the Kibi bauxite: digestion – Francis W.Y. Momade (pgs. 111-115 in Journal of the University of Science and Technology, 11, 3; 1991)

Technicolor: race, technology, and everyday life – Alondra Nelson and Thuy Linh N. Tu (New York University Press; New York, US; 2001)

Techniques of Negotiating with Transnational Corporations: Tips for the Table – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 37-44 in Negotiations Management: Preparation, Strategy and Tactics, (ed.) P. Coughlin; Commonwealth Secretariat, London, England; 1989)

Technological Capabilities and Industrial Development in Ghana (Revised Draft) – S. Lall, G.B. Navaretti and G. Wignaraja (World Bank Africa Technical Department; 1993)

Technological Capabilities and Learning in African Enterprises – T. Biggs, M. Shah and P. Srivastava (World Bank Technical Paper No. 288, Washington Dc, US; 1995)

Technologies de l’information et de la communication pour le développement en Afrique, Vol 1 : Potentialités et défis pour le développement communautaire – (ed.) Ramata Molo Thioune (CODESRIA; Dakar, Senegal; 2004; 136 pgs) [English edition: Information and Communication Technologies for Development in Africa: Volume 1 Opportunities and challenges for community development, CODESRIA; Dakar, Senegal; 2004; 135 pgs) Discusses the opportunities, experiences and challenges for political and community development of the introduction, adoption and use of ICT at community level in Africa (ABCBR)

Technologies for Rural Women in Ghana: Role of Socio-Cultural Factors – E. Date-Baah (in Technology and Rural Women: Conceptual and Empirical Issues, (ed.) I. Ahmed; Allen and Unwin, London, England; 1986)

Technology and Culture in a Developing Country – K. Gyekye (in Philosophy and Technology, Philosophy Supplement 38, Royal Institute of Philosophy, London, England; 1995)

Technology and Enterprise Development: Ghana under Structural Adjustment S. Lall, G.B. Navaretti, S. Teitel and G. Wignaraja (World Bank, Regional Programme on Enterprise Development; no date)

Technology and Small-Medium Scale Enterprise Development in Ghana:  The Case of GRATIS Project – G. Botchie (mimeo, African Technology Policy Studies Network, Nairobi, Kenya; June 2002)

Technology and Underdevelopment – Frances Stewart (Macmillan, London, England; 1977)

Technology Diffusion and Linkage Mechanisms in the Small-scale Auto-Repair Industry – A Case Study of Accra F.E. Klu (in Legon Geographer Vol. 1 No. 1, University of Ghana; 1985)

Technology Diffusion from Modern to the Informal Sector: Automobile Repair Trades in Ghana A.N. Hakam (International Labour Organization, Geneva, Switzerland; 1976)

Technology for Development – The Case of a Developing Country, Ghana E. Lartey [2001 J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 2001; 73 pgs)

Technology Transfer – A Rationale for Developing Countries – E. Lartey (UNIDO International Seminar on Technology Transfer, New Delhi, India; December 1972)

Teenage pregnancies and school drop-outs: The relevance of Family Life Education and vocational training to girls’ employment opportunitiesF.O Akuffo (in Sex Roles, Population and Development in West Africa, (ed.) C. Oppong; John Curry, London, England; 1987)

Tele-centres as a way of achieving universal access – the case of Ghana Morten Falch and Amos Anyimadu (pgs. 21-39 in Telecommunications Policy, 27, 1-2; Feb.-March 2003)

Tele-centres in Ghana – M. Falch (pgs. 103-114 in Telematics and Informatics, 21, 1; Feb. 2004)

Telecommunication Reform in Ghana – Luke Haggarty, Mary M. Shirley and Scott Wallsten (World Bank Policy Working Paper, WPS 2983; World Bank, Washington DC, US; 2003) 

Telecommunications Development – L.K. Riverson (details to come; 1994)

Telecommunication Services in Sub-Saharan Africa: An Analysis of Access and Use in the Southern Volta Region in Ghana – Romeo Bertolini (in Development Economics and Policy, 26; 2002)

Tema: Ghana’s New Town and Harbour – K. Jopp (Ministry of Information, Development Secretariat, Accra; 1961; 51 pgs)

Tema Manhean: A Study of Resettlement – G.W. Amarteifio, D.A.P. Butcher and D. Witham (Planning Research Studies, No. 3; Ghana Universities Press for the University of Science and Technology, Kumasi; 1966; 97 pgs)

Tema: the geography of a new port – D. Hilling (pgs. 111-125 in Geography, 51, 2; April 1966)

Temperature dependence of zinc sorption by goethite – A.B. Ankomah (pgs. 13-19 in Journal of the University of Science and Technology, 11, 1; 1991)

Ten years’ local government in Ghana – A.F. Greenwood (in Journal of Local Administration Overseas, 1, 1; 1962)

Ten years of relations with Ghana – Mordahai Nahumi (pgs. 21-29 in New Outlook, 9 (Tel Aviv, Israel); February 1966)

Tenancy and the Land Reform Debate in Ghana – J.B. Aidoo (in Our Common Estate series, Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors, England; 1996)

Tenth Consultative Group Meeting - Volume Two – Report on the Government of Ghana Poverty Reduction Programme (Republic of Ghana; November 1999)

Terms used in timber standards (National Standards Board, Accra; 1968; 35 pgs)

Terms used in timber standards – Ghanaian Standard Glossary, Gs01-1968; (Draft compiled by Sub-Committee for Timber Standards at Forest Products Research Institute, Kumasi; 1968; 36 pgs)

Terramedia: Themes in Afro-Arab Relations – Mohamed Omer Beshir (University of Khartoum Press, Khartoum, Sudan and Ithaca Press, London, England; 1982) J. Hunwick notes that this has a useful, 22-page bibliography

Terrific Majesty: The Powers of Shaka Zulu and the Limits of Historical Invention – Carolyn Hamilton (Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1998)

Tertiary Education Policy in Ghana: An Assessment 1988-1998 A. Girdwood (World Bank; 1999)

Teshi – Administratrive and Cultural Practices – E. Ago Kwei, E. Adzei Anang and T. Adjei Bekoe (Ronna Publishers, P.O. Box BT 353, Community 2, Tema; 2004; 104 pgs)

Testing clinical audit of emergency obstetric care in Ghana and Jamaica (pg. 191 in Reproductive Health Matters, 9, 18; November 2001)

Testing the Export-Growth Hypothesis for Ghana – D.V. Daniel and K. Sakyi-Bekoe (Working Paper No. 90-10, Department of Economics, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Canada; July 1990)

Testing the Links between Devaluation and Inflation: Time-Series Evidence from Ghana – S.D. Younger (pgs. 369-394 in Journal of African Economics, 1, 3, November 1992)

Tete Hellafo akokodurfufo bi (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1967; 153 pgs) Twi

The Abolition of Domestic Slavery by Britain: Asante’s Dilemma – Akosua Perbi (in Legon Journal of the Humanities, 6; 1992)

The Abolition of the Atlantic Slave Trade – (eds.) D. Eltis and J. Walvin (Publisher details to come; Madison WI, US; 1981)

The Accra Declaration of the Non-Aligned Movement: a world in transition – from diminishing confrontation towards increasing cooperation (in Legon Centre for International Affairs, LECIA Bulletin, 2, 1; March 1992)

The acidity of some Ghana timbers – A.K. Som and E.T. Bartel-Kornacka (pgs. 153-155 in Ghana Journal of Science, 6, 3 & 4; July/October 1966)

The ACP-EEC Convention of Lome: An Aid to the Eradication of Underdevelopment or to the Consolidation of Dependence? – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 19-40 in Melanesian Law Journal, 14; 1986)

The Acquisition and Government of Backward Territority in International Law – M.F. Lindley (Longmans Green, London, England; 1926)

The acquisition and use of female slaves in pre-colonial Ghana – A.A. Perbi (details to come; Universitas, Legon)

The Acquisition, Development and Control of Land in Kumasi: An Explanatory Booklet – M.R. Avis (Research Publication, Land Administration Research Centre, Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology, Kumasi; no date)

The acquisition of family land in Ghana – Gordon R. Woodman (pgs. 23-41 in University of Ghana Law Journal, 1, 1; 1964)

The Acquisition of Land by Larteh Cocoa Farmers Polly Hill (in Cocoa Research Series, No. 14, University College of Ghana; 1958)

The Action of Human Resources and Poverty on One Another: What We Have Yet to Learn – Jere Behrman (Living Standards Measurement Study Working Paper No. 74, World Bank, Washington DC, US; 1990)

The Adaptability of African Communal Land Tenure to Economic Opportunity: The Example of Land Acquisition for Oil Palm Farming in Ghana – E.A. Gyasi (pgs. 391-405 in Africa, 64, 3; 1992)

The Adas and the Anlos in the 18th century – Andrew Amegatcher (p. 8 in The Mirror, No. 1952; 11 April, 1992)

The Adinkra Dictionary: A Visual Primer of the Language of the Adinkra W.B. Willis (Pyramid Complex, Washington DC, US; 1998)

The adjustment of central bodies to decentralisation: The case of the Ghanaian bureaucracy – J.R.A. Ayee (pgs. 37-57 in African Studies Review, 40; 1997)

The Administration of George Maclean on the Gold Coast, 1830-44 J.D. Fage (pgs. 104-120 in Transactions of the Historical Society of the Gold Coast & Togoland, 1, 4; Achimota; 1954 [or 1955?])

The Administration of Ghana’s Foreign Relations, 1957-1965: A Personal Memoir – M. Dei-Anang (The Athlone Press, University of London, England; Humanities Press, Atlantic Highlands NJ, US; 1975; 96 pgs) He being Principal Secretary, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 1959-1961 and head of the African Affairs Secretariat, 1961-1966 (McFarland) and a trusted aide of Nkrumah (Mahoney)

The Administration of Justice R. Luckham (in Review of Ghana Law, 9; 1977)

The Administration of Planning in Ghana (United Nations, Paris, France; 1964)

The Administration of the Abolition Laws, African Responses, and Post-Proclamation Slavery in Colonial Southern Ghana, 1874-1940 – Kwabena Opare Akurang-Parry (pgs. 149-166 in Slavery and Abolition, 19, 2; 1998)

The administrative areas of Northern Ghana, 1898-1951 – Raymond Bagulo Bening (pgs. 325-356 in Bulletin de l’IFAN 45, série B, 3-4; 1983; Dakar, Senegal)

The Adventures of Coalpot – Nana Adoma (Longmans, London, England; 1966; 24 pgs) Progress in Reading, Grade C

The Adventures of Sasa and Esi – Martin Owusu (Ghana Publishing House, Accra; 1968; 23 pgs)

The Aesthetic Dimension in Ethnonmusicological Studies – J.H.K. Nketia (pgs. 3-28 in The World of Music, 26, 1; 1984)

The Aesthetics of Creative Communication in African Performance Situations – K.E. Agovi (in Research Review (new series) 4, 1; Legon; 1988)

The Africa Reader: Independent Africa – (eds.) W. Cartey and M. Kilson (Vintage-Random, New York, US; 1970)

The Africa That Never Was: Four Centuries of British Writing about Africa – D. Hammond and A. Jablow (Waveland, Prospect Heights IL, US; 1992)

The African – John Okai (pg. 10 in New African, 7, 1; 1968) Poem by the later ‘pawaful’ Atukwei

The African Abroad W.H. Ferris (New York, NY, US; 1913)

The African American Experience in Cyberspace – A Resource Guide to the Best Web Sites on Black Culture and History – Abdul Alkalimat (Pluto Press, 345 Archway Road, London N6 5AA, England; 2004; 294 pgs)

The African American resource guide to the Internet – Stafford L. Battle and Rey O. Harris (McGraw-Hill; New York, US; 1996)

The African Awakening – Basil Davidson (Jonathan Cape, London, England; 1955)

The African Background – Carter G. Woodson (Washington, US; 1936; other details to come)

The African Child in Proverb, Folklore and Fact – R.S. Rattray (in Africa, 7, 461; 1933)

The African Condition – A.A. Mazrui (Heinemann, London, England; 1980)

The African contractor and the Gold Coast building industry – E.R. Rado (Proceedings of a Conference of the West African Institute of Social and Economic Research; 1956)

The African Development Bank Problems of International Cooperation K. Donkoh Fordwor (Pergamon Press, New York, US; Oxford, England; 1981; 343 pgs)

The African Debt Crisis (eds.) T.W. Parfitt and S.P. Riley (Routledge, London, England and New York, US; 1989)

The African Diaspora – M.I. Kilson and R.I. Rotberg (Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1976)

The African Diaspora: A Socio-Demographic Portrait of the Ghanaian Migrant Community in the United States of America Baffour Takyi (pgs. 35-56 in Ghana Studies, 2; 1999)

The African Drought and its Demographic Implications – J.C. Caldwell (details to come)

The African Environment and the Agenda 21 Concept – Valentine Udoh James (pgs. 125-139 in Globalization and the New World Order: Promises, Problems, and Prospects for Africa in the Twenty-First Century, (ed.) Felix Moses Edoho; Praeger, Westport CT, US; 1997)

The African Experience in Literature and Ideology – Abiola Irele (Indiana University Press, Bloomington and Indianapolis IN, US; Heinemann, London, England; Ibadan, Nigeria; Nairobi, Kenya; 1981)

The African Experience with Higher Education J.F.Ade Ajayi, K.H. Goma Lameck and G. Ampah Johnson (Association of African Universities, Accra; 1995) Found listed elsewhere with second author named as L.K.H. Goma and published in 1999 in association with James Currey and Ohio University Press

The African Genius – Basil Davidson (James Currey Publishers, Oxford, England; 2004; 367 pgs) First published in 1969, this classic describes the sophistication of African societies and cultures such as the Akan and the Yoruba in the context of the slave trade and imperialism (ABCBR)

The African: his antecedents, his genius, and his destiny – Gabriel Kingsley Osei (African Publication Society, London, England; 1967; 210 pgs)

The African Holocaust: The Slave Trade J.H. Clarke (in Education for a New Reality in the African World, part 3; 2005)

The African Image – Ezekiel Mphahlele (Faber and Faber, London, England; 1960) Later named Es’kia

The African Imagination – Abiola Irele (in Research in African Literatures, 26, 1; 1995)

The African Imagination: Literature in Africa and the Black Diaspora – Abiola Irele (Oxford University Press, New York, US; 2001)

The African Intellectuals – E. Shils (in Christianity and African Education, (eds.) R.P. Beaver; W.B. Erdmans, Grand Rapids, Michigan, US; 1966)

The African Iron Age – P.L. Shinnie (Clarendon Press, Oxford, England; 1971)

The African journalist: speech delivered at the Second Conference of Pan African Journalists in Accra, 1963 – Kwame Nkrumah (Tanzania Publishers, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; 1965; 40 pgs)

The African Liberation Reader: Documents of the National Liberation Movements – Vol. 1: The Anatomy of Colonialism; Vol. 2: The National Liberation Movements; Vol. 3: The Strategy of Liberation – (eds.) A. de Bragança and I. Wallerstein (Zed Press, London, England; 1982)

The African Middle Class T.L. Hodgkin (pgs. 86-87 in Corona, London, England; 1956)

The African Nation – The State of the Nation – Kwesi Kwaa Prah (Centre for the Advanced Study of African Societies, CASAS, P.O. Box 359 Rondebosch 7700, Cape Town, South Africa; 2006)

The African Novel in English: An Introduction Keith Booker (Heinemann, New York, US; 1998; 227 pgs) Includes extended discussions of eight novels, their historical background, and their author's biography: Chinua Achebe's Things Fall Apart and Buchi Emecheta's Joys of Motherhood (Nigeria), Ayi Kwei Armah's The Beautyful Ones Are Not Yet Born and Ama Ata Aidoo's Our Sister Killjoy (Ghana), Nadine Gordimer's Burger's Daughter and Alex La Guma's In the Fog of the Season's End (South Africa), Ngugi wa Thiong'o's Devil on the Cross (Kenya) and Tsitsi Dangarembga's Nervous Conditions (Zimbabwe)

The African Origin of Civilization – Myth or Reality – Cheikh Anta Diop (edited and translated by Mercer Cook; (Lawrence Hill, Westport CT, US; 1974; 317 pgs) This is a condensation in English of the original works in French by Diop, Nations nègres et culture and Antériorité des civilisations nègres: mythe ou vérité historique?, that were first published by Présence Africaine, Paris, France, in 1954 and 1967 respectively

The African Origin of Christianity – Paul C. Boyd (Vol. II, Karia Press, London, England; 1991)

The African Past – Basil Davidson (Longman, London, England; 1964)

The African Philosophy Reader – (eds.) P.H. Coetzee and A.P.J. Roux (Routledge, London, England and New York NY, US; 1998; 467 pgs) Interesting format with each chapter a main essay followed by three or four readings (original texts) by a number of writers; it includes five by Kwasi Wiredu, one by Kwame Gyekye, two by Kwame Anthony Appiah two by Steve Biko and one by Senghor. The subjects covered include culture, metaphysics, epistemology, morality, Marxism and pluralism, and art, all with ‘African philosophizing’ as a basic theme (GN)

The African Philosophy Reader: A Text with Readings – (eds.) P.H. Coetzee and A.P.J. Roux (Routledge, England; 2004; 667 pgs) Looks at decolonization, afrocentrism, eurocentrism, cultural freedom, and the role of black consciousness in the liberation struggles, through authors such as Abiola Irele, Ngugi wa Thiong’o, Steve Biko, Paulin Hountondji, Kwasi Wiredu, Ali Mazrui and Wole Soyinka (ABCBR)

The African Predicament – S. Andreski (Michael Joseph, London, England; 1968)

The African Presence in Black America – Jacob U. Gordon (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and Asmara Eritrea; 2003; 409 pgs) Essays debating the extent to which African cultures and values were transplanted and preserved in the US, the significance of African contributions to US civilization and Africa’s role in the African-American struggle for freedom and justice (ABCBR)

The African Princess Joseph G. Amamoo (JAFINT, P.O. Box 16184 Airport, Accra; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 2003; 194 pgs) Novel

The African Revolution – Walter Rodney (pgs. 5-13 in C.L.R. James: His Life and Work, in Urgent Tasks, 12 (special issue); Sojourner Truth Organization, P.O. Box 8493, Chicago IL 60680, US; 1981)

The African Sketchbook [2 vols.] – W.W. Reade (Smith, Elder, London, England; 1873)

The African Slave Trade – Basil Davidson (James Currey; Oxford, England; 2004; 304 pgs) First published in 1961 as Black Mother (other editions in 1961, 1970, 1980), describes the political and historical background of East and West Africa and the consequences of the slave trade on their development; includes a reading guide (ABCBR)

The African Slave Trade: a Census – P.D. Curtin (University of Wisconsin Press, Madison WI, US; 1969) Also found listed as The Atlantic Slave Trade: A Census, and published in 1969

The African Slave Trade and Its Remedy – T.F. Buxton (London, England; 1840)

The African Slave Trade and Its Suppression – P.C. Hogg (Frank Cass, London, England; 1973; 409 pgs) A classified and annotated bibliography of the slave trade, says McFarland

The African Slave Trade from the Fifteenth to the Nineteenth Century (UNESCO, Paris, France; 1979)

The African Slave Trade: Precolonial History, 1450-1850 – B. Davidson (Publisher details to come; Boston MA, US; 1961)

The Africans who wrote the Bible – Ancient Secrets Africa and Christianity Have Never Told – Nana Banchie Darkwa (Aduana Publishing Co; P.O. Box 2781, Russellville AR 72802, US; www.africansbible.com; 2002; 327 pgs) This is basically ‘the Akan origin of civilization’

The Afrikan Origin of Greek Philosophy: An Exercise in Afrocentrism – I.C. Onyeuenyu (University of Nigeria Press, Nsukka, Nigeria; 1994)

The Afro-Arab conflict in the 21st Century: A Sudanese Viewpoint – P.A. Nyaba (pg. 27 in Tinabantu, 1, 1; 2002)

The Afrocentric Idea – Molefi K. Asante (Temple University Press, Philadelphia PA, US; 1987)

The Age of Revolution – E.J. Hobsbawm (Weidenfeld & Nicolson, London, England; 1964)

The Agency for International Development (AID) and Third World Development – Ngozi Caleb Kamalu and Kwame Boakye Sarpong (in Research Review (new series) 10, 1 & 2; Legon; 1994)

The Agrarian Basis of the Post-Colonial State, Ghana 1957-1978 B. Beckman (in Nigerian Journal of Political Science, 1, 1; 1979)

The Agricultural Department of the Gold Coast, 1890-1909; the Ministry of Agriculture in Ghana, how it began (pgs. 29-43 in Ghana Farmer, 10, 1; 1966)

The agricultural system of the Manya-Krobo of the Gold Coast – M.J.Field (pgs. 54-65 in Africa, 14, 2; 1943/44) Also found listed as Africa, 14, 21; 1943/44

The Air Mails of British Africa, 1925-1932 – N.C. Baldwin (F.J. Field, Sutton Coldfield, England; 1932; 68 pgs)

The Akan and the North – J. Goody (pgs. 18-24 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 9, University of Ghana, Legon; 1966)

The Akan Claim to Origin from Ghana – J.B. Danquah (pgs. 968-970 and pgs. 1107-1111 in West African Review, Nov. 1955 and Dec. 1955)

The Akan concept of a person – Kwame Gyekye (pgs. 277-287 in International Philosophical Quarterly, 18, 3; 1978)

The Akan Concept of Mind – Kwasi Wiredu (in Ibadan Journal of Humanistic Studies, No. 3; 1983; reprinted in Contemporary Philosophy: A New Survey, Vol. 5, (ed.) G. Floistad, Martinus Nijhoof Publishers, Dordrecht, The Netherlands; 1987)

The Akan Concept of Personhood – Kwasi Wiredu (in African-American Perspectives on Biomedical Ethics, (eds.) H.E. Flack and E.D. Pellegrino, Georgetown University Press, Washington DC, US; 1992)

The Akan Concept of the soul – Sam K. Akesson (pgs. 280-291 in African Affairs, 64, 257; October 1965)

The Akan Doctrine of God – J.T. Evans (pgs. 241-259 in African Ideas of God, (ed.) E.D. Smith; Edinburgh House Press, London, England; 1950)

The Akan Doctrine of God: A Fragment of Gold Coast Ethics and Religion – J.B. Danquah (Butterworth, London, England; 1941 [and/or 1944?]; 206 pgs; 1968 [or 1969?] edition, Frank Cass, London, England)

The Akan family system today – M. Fortes (Legon Family Research Papers, No. 1, Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1973)

The Akan forest states (provisional translation of an extract from Beschreibung von Afrika, Amsterdam, 1670) – translated by O. Dapper (pgs. 15-17 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 9; November 1966)

The Akan of Ghana – An Overview of the Ethnographic Literature – D.M. Warren (Pointer Ltd, Accra; 1975, 1986)

The Akan of Ghana: Their Ancient Beliefs – E. Meyerowitz (Faber and Faber, London, England; 1958; 164 pgs)

The ‘Akan’ Problem – D. Kiyaga-Mulindwa (pgs. 503-506 in Current Anthropology, 21, 4; 1980)

The Akan (Twi-Fante) Language, Its Sound Systems and Tonal Structure – Florence A. Dolphyne (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1988)

The Akans of Ghana – Their History and Culture K. Nkansa Kyeremateng (Sebewie Publishers, P.O. Box 1745, Accra; 1996; 109 pgs)

The Akim Abuakwa Handbook J.B. Danquah (Foster Groom & Co., London, England; 1928)

The Akim Abuakwa Crisis – H.K. Akyeampong (self-published, Accra; 1958; 63 pgs) Foreword by J.B. Danquah

The ‘Akim’ or ‘Achim’ in the 17th Century and 18th Century Historical Contexts: Who were they? – R. Addo-Fening (pgs. 1-15 in Research Review, New Series, 4, 2, Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon; 1988) Also found listed as pgs. 16-27

The Akyem Factor in Ghana’s History 1700-1875 Kofi Affrifah (Ghana Universities Press; 2000; 259 pgs)

The Akwapim Imbroglio: A Study of Internal Conflict in Contemporary Ghana – K. Ansah-Koi (in Democracy and Conflict Resolution in Ghana, (ed.) Mike Oquaye; Friedrich Ebert Foundation, Accra; 1995)

The alienation of family land in Ghana – Gordon R. Woodman (in University of Ghana Law Journal; date to come)

The allegory of the cave: Language, democracy and a New World order! Ngugi wa Thiong’o (pgs. 25-46 in Black Renaissance/Renaissance Noire,1, 3; 1998)

The Ambassador – Joseph G. Amamoo (JAFINT, Accra; 2003; 182 pgs) Novel

The American Background in Why Are We So Blest? – R. Fraser (pgs. 39-46 in African Literature Today, 9; 1978; also pgs. 257-264 in Critical Perspectives on Ayi Kwei Armah, (ed.) D. Wright, Three Continents Press, Washington, US; 1992)

The American Discovery of Ancient Egypt – Author? (Los Angeles County Museum, Los Angeles CA, US; 1995)

The American Negro and His Roots – Proceedings of Conference of American Negro Writers (American Society of African Culture, New York, NY, US; 1959)

The anaemia of kwashiorkor – S. Kojo Addae pgs. 273-277 in Nutrion Review, 26, 9; New York, US; Sept. 1968)

The Anatomy of Ghana’s Secret Arms Industry – Kwesi Aning (in Armed and Aimless: Armed Groups, Guns and Human Security in the ECOWAS Sub-Region, (eds.) N. Florquin and E.G. Berman; Small Arms Survey, Geneva, Switzerland; 2005)

The Anaclypsis, or an Inquiry into the Origin of Languages, Nations and Religions, Vols. I and II – Godfrey Higgins (Longman, Green and Co., London, England; 1836)

The Ancestor’s Tale – A Pilgrimage to the Dawn of Life – Richard Dawkins (Phoenix AR, US; 2005; details to come)

The Ancient Asante King – A.A. Anti (The Volta Publishing Co., Accra; 1974; 80 pgs)

The Ancient Egyptian Book of the Dead, The Papyrus of Ani (Egyptian Text Transliteration and Translation – Wallis E.A. Budge (Dover Publications, New York NY, US; 1967)

The Ancient Egyptians – J.G. Wilkinson (London, England; 1878)

The Ancient Historians – Michael Grant (Barnes and Noble, New York NY, US; 1994)

The ancient writing of Southern Nigeria – Kathleen Hau (pgs. 150-190 in Bulletin de l'IFAN, 29, Series b, 1-2; 1967)

The Anglican Church in Ghana P. Jenkins (Part I, pgs. 23-29 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 15, 1; June 1974; Part II, pgs 177-200, 15, 2; Dec. 1974)

The Ankobra Gold Interest A. van Dantzig (pgs. 169-185 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 14, 2; Dec. 1973)

The Anlo Dirge Poet: His Life as Subject of His Songs – Kofi Anyidoho (pgs. 201-207 in Peuples du Golfe du Bénin, (ed.) F. de Medeiros; Karthala, Paris, France; 1984)

The Anlo-Ewes and Their Immediate Neighbours [Vol. 1 of The Ewes of West Africa] – C.M.K. Mamattah (Volta Research Publications, Advent Press, Accra; 1976; 763 pgs)

The Annotated Criminal Code in Ghana Henrietta J.A.N. Mensa-Bonsu (Black Mask Ltd; 1999; hardback 3rd edition, 243 pgs)

The Annotated Criminal Procedure Code of Ghana (Act 30) – Henrietta J.A.N. Mensa-Bonsu (Black Mask Ltd; 1999; 322 pgs)

The Annual Health Sector Review Report (Ministry of Health, Accra; 2002 and 2003)

The anomalies of continuity: perspectives on Ghanaian elections since independence – Naomi Chazan (in Elections in Independent Africa, (ed.) Fred Hayward, Westview Press, Boulder CO, US, and London England; 1987)

The application of the tropical shelterwood system in coupe 2 of the Bobiri Research Centre – E.D. Osafo (Forest Products Research Institute, Kumasi; 1968; 6 pgs)

The Arab-African Connection, Political and Economic Realities – V. Levine and T.W. Luke (Westview Press, Boulder Co, US; 1979)

The Arabs and Africa – (ed.) K. El-Din Haseeb (Croom Helm, London, England; 1983)

The Archaeological Evidence for the Emergence of Akan Civilization – J. Anquandah (pgs. 9-21 in Tarikh, 7, 2, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1982)

The Archaeological Foundations of the History of Ghana – M. Posnansky (in Proceedings of the Seminar on Ghanaian Historiography and Historical Research, (ed.) J.O. Hunwick, University of Ghana; 1977)

The Ark Foundation Women’s Law and Human Rights Institute (The Ark Foundation, details to come; 2000)

The Army, the State and the ‘Rawlings Revolution’ in Ghana Emmanuel Hansen and Paul Collins (pgs. 3-24 in African Affairs, 79, 314; January 1980)

The Art and Imagination of W.E.B. Du Bois – Arnold Rampersad (Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1976; Schocken; New York, US; 1990)

The Art of Ama Ata Aidoo Vincent O. Odamtten (University of Florida Press, Gainesville FL, US; 1994)

The Art of Goldweights: Words, Form, Meaning – W. Kohler (University of Pennsylvania Museum and Anko Foundation, Philadelphia PA, US; 1977; 68 pgs)

The Artisanal Marine Fishing Industry in Ghana – A Historical Overview – Irene Odotei (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon, P.O. Box LG 73; 2002; 102 pgs)

The Arts of Ghana – H.M. Cole and H.R. Doran (Museum of Cultural History, University of California, Los Angeles CA, US; 1977; 230 pgs) Guide book for an exhibition; found listed elsewhere as by H.M. Cole and D. Ross

The Arts of Venality: The Beautyful Ones Are Not Yet Born – C. Miller (pg. 24 in Saturday Review, 51, 31; Aug. 1968)

The Aryan Myth: A History of Racist and Nationalist Ideas in Europe – Léon Poliakov (trans. from the French MS by Edmund Howard; Chatto and Windus Heinemann for Sussex University Press; The Columbus Centre Series, England; 1971) Another listing gives the following information – The Aryan Myth: A History of Racist and Nationalistic Ideas in Europe – Leon Poliakov (Barnes and Noble, New York NY, US; 1974)

The Asafo of Kwahu, Ghana: A Mass Movement for Local Reform under Colonial Rule – J. Simensen (pgs. 383-406 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, 8, 3; 1975)

The Asafo System in Historical Perspective – A.K. Datta and R. Porter (pgs 279-297 in Journal of African History, 12, 2; 1971)

The Asafoi (socio-military groups) in the History and Politics of Accra (Ghana) from the middle of the 17th to the Middle of the 20th century – John K. Osei-Tutu (Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Trondheim, Norrway; 2000)

The Asamankese Dispute, 1919-1934 – R. Addo-Fening (pgs. 61-89 in Mitteilungen der Basler Afrika Bibliographien/Communications from the Basel Africa Bibliography, 12; 1975)

The Asante – M.D. McLeod (British Museum Publications, London, England; 1981; 192 pgs)

The Asante Case Naomi Chazan (in The Early State in African Perspective, (eds.) S.N. Eisenstadt et al., Brill, Leiden, The Netherlands; 1988)

The Asante Praise Poems: The Ideology of Patrimonialism – K. Arhin (pgs. 169-70 in Paideuma, 32, 1; 1986)

The Asante Succession Crisis of 1883-1888 – Agnes Akosua Aidoo (pgs. 163-180 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 13, 2; Dec. 1972)

The Asantehemaa’s court and its jurisdiction over women: a study in legal pluralism – Takyiwaa Manuh (pgs. 50-66 in Research Review, new series, 4, 2; 1988)

The Asantehene-in-Council: Ashanti politics under colonial rule, 1935-1950 – A. Truzuli (in Africa, 42, 2; 1972)

The Ashantee War, A Narrative, 2 vols. H. Brackenbury (William Blackwood, Edinburgh, Scotland and London, England; 1874, 1884, 1914 editions; reprint Frank Cass, 1968)

The Ashantees: Their Country, History, Wars, Government, Customs, Climate, Religion, and Present Position – A.C. Beaton (James Blackwell, London, England; 1877; 183 pgs)

The Ashanti: A Proud People – R.A. Lystad (Rutgers University Press, New Jersey, US; 1958; 212 pgs)

The Ashanti Akua'ba Statues as Archetype, and the Egyptian ‘Ankh’ – A Theory of Morphological Assumptions – L. Segy (pgs. 839-867 in Anthropos (Fribourg, Germany), 58; 1963)

The Ashanti and the Gonja at War – J.A. Braimah (Ghana Publishing Corporation; 1970; 63 pgs)

The Ashanti Campaign of 1900 C.H. Armitage and A.F. Montanaro (Sands, London, England; 1901; 278 pgs)

The Ashanti Confederacy – W. Tordoff (pgs. 399-417 in Journal of African History, 3, 3; 1962)

The Ashanti Kings in the Eighteenth Century, a Revised Chronology M. Priestley and I.G. Wilks (pgs. 83-96 in Journal of African History, 1, 1; 1960)

The Ashanti Law of Property – A.N. Allott (Ferdinand Enke Verlag, Frankfurt, Germany; 1966) Also found listed as published on pgs. 129-215 in Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft, 28, 2; Stuttgart, Germany

The Ashanti of Ghana – Sonia Bleeker (Morrow; New York, US; 1966; 160 pgs)

The Ashanti of the Gold Coast – Kofi A. Busia (pgs. 190-209 in African Worlds: Studies in the cosmological ideas and social values of African people, (ed.) C.D. Forde, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1954)

The Ashanti Personality – P.A. Twumasi (pgs. 861-863 in West Africa, No. 2773, August 1, 1970)

The Ashanti Question and the British: Eighteenth Century Origins – M. Priestley (pgs. 35-59 in Journal of African History, 2, 1; 1961)

The Ashanti Rubber Trade with the Gold Coast in the Eighteen-Nineties Kwame Arhin (pgs. 32-43 in Africa, 42, 1; 1972)

The Ashanti Social Survey: A Preliminary Report M. Fortes (pgs. 1-36 in Rhodes Livingstone Institute Journal, Human Problems in BCA, VI; 1948)

The Ashanti Times: A Footnote to Ghanaian Press History – J.D. Chick (pgs. 80-94 in African Affairs, 76, 302; 1977)

The Ashanti War and the Gonja – J.A. Braimah (details to come)

The aspirations of our new nation: Broadcast talk to the nation by Lt.-Gen. J.A. Ankrah… on Thursday, March 24, 1966 (Ministry of Information on behalf of the NLC [National Liberation Council]; 8 pgs)

The Assassination of Lumumba – Ludo de Witte (Verso, 6 Meard Street, London W1F 0EG, England; 180 Varick Street, New York, NY 10014, US; 2001; 224 pgs; first published as De Moord op Lumumba by Editions Uitgeverij van Halewyck; 1999) de Witte writes in the Preface to the English-language edition: “When this book first appeared in Dutch, the press duly concentrated on its main conclusion: that the Belgian government was primarily responsible for the murder of the Congolese Prime Minister Patrice Lumumba. It is obvious to the reader, however, that other parties were equally guilty. True, the Belgians and the Congolese actually killed Lumumba, but without the steps taken by Washington and the United Nations during the preceding months, the assassination could never have been carried out”.

The Association of Church Development Projects (ACDEP) in Northern Ghana – M. Alekibiya (in Non-Governmental Organizations and the State in Africa, (eds.) K. Wellard and J. Copestake, Routledge, London, England; 1993)

The Athens of West Africa: A History of International Education at Fourah Bay College, Freetown, Sierra Leone – Daniel J. Paracka, Jr. (Routledge, US; 203; 304 pgs)

The Atlantic Slave Trade – (ed.) D. Northrup (2nd edition, Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston MA, US; 2002)

The Atlantic Slave Trade – H.S. Klein (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; 1999)

The Atlantic Slave Trade: A Census – P.D. Curtin (University of Wisconsin Press, Madison WI, US; 1969; 338 pgs)

The Atlantic Slave Trade – Effects on Economies, Societies and Peoples in Africa, the Americas and Europe – (eds.) J.E. Inikori and S.L. Engerman (Durham and London, England; 1992)

The Attitudes of Old and Young Kenyan Garment Export Processing Zone Workers towards the State of their Working Conditions – Simon M. Kairuki (in Research Review (new series) 20, 2; Legon; 2004)

The Autobiography of Malcolm X (As Told to Alex Haley) – Malcolm X (Ballantine Books/Random House; New York, US; www.ballantinebooks.com; 1999) Pages 358-366 in this edition are on Malcolm’s May 1964 visit to Ghana. First copyrights on this book were in 1964 by Alex Haley and Malcolm, and in 1965 by Alex Haley and Malcolm’s widow Betty Shabazz. This Ballantine edition has the Introduction (copyright 1965) by journalist M.S. Handler, who got to know Malcolm when he was sent by the New York Times to investigate growing pressures within the black community. The Foreword is by Malcolm’s son Attallah Shabazz (copyright 1999), and there is also the 1965 Epilogue by Alex Haley and an undated reply by actor/activist Ossie Davis to a magazine editor’s question as to why he delivered the eulogy at Malcolm’s funeral. As part of his response, Davis said: “Protocol and common sense require that Negroes stand back and let the white man speak up for us, defend us, and lead us from behind the scene in our fight. This is the essence of Negro politics. But Malcolm said to hell with that! Get up off your knees and fight your own battles. That’s the way to win back your self-respect. That’s the way to make the white man respect you. And if he won’t let you live like a man, he certainly can’t keep you from dying like one!”

The Autobiography of W.E.B. Du Bois – W.E.B. Du Bois (International Publishers, New York, US; 1983)

The Ayietas – Francis Asianab Afoko (67-page typescript; 1970) History of the Sandema Chief's family; one copy in possession of R. Schott

The Badarian Civilization and Pre-Dynastic Remains near Badari – Guy Brunton (British School of Archaeology in Egypt; London, England; 1928)

The Background to the Deportation of King Asafo Agyei and the Foundation of New Dwaben – R. Addo-Fening (pgs. 213-226 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 14, 2; Dec. 1973)

The Banality of Power and the Aesthetics of Vulgarity in the Postcolony – Achille Mbembe (pgs. 1-30 in Public Culture, 4, 2; 1992) The likelihood of the original essay being published in French may explain why this was found listed elsewhere as Prosaics of Servitude and Authoritarian Civilities, such that two people may have made different translations of the same French title

The Banana Industry of Ghana – S. LaAnyane (in Ghana Agricultural Economics Bulletin, 1, 2; 1961)

The Bantustan Brain Gain – K.K. Prah (Southern African Studies No. 5, Institute for Southern African Studies, National University of Lesotho, Roma, Lesotho)

The Baobabs of Tete and other stories – Kari Dako (Sub-Saharan; 2002)

The Basel Mission Centenary, 1828-1928 W. Schlatter (Accra; 1928)

The basis for the anti-hyperglycaemic activity of Indigoferra arrecta – A.K. Nyarko, A.A. Sittie and M.E. Addy (pgs. 1-4 in Phytotherapy Research, 7; 1993)

The basis of Dutch relations with Axim – K.Y. Daaku (pgs. 19-20 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 8; January 1966)

The battle of destiny must continue [Speech at re-interment of Kwame Nkrumah] – J.J. Rawlings (pg. 4 in Ghanaian Times, No. 10,935; 2 July 1992) Then PNDC Chairman

The Bead is Constant – (ed.) Alexandra Wilson (Ghana Universities Press; 2003; 153 pgs)

The Beautyful Ones Are Not Yet Born Ayi Kwei Armah (Houghton Mifflin, Boston MA, US; 1968; Heinemann and Macmillan, London, England; 1969; 215 pgs; Heinemann, Nairobi, Kenya; 1976; Swahili translation: Wema Hawajazaliwa)

The Beautyful Ones Are Not Yet Born: A Study in Artistic Arrogance – J. Kariara (pgs. 57-58 in Zuka, 4; 1969)

The Beginnings of Africanization – F.L. Bartels (Cape Coast; 1951)

The beginnings of Hausa society M.G. Smith (from pg. 348 in The Historian in Tropical Africa, Oxford University Press for the International Africa Institute, London, England; 1964)

The beginnings of the West African novel – O.R. Dathorne (pgs. 168-170 in Nigeria Magazine, 93; June 1967)

The Behaviour of Health Workers in an Era of Cost Sharing: A Study of Ghana’s Cash and Carry System W.K. Asenso-Okyere, I. Osei-Akoto, A. Anum and A. Adukonu (in Tropical Medicine and International Health, 4, 8; 1999)

The Behaviour towards Malaria Care – A Multinomial Logit Approach – W.K. Asenso-Okyere, J.A. Dzator and I. Osei-Akoto (pgs. 167-186 in Social Indicators Research, 39, 2; 1997)

The behavioral ecology of female genital cutting in northern Ghana [Review article] – L.L. Reason (pgs. 175-202 in Research in Economic Anthropology, 23; 2004)

The Berlin West African Conference, 1884-1885 – S.E. Crowe (Longmans Green, London, England; 1942)

The Best Profession in the World Gabriel Garcia Marquez (pgs. 249-254 in The Right to Tell: The Role of Mass Media in Economic Development, World Bank Institute Development Studies; 2002; 322 pgs)

The Bias of Communication – H. Innis (The University of Toronto Press, Toronto, Canada; 1951)

The Bible as ideology: Ethiopianism in Jamaica, 1930-38 – Ken Post (in African perspectives: Papers in the History, Politics and Economy of Africans; details to come)

The Bibliographies of West Africa – H.A. Rydings (Ibadan University Press, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1961)

The biology of the clupeids in the Volta Lake – J.D. Reynolds (paper presented at the International Symposium on Man-made Lakes held in Accra; 1966)

The Birth of the Second Republic (anon., Editorial and Publishing Services, Accra; 1970)

The Black African Theatre and its Social Functions – B. Traoré (Ibadan University Press, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1972)

The Black Atlantic: Modernity and Double Consciousness – P. Gilroy (Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1993)

The Black Expatriates – Ernest Dunbar (Pocket Books, New York, US; 1970)

The Black Jacobins: Toussaint L’Ouverture and the San Domingo Revolution – C.L.R. James (2nd ed. Vintage Books, New York, US; 1989)

The Blackman’s Burden – E.D. Morel (National Labour Press, Manchester, England; 1920)

The Black Man’s Burden – Africa and the Curse of the Nation-State – Basil Davidson (Times Books, New York, US; 1992; Spectrum Books Ltd., PMB 5612, Ibadan, Nigeria, under licence from James Currey, 54B Thornhill Square, Islington, London N1 1BE; 1992; reprinted in Nigeria; 1993 and 2000; 356 pgs)

The Black Presence in the Bible: Discovering the Black and African Identity of Biblical Persons and Nations – W.A. McCray (Black Light Fellowship, Chicago IL, US; 1992)

The Black-white test score gap – (eds.) C. Jencks and M. Phillips (Brookings Institute Press, Washington DC, US; 1998)

The Blackwell encyclopedia of writing systems – Florian Coulmas (Blackwell Publishers, Oxford, England; 1996)

The Blinkards Kobina Sekyi (Heinemann, London, England; 1974) Introduction by J. Ayodele Langley

The Blinkards – A Comedy and The Anglo-Fanti – A Short Story Kobina Sekyi (Readwide Publishers, P.O. Box 0600, Osu, Accra; Heinemann; Rex Collings; 1997; 256 pgs)

The Book in Africa Today – S.I.A. Kotei (in The Post-colonial Studies Reader, (eds.) Bill Ashcroft et al., Routledge, London, England and New York, US; 1996)

The Book of Laughter and Forgetting – Milan Kundera (transl. M.H. Heim; Penguin Books, London, England and New York, US; 1979)

The Book of the Beginnings – Gerald Massey (details to come) According to John Henrik Clark, this is one of the “masterpieces of Egyptian history” written by white historians who do not support “the false assumption or claim that the ancient Egyptians were white people”

The Books of the Saints of the Ethiopian Church, Mashafa Senkesar, 4 vols. – (ed.) E.A.W. Budge (Cambridge University Press, London, England; 1928)

The Boys of St. Nicholas – A.J. Knight (London, England; 1934)

The Brain Drain in the Higher Education Sector in Ghana – Takyiwaa Manuh, Richard Asante and Jerome Djangmah (pgs. 250-276 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The Breast of the Earth – Kofi Awoonor (Doubleday, New York, US; 1975; 389 pgs)

The Bridgetown Protocol: Official Report, Afrikans and Afrikan Descendants World Conference against Racism, 2-6 October 2002 (Global Afrikan Congress, Johannesburg, South Africa; 2002)

The British Problem in Africa Margery Perham (pgs. 637-639 in Foreign Affairs, Vol. 29, No. 4; 1951)

The British West African Settlements, 1750-1821: A Study in Local Administration E.C. Martin (Longman, Green, London, England; 1927; reprint, Negro Universities Press, Westport CN, US; 1970; 186 pgs)

The Brong Ahafo Region – W. Tordoff (pgs. 2-18 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 3, 5; 1959)

The Bureaucratization of Traditional Authority under Colonial Rule: The Asante Stool Treasuries, 1927-1944 – Arhin Brempong and Mariano Pavanello (pgs. 159-175 in Ghana Studies, 5; 2002)

The burden of hydrocele on men in Northern Ghana – Margaret Gyapong, John Gyapong, Mitchell Weiss and Marcel Tanner (pgs. 287-294 in Acta Tropica, 77, 3; 1 December 2000)

The Burden of Memory: The Muse of Forgiveness – Wole Soyinka (Oxford University Press, New York, US; 1999)

The Burning of Makola and other Tragedies – C. Robertson (in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 17, 3; 1983) Also found listed as The Death of Makola and Other Tragedies, other details identical

The Business of Decolonization: British Business Strategies in the Gold Coast – S.E. Stockwell (details to come; 2000)

The Caliban Complex – Ayi Kwei Armah (pgs. 521-522, 570-571 in West Africa; 18 and 25 March 1985) Essay

The call of Providence to the descendants of Africa E.W. Blyden (in The African Repository, 40; 1864)

The calling of a prophet: Sampson Oppong – G.M. Halliburton (pgs. 84-96 in Bull. Soc. Afr. Church Hist., 2, 1; 1965)

The Cambridge History of Islam, Vol. II – (eds.) P.M. Holt, A.K.S. Lambton and B. Lewis (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1970)

The Cambridge History of the British Empire, Vol. III, The Empire-Commonwealth 1870-1919 – (eds.) E.A. Benians, J. Butler and C.E. Carrington (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1959)

The Capability of the Soils of the Dawhenya Pilot Project Area – H.B. Obeng and H.A. Appiah (Ghana Academy of Sciences, Agricultural Research Institute, published for limited distribution, Soil Research Institute, Kwadaso, Kumasi; 1963)

The Cape Coast Asafo Company Riot of 1932 S. Shaloff (pgs. 591-607 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies (Boston), 7, 4; 1974)

The Case for a Reunited Togoland – T.O. Asare (no publisher; New York, US; 1953)

The case of conservation in Ghana – G.M. Lawson (pgs. 292-295 in Biological Conservation, 4, 4; Barking, Essex, England; 1972)

The Castles and Forts of the Gold Coast – W.J. Varley (pgs. 1-17 in Transactions of the Historical Society of the Gold Coast and Togoland, 1, 1; 1952)

The Caravan Trade from Kano to Salaga – J. Goody and T.M. Mustapha (pgs. 611-616 in Journal of the Historical Society of Nigeria, 3, 4; June 1967)

The Catechist J.W. Abruquah (Allen and Unwin, London, England; 1965; 202 pgs) Novel; foreword by Elspeth Huxley

The Centre for Scientific Research into Plant Medicine ([Annual Report] CSRPM, Mampong-Akwapim; 1997/98)

The ceremonial horns of the Ashantis – Peter Kwesi Sarpong (Sedco Publishing, Accra; 1990; 46 pgs)

The ceremony of enstoolment of the Asantehene – J. Agyeman-Duah (pgs. 8-11 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 7; January 1965)

The Chairman: portrait of General J.A. Ankrah, Chairman of National Liberation Council (pg. 1325 in West Africa, 2628; October 14, 1967)

The Challenge of Africa – K.A. Busia (Praeger, New York, US; 1962; 156 pgs; Pall Mall, London, England; 1962)

The Challenge of Authenticity: African Culture and Faith Commitment – J.K. Hevi (details to come; 2003)

The Challenge of Business Promotion in Ghana – K.A. Owusu-Ansah (in Greenhill Journal of Administration, 2, 1; April-June 1975)

The Challenge of Expanding the Lexicon of an African Language: The Case of Kiswahili in East Africa Kitula King’ei (Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society Occasional Paper No. 8; 1999) Explores the major obstacles and some of the achievements in expanding and modernizing the technical and scientific domains of Kiswahili vocabulary; discusses the major techniques used in adopting, borrowing and standardizing the lexicon of Kiswahili, ‘East Africa’s national and official language’ (CASAS)

The Challenge of Sustainable Development in Nigeria – (eds.) T.A. Aina and A.T. Salau (NEST, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1992)

The Challenges of African Culture to the Church and the Message of the Church to African Culture C.G. Baeta (in Christianity and African Culture; Accra; 1955)

The Chance of a Lifetime – Kosi Kedem (Governance and Electoral Systems Agency, P.O. Box SK 477, Sakumono, Accra; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 2008; 272 pgs)

The Changing Face of Foreign Business in Africa – Participation and Integration – E.C. Judd (in African Affairs, 76; 1977)

The Changing Family in Ghana (ed.) E. Ardayfio Schandorf (details to come)

The changing law and law reform in Ghana N.A. Ollennu (in Journal of African Law, 15, 2; 1971)

The changing nature of adolescence in Kassena-Nankana District of northern GhanaB.S. Mensch, D. Bagah, W.H. Clark and F.N. Binka (pgs. 95-111 in Studies in Family Planning, 30, 2; 1999)

The Changing Patterns of Labor Relations in the Cocoa Farming Belt of Southwestern Nigeria, 1950s to 1990s – Ezekiel Ayodele Walker (pgs. 123-140 in African Economic History, 28; 2000)

The changing role of chiefs in Africa – David Williams (pgs. 215-220 in Optima, 16, 4; December 1966)

The Changing Role of Queenmothers in the Akan Polity – Nana Abayie Boaten I (in Research Review (new series) 8, 1 & 2; Legon; 1992)

The Characterization of Women in Soyinka and Armah – K. Staudt (pgs. 63-69 in Ba Shiru, 6, 2; 1977)

The chief, the mine captain and the politician: legitimating in Northern Ghana – C. Lentz (in Africa, 68, 1; 1998)

The Child Cannot Wait: A National Programme of Action on the Follow-Up to the World Summit for Children (Government of Ghana; 1992)

The Child within the Ghanaian Family – Henrietta J.A.N. Mensa-Bonsu and Christine Dowuona-Hammond (Family and Development Programme, FADEP Technical Series No. 1, Department of Geography and Resource Development, University of Ghana, Legon; 1994; 85 pgs)

The children of Ananase – Peggy Appiah (Evans; London, England; 1968; 175 pgs)

The Chinese connections with Africa – E.H.L. Schwarz (pgs. 175-193 in Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Bengal, 5; Calcutta, India; 1938)

The Chinese Human Genome Project – Luca L. Cavalli-Sforza (in Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 95, 20; 1998)

The 'Choice of Law' Approach and the Application of Law in Ghana – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 173-181 in University of Ghana Law Journal, 9; 1972) 

The Choice of Medical Providers in Rural Bénin: A Comparison of Discrete Choice Models – D. Bolduc, G. Lacroix and C. Muller (pgs. 477-498 in Journal of Health Economics, 15; 1996)

The Churches in Lower Nubia – G.S. Mileham (Philadelphia PA, US; 1910; further details to come)

The Christ Revival Church: A Short-Lived Secession in Winneba – R.W. Wyllie (in Research Review (new series) 1, 2; Legon; 1987)

The Christian and Social Conduct – J.N. Kudadjie and K. Aboagye-Mensah (Asempa Publishers, Accra; 1992)

The Chronology of the Kings and Queenmothers of Bono-Manso: A Revaluation of the Evidence – C. Flight (pgs. 259-268 in Journal of African History, 11, 2; 1970)

The Church in the State: the Reply of the Presbyterian Church of the Gold Coast to a Memorandum presented by the State Council of Akim Abuakwa (Accra; 1942)

The Circulation of Women and Children in Northern Ghana J. and E. Goody (in Man, Vol. 2, No. 2; 1967)

The Circumcision of Women: A Strategy for Eradication – O. Koso-Thomas (details to come; 1992)

The Civil Service in New African States – A.L. Adu (Allen and Unwin, London, England; 1965; 242 pgs)

The Civil Society Debate in Africa – E. Hutchful (in International Journal, 51, 1; 1995)

The Clan and the Leopard, and other poems Kwesi Brew (Anansesem Publications; 1996; 109 pgs)

The ‘class struggle’ in Africa: an examination of conflicting theories – R.W. Grundy (in Journal of Modern African Studies, 2, 3; 1964)

The Classification of the Bantu languages – M. Guthrie (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1948)

The Cleft Between (an exercise in auto surgery) – E. Opoku-Agyemang (in Ch’Indaba, Vol. 3, No. 1, October-December 1977)

The Cloth of Many Colored Silks: Papers on History and Society, Ghanaian and Islamic, in Honor of Ivor Wilks – (eds.) J. Hunwick and N. Lawler (Northwestern University Press, Evanston IL, US; 1996, 1997; 404 pgs) Includes a bibliography of Wilks’ writings, and contributors such as Basil Davidson and E. and J. Goody

The C.L.R. James Reader – (ed.) A. Grimshaw (Blackwell, Cambridge MA, US; 1993)

The clupeids of Lake Volta and their possible exploitation – J.D. Reynolds (Volta Basin Research Project Technical Report X15, University of Ghana; 1966; 6 pgs)

The coffee industry in Ghana (Crops Research Institute, Kumasi; Ghana Academy of Sciences; 1966; 3 pgs, Mss)

The Cola Industry in the Western Province of Ashanti – J.C. Muir (pgs. 218-223 in Gold Coast Agriculture Department Bulletin, Vol. 22, Paper 27; 1930)

The Colonial Heritage of Colonial Pluralism – Kwamena Bentsi-Enchill (in Zambia Law Journal, 1; 1969)

The Colonial Policy of Lord John Russell’s Administration Earl Grey T. (London, England; 1853)

The Colonial Reckoning – The End of Imperial Rule in Africa in the Light of British Experience – Margery Perham (Collins, London, England; 1961; Alfred A. Knopf, New York NY, US; 1962)

The Colonial State in Northern Ghana: The Political Economy of Pacification – Nii-K Plange (pgs. 29-43 in Review of African Political Economy, 11, 31; 1984)

The Colonial Unconscious: Race and Culture in Interwar France – Elizabeth Ezra (Ithaca, NY, US; 2000).

The Colonizer's Model of the World – J.M Blaut (details to come; 1996)

The Commonwealth in Eclipse D. Austin [J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1972)

The Communication Media in West Africa – (eds.) K.A.B. Jones-Quartey and A.E. Opubor (Ethiope Publishing House, Benin, Nigeria; 1976)

The Company System in Cape Coast Castle A. ffoulkes (in Journal of the African Society, 7, 27; London, England; 1908)

The comparative method applied to Twi – Hans G. Mukarosky (pgs. 256-269 in Afrika und Übersee, 49, 4 (Berlin, Germany); 1966)

The Competitiveness of Ghana's Agribusiness Sector: A Case Study of Selected Agro-Processing Firms – S. Asuming-Brempong and K.T. Pflock (Issues in African Rural Development Monograph Series, 23; 2002) 

The Complete Royal Families of Ancient Egypt – A. Dodson and D. Hilton (Thames & Hudson, UK; 2004; 320 pgs) An illustrated survey of 1,300 kings, queens, princes and princesses of Ancient Egypt, tracing family relationships, with a summary of the Pharaonic state, the nature of kinship and bureaucracy and overviews of distinct historical periods (ABCBR)

The Complex Simplicity of Children’s Literature: A Reading of Ghana Motion and The Brassman’s Secret – K. Anyidoho (pgs. 51-62 in Legon Journal of the Humanities, 6; 1992)

The Conakry Years – June Milne (1991; PANAF Books, Zed Books, London, England; Hensteve Publications Ltd, Accra) On Nkrumah in exile

The Concept of Empire: Burke to Atlee, 1774-1947 (ed.) G. Bennett (Adam & Charles Black, London, England; 1953)

The concept of frontier in the setting of states in pre-colonial Africa – A.I. Asiwaju (pgs. 43-49 in Présence Africaine, 127, 8; 1983)

The Concept of Spirit in Akwapim Akan Philosophy – H.K. Minkus (pgs. 182-192 in Africa, 50, 2; 1980)

The Concept of the Social Elites – S.F. Nadel (pgs. 413-424 in International Social Science Bulletin, 3; 1956)

The Concept of the Soul among the Akan of the Gold Coast – E. Meyerowitz (pgs. 27-28 in Africa, 21; 1951)

The Concept of Truth in the Akan Language – Kwasi Wiredu (in Philosophy in Africa: Trends and Perpectives, (ed.) P.O. Bodunrin, University Press, Ile-Ife, Nigeria; 1985; and pgs. 234-239 in The African Philosophy Reader, (eds.) P.H. Coetzee and A.P.J. Roux; Routledge, London, England and New York NY, US; 1998)

The Condition, Elevation, Emigration and Destiny of the Colored People of the United States, Politically Considered – M.R. Delaney (Philadelphia PA, US; 1852) Also found listed as: The Condition, Elevation, Emigration, and Destiny of the Colored People of the United States and the Official Report of the Niger Valley Exploring Party – Martin Delaney (Humanity Press, US; 2004; 395 pgs) Some consider Martin Robison Delaney the father of black nationalism in the US. This report, based on an exploratory journey to West Africa in 1859, is about the people and conditions in the Niger Valley in the context of the relocation of African Americans; introduction by Toyin Falola (ABCBR)

The Conditions of Agricultural Growth: The Economics of Agrarian Change under Population Pressure – E. Boserup (Allen and Unwin, London, England; 1965)

The conflict between national land policies and local sovereignty over land in Tropical Africa – Victor C. Uchendu (Paper presented at a Seminar on Problems of Land Tenure in African Developent, Leiden, Dec. 1971; Afrika-Studiecentrum, Leiden, The Netherlands; c. 1971)

The Congo Cables: The Cold War in Africa – from Eisenhower to Kennedy – Madeleine Kalb (Macmillan, New York, US; 1982; 466 pgs)

The conjugal family ‘open’ or ‘closed’: prescribed norms for family relationships among Ghanaian university students – C. Oppong (in Research Review, 8; 1972)

The Consequences of Cocoa Production on Soil Fertility in Ghana – A Review – M.R. Appiah, S.T. Sackey, K. Ofori Frimpong and A.A. Afrifa (pgs. 183-190 in Ghana Journal of Agricultural Science, 30; 1997)

The Consequences of Corruption: The Ghanaian Experience – J. Werlin (pgs. 71-85 in Political Science Quarterly, 88, 1; March 1973)

The consequences of literacy – J.R. Goody and I. Watt (pgs. 304-345 in Comparative Studies in Society and History, 5; 1963)

The Conservation of Races – W.E.B. Du Bois (1897; in The Seventh Son: The Thought and Writings of W.E.B. Du Bois, vol. 1, (ed.) J. Lester, Random House, New York, US; 1971)

The Conservative Government and the End of Empire, 1951-1957 [3 vols.] – (ed.) D. Goldsworthy (London, England; 1994)

The Consequences of Cocoa Production on Soil Fertility in Ghana: a Review – M.R. Appiah, S.T. Sackey, K. Ofori-Frimpong and A.A. Afrifa (pgs. 183-190 in Ghana Journal of Agricultural Sciences, 30; 1997)

The Consistency of Government Deficits with Macroeconomic Adjustment – An Application to Kenya and Ghana T. Catsambas and M. Pigato (World Bank, Policy Planning and Research Working Paper 287; 1989)

The Constitution and Government of Ghana – Leslie Rubin and Paul Murray (Sweet and Maxwell, London, England; 1961, 1964; 321 pgs)

The Constitution and land – addenda – Gordon R. Woodman (pgs. 235-253 in Review of Ghana Law, 11, 2; Accra; 1970)

The Constitution of the Diocese of Accra (Diocese of Accra; 1965; 41 pgs)

The Constitutional Law of Ghana – F.A.R. Bennion (Butterworth, London, England; 1962; 527 pgs)

The Construction of Nationhood: Ethnicity, Religion and Nationalism –A. Hastings (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1997)

The Consuming Passions of Kwame Boakye: An Essay on Agency and Identity in Asante History T.C. McCaskie (in The Future of the African Past: Essays in Honour of Terence Ranger, (eds.) J. Lonsdale and J.D.Y. Peel [details to come])

The Contemporary African Artist in Armah’s Novels – Chidi Amuta (pgs. 467-476 in World Literature Written in English, 21, 3; 1982)

The contemporary significance of the academic ideals of the Sokoto Jihad – H.F.C. Smith (Abdullahi) (pgs. 242-260 in Studies in the history of the Sokoto Caliphate: the Sokoto seminar papers, (ed.) Y.B. Usman; 1979)

The Contendings of Horus and Set – E.F. Wente (in The Literature of Ancient Egypt: An Anthology of Stories, Instructions and Poetry, (ed.) William Kelly Simpson; Yale University Press, New Haven CT, US; 1972)

The Contents of an Indictment and C.O.P.V. Akowuah The Recent Judicial Attitude – A.N.E. Amissah (in UG Law Reports; 1965)

The Contest for Salaga: Anglo-German conflict in the Gold Coast Hinterland – A. Olorunfemi (pgs. 15-24 in Journal of African Studies (Los Angeles), 11, 1; 1984)

The context, performance and meaning of ritual: the British monarchy and the ‘invention of tradition’, c. 1820-1977 – David Cannadine (pgs. 101-164 in The Invention of Tradition, (eds.) Eric Hobbsbawm and Terence Ranger; Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1983)

The Context of Socialization in Dagbon C. Oppong (Research Review, University of Ghana, Legon, Vol. 4 (1), pgs 7-18; 1967)

The continuity of African institutions under colonialism – J.F.A. Ajayi (pgs. 189-200 in Emerging Themes of African History, (ed.) T. Ranger; 1968)

The Contribution of Formal Education to Economic Development and Economic Underdevelopment: Ghana as Paradigm – Rose Baaba Folson (European University Studies, Vol. 619; 1995) 

The Contribution of the Courts to Government – A.N.E. Amissah (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1981)

The control of termites in building – H.N.O. Quao (pgs. 74-77 in Ghana Journal of Science, 5, 1; April 1965)

The Convention People’s Party of Ghana: representational or solidarity party D.L. Cohen (in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 4, 2; 1970)

The Coordinated Programme for Economic and Social Development of Ghana (2003-2012) presented by the President of Ghana to Parliament (Government of Ghana; 2002)

The Co-operative Credit Union Movement in North-Western Ghana: Development Agent or Agent of Incorporation – J. Songsore (in Development from Within: Survival in Rural Africa, (eds.) D.R.F. Taylor and F. Mackenzie, Routledge, London, England; 1992)

The Correspondence of W.E.B. Du Bois, vol. 3: Selections, 1944-1963 (ed.) Herbert Aptheker (University of Massachusetts Press, Amherst MA, US; 1978) Includes correspondence with Kwame Nkrumah

The Correspondence Relating to the Alienation of Native Lands in the Gold Coast, 1888-94 (C.O. 879/46, No. 513, African West. C.O. 96/257)

The cost-effectiveness of permethrin-impregnated bednets in preventing child mortality in Kassena-Nankana district of Northern Ghana – Fred N. Binka, Omer A. Mensah and Anne Mills (pgs. 229-239 in Health Policy, 41, 3; September 1997) 

The Cost of Aid Tying in Ghana – B. Osei (Draft Report, African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; 1999)

The Cost of Environmental Degradation in Ghana – K. Tutu (pgs. 107-117 in FASS Bulletin, 1, 1, University of Ghana; 1996)

The cost of large-scale school health programmes which deliver anthelmintics to children in Ghana and Tanzania (The Partnership for Child Development, pgs. 183-204 in Acta Tropica, 73, 2; 30 July 1999)

The costs of supply and demand for teacher education: dilemmas for development – Keith M. Lewin (pgs. 221-242 in International Journal of Educational Development, 22, 3-4; April-July 2002)

The Country’s Demand – George A. Grant (United Gold Coast Convention, Saltpond; 1950)

The Coup Makers Asare Konadu (Anowuo Educational Publications, 2R McCarthy Hill, P.O. Box 3918, Accra; 1994; 101 pgs) Novel

The CPP and the Asafo Besuon: Why unlike poles did not attract Kwesi Jonah (pgs. 47-56 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, New Series, 3; 1999)

The Crash of Apartheid – Francis Baffour (Afram Publications; 1996; 320 pgs) Novel

The Creation of a Dependent Culture: The Imperial School Curriculum in Uganda – P.G. Okoth (in The Imperial Curriculum, (ed.) J. Magnan, Routledge, London, England; 1993)

The Creoles of Sierra Leone: Responses to Colonialism, 1870-1945 – L. Spitzer (University of Wisconsin Press, Madison WI, US; 1974)

The Crisis in the Ghanaian Economy – D. Rimmer (pgs. 17-32 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 4, 1; 1966)

The Crisis of International Migration in an Integrating West Africa – A case Study of Nigeria and Ghana – Yaa Frempomaa Yeboah (seminar paper presented at Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton, England; 1985)

The Crisis of Legitimacy in Africa – Abiola Irele (pgs. 296-302 in Dissent, 39; 1992)

The Crisis of the Post-colonial Nation-State Project in Africa – L. Laasko and A.O. Olukoshi (in Challenges to the Nation State in Africa, (eds.) A.O. Olukoshi and L. Laasko, University of Helsinki, Uppsala, Finland; 1996)

The Crispe Family and the African Trade in the Seventeenth Century – R. Porter (pgs. 57-77 in Journal of African History, 9, 1; 1968)

The Critic and Society: Barthes, Leftocracy and Other Mythologies Wole Soyinka (in Black Literature and Literary Theory, (ed.) Henry Louis Gates, Jr., 1984)

The Crown Colonies of Great Britain – C.S. Salmon (London, England; 1886)

The cultivation and use of yams in West Africa – D.G. Corsey (pgs. 45-54 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 9; November 1966)

The cultivation of grasses and legumes in the forest zone of Ghana – A. Kannegieter (pgs. 97-109 in Ghana Journal of Science, 6, 3 & 4; July/October 1966)

The cultivation of tiger-nuts – C.K. Votere (pgs. 67-72 in Agricultural Newsletter, Feb. 1968)

The cultivation of vegetable fibres and their place in the economy of Ghana – Sylvester Y. Amanquah (pgs. 143-147 in African Soils–Sols d’Afrique, Paris, France; May-Aug. 1968)

The Cultural Basis of National Development – K. Twum-Barima [J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1982)

The Cultural Cold War: The CIA and the World of Arts and Letters – Frances Stonor Saunders (New Press, New York, US; 1999)

The cultural map of West Africa: Successive adaptations to tropical forest and grasslands D. Forde (in Cultures and societies of Africa, (eds.) S. and P.O. Ottenberg, New York, US; 1960)

The Cultural Question in Africa: Issues, Politics and Research Prospects – S.B. Diagne and H. Ossebi (CODESRIA Working Paper 3/96, Dakar, Senegal; 1996)

The Cultural Structuring of Thought – Marimba Ani (African World Press, Trenton NJ, US; 1994)

The cultural unity of Black Africa – Cheikh Anta Diop (Third World Press, Chicago IL, US; 1974)

The culture content of alien domination and its impact on contemporary Francophone Africa West Africa – B.O. Oloruntimehin (in Symposium Leo Frobenius, Final Report of international symposium organized by the German and Cameroonian Commissions for UNESCO, 3-7 Dec. 1973, Yaoundé; Deutsche-UNESCO-Kommission, Verlag Dokumentation, Pullach/Munch, Germany; 1974)

The Culture Game – Olu Oguibe (University of Minnesota Press, US; 2003; 204 pgs) Examines Western perceptions of art and shows how African and other artists soon discover a veneer of liberalism masking an array of unwritten and unspoken codes and quotas dictating the success of their careers, and how this, and recent obsessions with the exotic, reflect entrenched prejudices (ABCBR)

The Culture of Ancient Egypt – John A. Wilson (University of Chicago Press, Chicago IL, US; 1956)

The Culture of Ghana: A Bibliography – E.Y. Amedekey (Ghana Universities Press; 1970; 215 pgs) Annotated

The culture of medieval Nubia and its impact on Africa – P.L. Shinnie (pgs. 42-50 in Sudan in Africa, (ed.) Y.F. Hasan, Khartoum University Press, Khartoum, Sudan; 1971)

The Culture of the Akan – J.B. Danquah (pgs. 360-366 in Africa, 22; Oct. 1952)

The Current Economic Position and Prospects of Ghana Vol. IV: Public Finance (IBRD/IDA, Washington DC, US; Oct. 1970)

The Cushites – Rufus Lewis Perry (Springfield OH, US; 1893; further details to come)

The Dagara and Their Neighbors (Burkina Faso and Ghana) – R. Kuba, C. Lentz, V. Linz, M. Oberhofer, and K. Werthmann (in Electronic Journal of Africana Bibliography, 7; 2001; University of Iowa, US; http://sdrc.lib.uiowa.edu/ejab/7/index.html)  Bibliography of books, journal articles, theses, book chapters in English, French, German and Italian

The Dagomba Response to the Introduction of State Schools – Christine Oppong (pgs. 17-25 in Ghana Journal of Sociology, 2, 1; February 1966)

The Danish Settlements on the Gold Coast in the Nineteenth Century – O. Justesen (pgs. 3-34 in Scandinavian Journal of History, 4, 1; 1979)

The Dark Wanderer – Albert Kayper-Mensah (Horst Erdmann Verlag, Tübingen, Germany; 1970)

The Dawn of Civilization – Gaston Maspero (details to come)

The Dawn of Conscience – James Henry Breasted (New York NY, US; 1933)

The Death and Life of Malcolm X – Peter Goldman (University of Illinois Press, Urbana IL, US; 1979)

The Debt Trap in Nigeria: Towards a Sustainable Debt Strategy Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, Charles C. Soludo and Mansur Muhtar (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US; 2003; 280 pgs)

The Debt Trap: the IMF and the Third World Cheryl Payer (Penguin; 1974)

The December Intervention and the Current Situation in Ghana – Kwarteng Mensah (pgs. 71-78 in Race and Class, 24, 1; 1982)

The December 1996 general elections in Ghana Joseph R. A. Ayee (pgs. 416-427 in Electoral Studies, 16, 3; September 1997)

The decisive role of the police: address to members of the police service on 10th March, 1966 – J.W.K. Harlley (Ministry of Information on behalf of the NLC; 1966; 6 pgs)

The Decline and Fall of Meroe – D.P. Kirwan (in Kush – Journal of the Sudan Antiquities Service, (Khartoum, Sudan), 8; 1960)

The Decline of Ghana’s Military Government – J.P. Kraus (pgs. 214-217, 227-229 in Current History, 73, 432, Dec. 1977)

The Decline of the Rural Commons in Sub-Saharan Africa; The Case of the Upper West Region of Ghana – Jacob Songsore (pgs. 153-176 in Regionalism and Public Policy in Northern Ghana, (ed.) Y. Saaka; Peter Lang, New York, US; 2001)

The Declining Ghana Cocoa Industry: An Analysis of Some Fundamental Problems V.K. Nyanteng (ISSER Technical Publication Series No. 40, University of Ghana; 1980)

The decolonization of North African history – J. Wansbrough (pgs. 643-650 in Journal of African History, 9, 4; 1968)

The deer festival at Winneba – S.A. Cotton (pgs. 82-84 in Nigerian Field, 30, 2; April 1965)

The Deer Hunt Festival of the Effutus J. Nti (Government Printer, Accra; c. 1955; 26 pgs)

The Definition of Black Consciousness – Steve Biko (pgs. 3-4 in Frank Talk, 1, 1; Feb/March 1984 and pgs. 360-362 in The African Philosophy Reader, (eds.) P.H. Coetzee and A.P.J. Roux; Routledge, London, England and New York NY, US; 1998)

The Definition of the International Boundaries of Northern Ghana, 1888-1904 – R.B. Bening (pgs. 229-261 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, vol. xiv, (ii); 1973)

The Democratic Deficit and the Politics of Ghana’s Budgetary System – Tony Killick (mimeo; Centre for Democratic Development-Ghana, Accra and Overseas Development Institute, London, England; June 2000)

The Demographic Process of Peripheral Capitalism, Illustrated with African Examples – J.W. Gregory and V. Piche (Working Paper No. 29, Centre for Developing Areas Studies, McGill University, Montreal, Canada; date?)

The demographic situation in Western Africa – K.E. de Graft-Johnson (pgs. 89-102 in Economic Bulletin for Africa, 6, 2 (New York, US); July 1966)

The Demography of Tropical Africa – W. Brass et al. (Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, US; 1968)

The Dente Oracle, the Bron Confederation, and Asante: Religion and the Politics of Secession – D.J.E. Weaver (pgs. 229-244 in Journal of Modern African History, 22, 2; 1981)

The Department of Archaeology of the University of Ghana – P.L. Shinnie (pgs. 10-14 in West African Archaeological Newsletter, 2 (Ibadan, Nigeria); May 1965)

The Deportation of Kwabena Atwere: An Episode in Abuakwa-Kotoku Relations R. Addo-Fening (in Journal of the Faculty of Social Sciences, Legon, 4, 1; 1974)

The Destiny of Man: Dagaare Beliefs in Dialogue with Christian Eschatology – Edward Kuukure (Peter Lang Verlag; Frankfurt am Main, Germany; 1985)

The Destruction of Black Civilization – Great Issues of a Race from 4500 BC to 2000 AD – Chancellor Williams (Third World Press, P.O. Box 19730, Chicago IL 60619, US; 1961) The 1987 edition, same publisher, has 384 pages

The Determinants of Fertility and Child Mortality in Côte d'Ivoire and Ghana – Kofi Benefo and T. Paul Schultz (World Bank, Living Standards Measurement Study, Working Paper No. 103; 1994)

The Determinants of Land Values in an African City: The Case of Accra, Ghana – P.K. Asabere (pgs. 329-339 in Land Economics, 57, 3; 1981)

The Determinants of Price Fluctuations in Ghana – K. Ewusi (ISSER Discussion Paper, Institute of Statistical, Social and Economic Research, University of Ghana, Legon; 1997)

The Determinants of School Attainment in Sub-Saharan Africa – Paul Glewwe and Nauman Ilias (in Journal of International Development, May-June 1996)

The determinants of the number of rooms occupied by compound dwellers in Kumasi, Ghana: does working at home mean more rooms? – Irit Sinai (pgs. 77-90 in Applied Geography, 22, 1; January 2002)

The determination of cholinesterase activity by liquid scintillation counting – E. Sandi and S.O. Larbi (pgs. 160-165 in Ghana Journal of Science, 5, 2; July 1965)

The development and functioning of municipal government in Accra – I. Acquah (Proceedings of a Conference of the West African Institute of Social and Economic Research; 1956)

The development bank in agriculture development – E.A. Ekrement (pgs. 79-86 in Ghana Farmer, 11, 2; May 1967)

The Development Dictionary – A Guide to Knowledge as Power – (ed.) Wolfgang Sachs (Zed Books, 57 Caledonian Rd., London, England and 165 First Avenue, Atlantic Highlands NJ 07716, US; 1992; 306 pgs)

The development of a labour force in sub-Saharan Africa – E.J. Berg (pgs. 394-412 in Economic Development and Cultural Change, 13; 1965)

The Development of African Historiography – J. Simensen (in Norwegian in Historisk Tidsskrift, 49; 1970)

The Development of African Historiography – J.D. Fage (in General History of Africa, vol. 1: Methodology and African Prehistory, (ed.) J. Ki-Zerbo; UNESCO, Paris, France; 1981)

The development of agriculture in Ghana under the National Liberation Council – Minority Report of the Agricultural Committee of the National Liberation Council – W.K. Agble and J.G. Wutoh (Ghana Academy of Sciences, Accra; 1966; 162 pgs, mimeo)

The development of agropastoral households in Northern Ghana: Policy Analysis, Project Appraisal and Future Perspectives – S. Tonah (Breitenbach; details to come; 1993)

The development of continuing education for trauma care in an African nation Charles N. Mock, Robert Quansah, Lawrence Addae-Mensah and Peter Donkor (pgs. 725-732 in Injury, 36, 6, June 2005)

The Development of Education in Ghana: an outline H.O.A. McWilliam and M.A. Kwamena-Poh (Longman, London, England; 1959; new edition 1975)

The Development of Education in Northern Ghana 1908-1957 R.B. Bening (in Ghana Social Science Journal, vol. 1, no. 2, University of Ghana; 1971)

The Development of Housing Policy in Kumasi, 1901-1981 – A.G. Tipple (CARDO, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, England; 1987)

The Development of Indigenous Trade and Markets in West Africa – (ed.) C. Meillassoux (Tenth International African Seminar, Fourah Bay College; Oxford University Press, London, England; 1971; 444 pgs)

The Development of Kwahu Business Enterprise in Ghana since 1874 – An Essay in Recent Oral Tradition – P.C. Garlick (pgs. 463-480 in Journal of African History, 8, 3; 1967)

The development of land tenure systems in Ghana and attempts at reform in the past – Lily De-Graft Johnson (pgs. 154-169 in Agricultural Newsletter, 11, 7; July 1966)

The development of professional and postgraduate education through collaborative links with Kumasi, Ghana  Jacob Plange-Rhule and Imelda Bates (pgs. 358-359 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 93, 4; July-August 1999) 

The Development of Religion and Thought in Ancient Egypt – James Henry Breasted (New York NY, US; 1912)

The Development of Road Transport in Southern Ghana and Ashanti since 1850 K.B. Dickson (in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, Vol. IV, Part I; 1961)

The development of socialist ideology in Ghana, 1949-1959 B.D.G. Folson (in Ghana Social Science Journal, 1, 1; 1971) K. Arhin in Life and Works of Kwame Nkrumah gives the dates as 1949-58, and the publication as Ghana Journal of Social Science, 5, 5; 1977

The Development of Technical and Vocational Education in Africa (UNESCO International Project on Technical and Vocational Education, UNESCO, Paris, France; 1996)

The development of town committees in Ahafo, Western Ghana – A.F. Robertson (in Councils in Actions, (eds.) A.I. Richards and A. Kuper, Cambridge, England; 1971)

The Development of the Transportation Pattern in Ghana P.R. Gould (Department of Geography, Northwestern University, Evanston IL, US; 1960; 163 pgs)

The Development Plan, 1951 (Government Printer, Accra; 1951)

The Development Process: A Spatial Perspective – A.L. Mabogunje (Hutchinson, London, England; 1980)

The Developmental Cycle in Domestic Groups (ed.) J. Goody (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1958)

The Developmental Psychology of the Black Child – Amos N. Wilson (Afrikan World InfoSystems, 743 Rogers Avenue, Suite 6, Brooklyn NY 11226, US; www.afrikanworldinfo.com; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 216 pgs)

The Developmental State – M. Woo-Cummings (Cornell University Press, Ithaca NY, US and London, England; 1999)

The dialogue as a versatile tool for teaching English – Amma Kyerewaa Akrofi (pgs. 61-75 in The Oguaa Educ., 10, 1; Oct. 1992)

The Diamond Deposits of the Gold Coast N.R. Junner (in Gold Coast Geological Survey Bulletin, 12; 1943)

The Diaries of A. C. Duncan-Johnstone: A Preliminary Analysis of British Involvement in the 'Native Courts' of Colonial Asante – Victoria C. Tashjian (pgs. 135-50 in Ghana Studies, 1; 1998)

The Diaries of Lord Lugard [vol. 1] – (eds.) M. Perham and M. Bull (Northwestern University Press, Evanston IL, US; 1963)

The Di’eien Massacre and the Institution of Slavery in the Sudan – Ushari Mahmoud and S. Baldu (Khartoum, Sudan; 1987)

The dietary habits of a Ghanaian farming community – G.J.S. Dei (pgs. 29-49 in Ecology of Food and Nutrition, 25; 1991)

The Differential Impact of Inflation on Poor South African Households – H. Bhorat and M. Oosthuizen (Development Policy Research Unit Working Paper 03/72, University of Cape Town, South Africa; 2003)

The digital divide: standing at the intersection of race and technology – Raneta Lawson Mack (Carolina Academic Press; Durham NC, US; 2001)

The Dilemma of a Ghost – Ama Ata Christina Aidoo (Longmans, Accra; 1965; 50 pgs)

The Dilemma of the Pan-Africanist – Julius K. Nyerere (1966; reprinted in Freedom and Socialism – Julius K. Nyerere, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1968)

The Dilemmas of African Independence – L.G. Cowan (Walter and Co., New York, US; 1964)

The Dimensions and Characteristics of Rural Poverty in Ghana – K. Ewusi (ISSER Technical Publication No. 43; April 1984) Also found listed as 1986

The Dimensions and Consequences of Violence against Women in Ghana (National Council on Women and Development, Accra; 1999)

The Diploma Disease: Educational Qualification and Development – R. Dore (Allen and Unwin; London, England; 1976)

The Diplomacy of Imperialism 1890-1902 – W.L. Langer (Knopf, New York, US; 1935)

The disappointments of civil society: the politics of NGO intervention in northern Ghana – Giles Mohan (pgs. 125-154 in Political Geography, 21, 1; January 2002)

The Discoveries of Prince Henry the Navigator, and their Results R.H. Major (London, England; 2nd edition, 1877) Contains an account of the activities of Portuguese Catholics from 1471 when they erected a wooden cross at Shama

The Discoveries of the Portuguese in the Interior of Angola – T. Bowdich (London, England; 1924)

The Distribution and Density of Population in Ghana – T.E. Hilton (Ghana Universities Press; 1968; 60 pgs)

The Distribution of Cocoa Income, 1961-1965 – B. Beckman (Staff Seminar Paper No. 13, Department of Economics, University of Ghana; 1970)

The Distribution of Guang in Ghana, and a statistical pre-testing of 25 (31) ideolects – Colin Painter (pgs. 25-78 in Journal of West African Languages, 4, 1; 1967)

The Distribution of Manufacturing in Ghana: A Study of Industrial Location in a Developing Country M.B.K. Darkoh (pgs. 38-58 in Scottish Geographical Magazine, 87; 1971)

The Distribution of Monetary Incomes in Ghana – K. Ewusi (ISSER Technical Publications Series No. 14, Institute of Statistical, Social and Economic Research, University of Ghana; 1971)

The Distribution of Welfare in Ghana, 1987-88 P.K. Glewwe and K.A. Twum-Baah (World Bank, Living Standards Measurement Study, Working Paper No. 75; 1991)

The District Assemblies and and Local Governance: Reflections on the 2002 Local Elections – J.R.A. Ayee and Nicholas Amponsah (in Local Government in Ghana: Grassroots in the 2002 Local Government Elections, (eds.) Nicholas Amponsah and K. Boafo-Arthur, Department of Political Science, University of Ghana, Legon; 2003)

The Diversity of Adjustment in Agriculture – Jean-Paul Azam (pgs. 136-154 in Africa Now: People, Policies, Institutions, (ed.) Stephen Ellis; James Currey, London, England; Heinemann, Portsmouth NH, US; 1996)

The Divine Kinship in Ghana and Ancient Egypt – E. Meyerowitz (Faber and Faber, London, England; 1960; 260 pgs)

The Division of Labor in Society – E. Durkheim (Free Press; Glencoe IL, US; 1933)

The Doctrine of Precedent in the Court of Appeal for East Africa – Akilagpa Sawyerr, with J.A. Hiller (Tanzania Publishing House, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; 1971)

The domestication of the savage mind – J. Goody (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1977)

The Downfall of Kwame Nkrumah – K.A. Bediako (self-published; printed by State Publishing Corporation, Accra-Tema; 1966; 70 pgs) Also found listed as having 57 pages

The Downfall of Prempeh; a Diary of Life with the Native Levy in Ashanti, 1895-96 R.S.S. Baden-Powell (Methuen, London, England; 1896) Baden-Powell, later the founder of the Boy Scouts, was an officer in this expedition to Kumasi

The doyen speaks; some of the historic speeches of Dr. J. B. Danquah – (comp.) Henry Kwasi Akyeampong and (ed.) Moses Danquah (Accra; c. 1956; 58 pgs) A very similar listing found elsewhere is: The Doyen Speaks: Some Historical Speeches by Dr. J.B. Danquah J.B. Danquah (Accra; no date)

The Drummer in Our Time – A. Kayper-Mensah (1975)

The Drums of Kumasi: The Story of the Ashanti Wars – A. Lloyd (Longmans, London, England; 1964; 209 pgs)

The Dual Mandate in British Tropical Africa Lord F.D. Lugard (London, England; 1922 [or 1929?]; 1964 edition, Frank Cass, London, England)

The Dutch and the Guinea Coast 1674-1742 [or 3?]; A Collection of Documents from the General State Archive at the Hague – A. van Dantzig (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1978; 375 pgs)

The Dutch Disease: A Disease after All? – van S. Wijnbergen (pgs. 41-55 in Economic Journal, 94; 1984)

The Dutch military recruitment agency in Kumasi – A. van Danzig (pgs. 21-24 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 8; 1966)

The Dutch Perspective on Contemporary Migration – Renée Bos-Jones (pgs. 103-117 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The Dynamics of Agricultural Innovation in Northern Ghana – K.B. Dickson (pgs. 10-18 in Ghana Social Science Journal, 2, 2; 1973)

The Dynamics of Clanship among the Tallensi; Being the first part of an Analysis of the Social Structure of a Trans-Volta Tribe M. Fortes (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1945; 270 pgs)

The Dynamics of Decision Making and Policy Formulation for Agricultural Improvement in Low-Income Countries – Q.B.O. Anthonio (in Decision-Making and Agriculture, University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln, Nebraska, US, and London, England; 1970)

The Dynamics of Productive Relationships: African Share Contracts In Comparative Perspective – A.F. Robertson (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1987)

The Dynamics of the Ghana Chamber of Mines (Ghana Chamber of Mines, Accra; 1996)

The Early History of the Akan States of Ghana – Eva L.R. Meyerowitz (Red Candle Press, London, England; 1974; 228 pgs)

The Early History of the C.M.S. – C. Hole (London, England; 1896)

The Early São Tome-Principe Slave Trade with Mina, 1500-1540 – J.L. Vogt (pgs. 453-467 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, 6, 3; 1973)

The Earth as Transformed by Human Action – (eds.) B.L. Turner, W.C. Clark, R.W. Kates, J.F. Richards, J.T. Mathews and W.B. Meyer (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1990)

The Easiest Way to Make Money is to Sell Land! Land Conflicts in the Peri-Urban Areas of Accra, Ghana – J. Wehrmann (pgs. 26-32 in Journal for Planning and Building in the Third World, 74, 3; 2002)

The East African coast: select documents from the first to the early nineteenth centuryG.S.P. Freeman-Grenville (Clarendon Press, Oxford, England; 1962; 2nd edition, Rex Collings, London, England; 1975)

The East Asian Region Confucian Heritage and Its Modern Adaptation – (ed.) Gilbert Rozman (Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, US; 1991)

The Eastern Region Household Budget Survey in Ghana D.K. Dutta-Roy (ISSER, University of Ghana; 1968)

The ECA: Forging a Future for Africa – Adebayo Adedeji (pgs. 285-286 in Unity and Diversity in Development Ideas – Perspectives from the UN Regional Commissions, (ed.) Yves Berthelot, Indiana University Press, Bloomington IN, US; 2004)

The ecological and social context of mammal hunting in the coastal savanna of Ghana – Michael O’Neal Campbell (in Geoforum, details to come; 2005) The ecology of malnutrition in middle Africa: Ghana, Nigeria, Republic of the Congo, Rwanda, Burundi and the former French Equatorial Africa – J.M. May (Harper, New York, US; 1965; 255 pgs)

The economic and social significance of rubber production and exchange on the Gold and Ivory Coasts, 1880-1900 – Kwame Arhin (in Cahiers d’études africaines [1-2] or [20, 77-78, pgs 49-62?]; 1980)

The economic basis of Tallensi social history in the early twentieth century – Keith Hart (pgs. 185-216 in Research in Economic Anthropology, 1; 1987)

The economic development of Ghana – Walter Birminghan (pgs. 172-194 in Planning and growth in rich and poor countries, (eds.) W. Birmingham and A.G. Ford, Praeger, New York, US; 1965)

The Economic Empowerment of Nigerian Women: Some Determinants of Access to Resources – Funmi Soetan (pgs. 117-135 in African Economic History, 27; 1999)

The Economic Impact of Remittances of Holland-Based Ghanaian Migrants on Rural Ashanti – E.N. Appiah et al. (in Proceedings of Workshop on Transnational Migration, Return and Development in West Africa, Sussex Centre for Migration and Research, University of Sussex, England; 2003)

The economic implications of transformations in Akan funeral rites – K. Arhin (Africa, 64 (3); pp 307-322; 1994)

The economic importance of the Shea-butter tree in Ghana – C.K. Votere (pgs. 42-46 in Agricultural Newsletter, 3; March 1966)

The economic linkages between rural poverty and land degradation: some evidence from Africa – Edward B. Barbier (pgs. 355-370 in Agriculture, Ecosystems & Environment, 82, 1-3; December 2000)

The Economic Recovery Programme/Structural Adjustment Programme; Its Likely Impact on the ‘Distant’ Rural Poor in Northern Ghana – J. Songsore, (Chapter Ten in Regionalism and Public Policy in Northern Ghana, pgs 207-229; 2001) Cited elsewhere by Songsore as being in Planning African Growth and Development, Some Current Issues, (ed.) E. Aryeetey, ISSER/UNDP; 1992

The Economic Revolution in British West Africa A. McPhee (Routledge, London, England; 1926)

The Economic Value of Breast-Feeding (FAO Food and Nutrition Paper, 11; 1979) – S. Almroth and T. Greiner

The Economics of Child Labour – K. Basu and P.M. Van (Department of Economics Working Paper No. 444R, Cornell University, Ithaca NY, US; 1996)

The Economics of Cocoa Production and Marketing – (eds.) R.A. Kotey, C. Okali and B.E. Rourke (ISSER, University of Ghana, Legon; 1974)

The economics of living with wildlife in Ghana – K.A. Tutu, Y. Ntiamoa-Baidu and S. Asuming-Brempong (pgs. 11-38 in The economics of wildlife: case studies from Ghana, Kenya, Namibia and Zimbabwe, (ed.) J. Bojo; 1996)

The economics of living with wildlife in Ghana – K.A. Tutu, Y. Ntiamoa-Baidu and S. Asuming-Brempong (Report for the World Bank Environment Division; 1993; 85 pgs)

The Economics of Peasant Agriculture in the Gold Coast (Shephard’s Session Paper No. 1; 1936)

The economics of rural health insurance: The effects of formal and informal risk-sharing schemes in Ghana – I. Osei-Akoto (in Development Economics and Policy, 40; 2004)

The Economics of School Quality Investments in Developing Countries: An Empirical Study of Ghana (ed.) P. Glewwe (Macmillan, London, England; 1999)

The Economics of Small Farm Systems and Socio-Economic Conditions in the Atebubu District E.T. Acquah et al. (University of Science and Technology, Kumasi, and Virginia State University, US, Linkage Programme; 1979)

The economy and the investment environment in Ghana (pgs. 3-17 in Money Market, 4; Aug. 1992)

The Economy of Ghana – Anthony Yaw Baah (pgs. 1-13 in The Social Dimension of Structural Adjustment in Ghana, (ed.) Anthony Yaw Baah; Ghana Trades Union Congress, Accra; 2001)

The Economy of Ghana – T. Killick and R. Szereszewski (in The Economies of Africa, (eds.) P. Robson and D.A. Lury (Allen and Unwin, London, England; 1969)

The Economy of Ghana: Analytical Perspectives on Stability, Growth and Poverty – (eds.) Ernest Aryeetey and Ravi Kanbur (James Currey, www.jamescurrey.co.uk; and Woeli Publishing Services, P.O. Box NT 601, New Town, Accra; 2008; 424 pgs)

The Economy of Ghana: The First 25 Years since Independence M.M. Huq (Macmillan Press, London, England; 1989)

The Economy of Manichean Allegory: The Function of Racial Difference in Colonialist Literature – A.R. JanMohamed (pgs. 78-106 in ‘Race’, Writing and Difference, (ed.) H.L. Gates Jr., University of Chicago Press, Chicago, US and London, England; 1986)

The economy of the Fanti Confederation – L. Limberg (in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 11; 1970)

The Economy of the West African Coast in the 16th Century – S. Harrop (in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 8; 1964)

The education of Black people: ten critiques 1906-1960 – W.E.B. DuBois (Monthly Review Press, New York, US; 2001)

The education of medical students in the social aspects of obstetrics and gynaecology – R.H.O. Bannerman (pgs. 144-147 in Ghana Medical Journal, 5, 4; December 1966)

The effect of chemical and mineralogical constitution on the physical characteristics of ceramic triaxial bodies – C.N.K. Kokoroko (pgs. 30-37 in Journal of the University of Science and Technology, 12, 1; Feb. 1992)

The Effect of Child Labor on Learning Achievement – Christopher Heady (pgs. 385-398 in World Development, 31, 2; Feb. 2003)

The effect of household wealth on educational attainment: evidence from 35 countries D. Filmer and L. Pritchett (pgs. 85-120 in Population and Development Review, 25, 1; 1999)

The effect of hydrogen bonding on the mechanical properties of wood – F.W. Ashong (pgs. 6-10 in Ghana Journal of Science, 5, 1; April 1965)

The effect of nursery and field fertilisation on the growth and yield of rice variety BG79 – B.A.C. Enyi (pgs. 41-51 in Ghana Journal of Science, 6, 1 & 2; April 1966)

The effect of pre-existing trematode infection on the establishment of schistosome haemotabium larvae in bulinid snails – I. Paperna (pgs. 89-90 in Ghana Medical Journal, 6, 3; 1967)

The effect of simazine treatment on the growth and nutrient absorption of young maize plant – C.S. Ofori (pgs. 37-40 in Ghana Journal of Science, 6, 1 & 2; April 1966)

The effect of the formation of the Volta Lake on the Simulimdae of the Volta Basin – Letitia E. Obeng (paper presented at the International Symposium on Man-made Lakes held in Accra; 1966)

The Effect of the Quality, Price and Availability of Family Planning on Contraceptive Use in Ghana Raylynn Oliver (Living Standards Measurement Study, Working Paper No. 111, World Bank, Washington DC, US; 1995)

The effectiveness of Temik, a systematic pesticide for controlling root-knot nematodes and its influence on the growth and seed yield of kenaf (Hibiscus canna binus L.) – P.G. Addo and S.Y. Amanquah (pgs. 55-57 in Ghana Journal of Agricultural Science, 1, 1; 1968)

The Effects of Adjustment Measures on Nigerian Labor – Tayo Fashoyin (Chapter 6, pgs. 162-183 in Prospects for Recovery and Sustainable Development in Africa, (ed.) Aguibou Y. Yansané; Greenwood Press, Westport CT, US; 1996)

The Effects of Community Participation on Access and Quality of Education in Four African Countries: A Study on the Ghana Experience Report – J. Baku and D. Agyeman (ERNWACA, Accra; no date)

The Effects of Corruption in a Developing Nation – D.H. Bayley (pgs. 719-732 in Western Political Quarterly, 19, 4; Dec. 1966)

The Effects of Domestic Policies in Exportable Primary Commodities: The Case of Ghana and Cocoa W.K. Asenso-Okyere (in Issues in African Rural Development, (eds.) C.R. Doss and C. Mason, Winrock International Institute for Agricultural Development, Morrilton AR, US; 1991)

The Effects of Kente and Adinkra Industries in the Kwabre District of Ashanti: A Study in Industrial Sociology – Kofi Ohene-Konadu (in Research Review (new series) 10, 1 & 2; Legon; 1994)

The effects of large-scale mechanic agriculture on the physical properties of West African soils – Peter M. Ahn (pgs. 35-40 in Legon Journal of Agricultural Science, 1, 1; March 1968)

The effects of moisture content and temperature on the viability of eggplant (Solanum melongena L) seed in storage – Richard Akromah (pgs. 5, 6 in Cropsearch, 2, 2; June 1992)

The Effects of Rural, Urban Upbringing on Machiavellian Attitudes of Nigerian Children – M. Olaseboye Olasehinde (in Research Review (new series) 1, 2; Legon; 1987)

The Effects of the Expulsion of Migrant Workers on Ghana’s Economy, with particular reference to the cocoa industry J. Adomako-Sarfoh (in Modern Migrations in West Africa, (ed.) Samir Amin, International African Institute, London and Oxford University Press, England; 1974)

The Effects of the Maintenance of Children Act on Akan and Ewe Notions of Paternal Responsibility P. Jones-Quartey (in Legon Family Research Papers, Vol. 1, Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1974)

The Effects of Trade Liberalisation on Industry and Labour in Ghana – K. Anyemedu (TUC/Friedrich Ebert Foundation, Accra; 1995)

The effects of varying dietary corn oil and hay-grain ratio on lamb growth and fat characteristics – C.W. Cameron and D.E. Hogue (pgs. 36-41 in Legon Journal of Agriculture, 1, 1; 1968)

The Egyptian History: Treating of the Pyramids – Ibn Al-Khatif Murtadi (London, England; 1672; further details to come)

The Egyptian Sudan: Its History and Monuments – Ernest Budge (London, England; 1907) 2 volumes

The elite and underdevelopment in Africa: the case of Ghana – T.A. Kofi (pgs. 97-115 in Berkeley Journal of Sociology, 17; 1973)

The Emancipation of Women: An African Perspective – Florence Abena Dolphyne (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1991)

The Emergence of Akwapim State: 1730-50 M.A. Kwamena-Poh (Ghana Notes and Queries, 2; 1970)

The Emergence of Autocracy in Liberia: Tragedy and Challenge – Amos Sawyerr (Institute for Contemporary Studies, San Francisco CA, US; 1992) Who served as a transitional president

The Emergence of an Elite: A Case Study of a West Coast Family – M. Priestley (pgs. 87-103 in The New Elites of Tropical Africa, (ed.) P.C. Lloyd, International African Institute and Oxford University Press, London, England; 1966)

The Emergence of Capitalist Relations in South Asante Cocoa-Farming, c. 1916-1933 G. Austin (pgs. 259-281 in Journal of African History, 28; 1987)

The emerging fertility transition in sub-Saharan Africa – Barney Cohen (pgs. 1431-1461 in World Development, 26, 8; August 1998) 

The Empire of Chaos – Samir Amin (Monthly Review Press, New York, US; 1992)

The Empire of Mali – Chancellor Williams (in International Encyclopedia, New York, US; 1969)

The Empire Writes Back: The Theory and Practice of Post-Colonial Literature – W.D. Ashcroft, G. Griffiths and H. Tiffin (Routledge, London, England; 1989)

The Empire’s Assets and How to Use Them A. Bigland (in Journal of the Royal Society of Arts, 30 March, 1917)

The Encyclopedia Africana Dictionary of African Biography, Ethiopia-Ghana – (ed.) L.H. Ofosu-Appiah (Reference Publications, New York, US; 1977)

The End of Slavery in Africa – (eds.) S. Miers and R. Roberts (Wisconsin, US; 1983)

The Enforcement of Commercial Contracts in Ghana – M. Fafchamps (pgs. 427-448 in World Development, 24; 1996)

The English involvement in Ashanti around 1900 – Lewin Thomas (Interdisciplinary seminar in field methods, Yendi Project no. 2; Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon, and Program of African Studies, Northwestern University, Chicago IL, US; 1968)

The environmental impact and sustainability of plantations in sub-Saharan Africa: Ghana’s experiences with oil-palm plantations – E. Gyasi (in Sustaining the Future: Economic, Social, and Environmental Change in Sub-Saharan Africa, (eds.) George Benneh, W. B. Morgan and J. I. Uitto, United Nations University Press, Tokyo, Japan; 1996)

The environmental imprints and complexes of social dynamics in rural Africa: cases from Zimbabwe and Ghana Jennifer A. Elliott and Michael Campbell (pgs. 221-237 in Geoforum, 33, 2; May 2002)

The erosion of the family: a study of the fate of the family in Ghana – John C. Caldwell (pgs. 5-26 in Population Studies, 20, 1; July 1966)

The Establishment of British Administration in Mamprugu, 1898-1937 – A.A. Iliasu (pgs. 1-28 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 16, 1; June 1975)

The establishment of fisheries in man-made lakes in the tropics – P.B.N. Jackson (in Man-made lakes, (ed.) R.M. Lowe-McConnell; Academic Press for Institute of Biology, London, England; 1966)

The Estimation of Components of Household Incomes and Expenditures – A Methodological Guide based on the Ghana Living Standards Survey, 1991/92 and 1998/99 H. Coulombe and A. McKay (Ghana Statistical Service, Accra; 2000; 45 pgs)

The Estimation of Components of Household Incomes and Expenditures from the first two rounds of the GLSS, 1987/88 and 1988/89 [Two volumes] (Ghana Statistical Service; 1993)

The Ethiopian Manifesto, Issued in Defense of the Black Man’s Rights in the Scale of Universal Freedom – R.A. Young (New York, US: 1829)

The Ethnography of the Northern Territories of the Gold Coast, West of the Volta – J. Goody (Colonial Office, London, England; 1954; 59 pgs typescript) Also found listed (Lentz, 2007) as …West of the White Volta

The Ethnohistory of the Akan in Ghana – J. Goody (pgs. 67-80 in Africa, 29, 1; 1959)

The Etsi of Ghana – J.K. Fynn (Department of History, University of Ghana, Legon; no date)

The European Traders and the Coastal States, 1630-1720 – K.Y. Daaku (pgs. 11-25 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 8; 1965)

The Everyday Politics of Rent-Seeking: Land Allocation on the Outskirts of Kumasi, Ghana – S. Berry (in Negotiating Property in Africa, (eds.) K. Juul and C. Lund; Heinemann, Portsmouth, England; 2000)

The evolution of elites in Ghana – K.E. de Graft-Johnson (in The New Elites of Tropical Africa, (ed.) P.C. Lloyd and D. Forde, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1966) Also found listed elsewhere with J.C. as the author’s initials, Lloyd as the only editor and 1970 as the publication date

The Evolution of Gold Coast Chiefship – T. Alicoe (Telegraph and Star, Sheffield, England; 1953)

The evolution of modern medicine in a developing country: Ghana 1880-1960 S. Addae (Durham Academic Press, Durham, England; 1997; 524 pgs)

The evolution of modern medicine in a developing country: Ghana 1880-1960, S. Addae; Durham: Durham Academic Press: 1997; 524 pgs.; ISBN 1-900838-05-2 [Book Review] – E. H. O. Parry (pgs.  471-472 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 92, 4; July-August 1998) 

The Evolution of Parliament in Ghana – K.B. Ayensu and S.N. Darkwa (Institute of Economic Affairs, Accra; 1999)

The Evolution of the Ghana Trade Unions Congress under the Convention People’s Party: Towards a Re-Interpretation – R. Gerritsen (pgs. 229-244 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 13; 1974)

The Evolution of the World Bank's Land Policy: Principles, Experience and Future Challenges – K. Deininger and H. Binswanger (pgs. 247-276 in The World Bank Research Observer, 14, 2; 1999)

The Ewe in Pre-colonial Times – D.E.K. Amenumey (Accra; 1986)

The Ewe in Pre-Colonial Times, by D.E.K. Amenumey [Book review] – Sandra Greene (in Research Review (new series) 4, 2; Legon; 1988)

The Ewe of South-Eastern Ghana and Togo on the Eve of Colonialism A.K. Asamoah (Accra-Tema; 1986)

The Ewe Problem: A Reassessment B.W. Hodder (in Essays in Political Geography, (ed.) C.A. Fisher; Methuen and Co., London, England; 1968)

The Ewe-Speaking Peoples of the Slave Coast of West Africa; Their Religion, Manners, Customs, Laws, Languages A.B. Ellis (Chapman and Hall, London, England; 1890; 331 pgs)

The Ewe-Speaking People of the Togoland and the Gold Coast – M. Manoukian (International African Institute, London, England; 1952; 66 pgs) Another listing has Ethnographic Survey of Africa, Oxford University Press after the title, and the same date

The Ewe Unification Movement – A Political History – D.E.K. Amenumey (Ghana Universities Press; 1989; 374 pgs)

The Examining of African Languages – I.K. Chinebuah (in Proceedings of the Conference on the Study of Ghanaian Languages, (eds.) G. Ansre and J.R. Birnie, Ghana Publishing Corporation; 1969)

The Exclusive Economic Zone: An Analysis of the Concept as Contained in the Revised Single Negotiations Text – K. Ahwoi (pgs. 137-164 in University of Ghana Law Journal, 14, 2; 1977)

The Exile and Repatriation of Nana Prempeh I of Ashanti (1896-1924) W. Tordoff (pgs. 33-58 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 4, 2; 1960)

The Exodus – The Growing Migration of Children from Ghana’s Rural Areas to the Urban Centres E. Beauchemin, C. Baffoe and P. Avevor (Report for Catholic Action for Street Children and UNICEF; 1999)

The Expansion of Cocoa Production: The Working Conditions of Migrant Cocoa Farmers in the Central and Western Regions K. Arhin (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1985; 143 pgs)

The Expansion of Employment Associated with Growth of GNP: A Projective Model and Its Implications for Ghana – N. Uphoff (pgs. 3-16 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 2, 4; 1972)

The Expansion of the Fante and the Emergence of Asante in the Eighteenth Century – J.R. Sanders (pgs. 349-364 in Journal of African History, 20, 3; 1979)

The Expansive Moment: Anthropology in Britain and Africa 1918-1970 – Jack Goody (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1995)

The Experience of Amasachina Self-Help Women’s Group – M.A. Mahama (Village Women Up Against Rural Poverty in Northern Ghana, Vol. 4, CUSO/CCPD Training Programme Publication; 1992)

The Experience of BILFACU Women’s Group – L.C. Bawah (Village Women Up Against Rural Poverty in Northern Ghana, Vol. 5, CUSO/CCPD Training Programme Publication; 1993)

The Experience of Ghanaian Industry in Techology Acquisition and Transfer in Atubra – J.O. Gogo (in Proceedings of Workshop on Technology Transfer Management, organized by UNIDO and Ministry of Environment, Science and Technology, STEPRI; 1997)

The Experience of Moglaa Women’s Group – M. Sanatu (Village Women Up Against Rural Poverty in Northern Ghana, Vol. 3, CUSO/CCPD Training Programme Publication; no date)

The experience of starting a poison control centre in Africa – the Ghana experience E. E. K. Clarke (pgs. 267-272 in Toxicology, 198, 1-3; May 2004)

The Experiences of Rural Banks in Enterprise Credit: Akuapem Rural Bank Case Study – Gloria Nikoi (in Small Enterprise Credit in West Africa, (ed.) E. Aryeetey; 1996)

The expulsion of West African aliens M. Peil (in Journal of Modern African Studies, 9, 2; 1971)

The Extension of British Rule to Anlo (Southeast Ghana) 1850-1890 – D.E.K. Amenumey (pgs. 99-117 in Journal of African History, 9, 1; 1968)

The extent of pyrethroid resistance in Anophelesgambiae sensu stricto from Ghana  [Abstract] K. Adasi, J. Hemingway and L. McCarroll (pg. 625 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 97, 6; Nov.-Dec. 2003)

The Evolution of the World Bank's Land Policy: Principles, Experience and Future Challenges – K. Deininger and H. Binswanger (pgs. 247-276 in The World Bank Research Observer, 14, 2; 1999)

The Fabulous Asante Kotoko: thirty years of dedication, 1935-1965 comp. by Baafour Awuah (Asante Kotoko Sporting Club, Kumasi; 1965; 64 pgs)

The Failure of Conditionality – P. Collier (in Perspectives on Aid and Development, (eds.) Catherine Gwin and Joan Nelson, Overseas Development Council, Washington DC, US; 1997)

The Failure of European Mining Companies in the Nineteenth-Century Gold Coast – J. Silver (pgs. 511-530 in Journal of African History, 22, 4; 1981)

The Failure of Grassroots Pan-Africanism; The Case of the All-African Trade Union Federation – Opoku Agyeman (Lexington Books, Lanham MD; Boulder CO, New York NY, US; 2003; 371 pgs)

The Failure of the Centralized State: Institutions for Self-Governance in Africa – (eds.) J.S. Wunsch and D. Olowu (Institute for Contemporary Studies, San Francisco CA, US; 2nd edition, 1995)

The Failure of the Negro Intellectual – E. Franklin Frazier (pgs. 267-279 in E. Franklin Frazier on Race Relations, (ed.) G. Franklin Edwards; University of Chicago Press, Chicago IL, US; 1968)

The Failure of the United Nations Development Programs for Africa – Adrien Ratsimbaharison (University Press of America, US; 2004; 180 pgs) Studies the workings of the United Nations in Africa, appraises the politics of development that hamper African countries (ABCBR)

The fake patient: A research experiment in a Ghanaian hospital  Sjaak van der Geest and Samuel Sarkodie (pgs. 1373-1381 in Social Science & Medicine, 47, 9; November 1998)

The Fall of Kumbi and Other Plays Mohammed ben Abdallah (Woeli; 1989; 123 pgs)

The Fall of Kwame Nkrumah – Manning Marable (pgs. 39-47 in C.L.R. James: His Life and Work, in Urgent Tasks, 12 (special issue); Sojourner Truth Organization, P.O. Box 8493, Chicago IL 60680, US; 1981)

The Fall of Meroe – P.L. Skinner (in Kush – Journal of the Sudan Antiquities Service, (Khartoum, Sudan), 3; 1960)

The Fall of the Asante Empire: The Hundred-Year War for Africa’s Gold Coast – R.B. Edgerton (The Free Press, New York NY, US; 1995; 293 pgs) The wars from 1807 to 1900 told from the Asante viewpoint (according to www.alibris.com)

The fallacy of dual economies A. Mafeje (in East African Journal, 9, 2; 1972)

The Falsification of Afrikan Consciousness – Eurocentric History, Psychiatry and the Politics of White Supremacy – Amos N. Wilson (Afrikan World InfoSystems, 743 Rogers Avenue, Suite 6, Brooklyn NY 11226, US; www.afrikanworldinfo.com; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 1993; 144 pgs)

The family: Bane or blessing? M. Fortes (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1971)

The Family-House in West Africa: A Forgotten Resource for Policy Makers? B. Amole, D. Korboe and G. Tipple (pgs 355-372 in Third World Planning Review, 15, 4; 1993)

The Fanti Asafo: a Re-examination – Ansu Datta (pgs. 305-315 in Africa, 42, 4, 1972)

The Fanti Asafu J.C. de Graft Johnson (in Africa, 2, 3; London, England; 1932)

The Fanti Confederacy 1865-1869: An Enquiry into the Origins, Nature and Extent of an Early West African Protest Movement Francis Agbodeka (pgs. 82-123 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, Vol. [7 or 8?]; 1964)

The Far Horizon W. Brandford Griffith, Jr. (Arthur Stockwell, Ilfracombe, Devon, England; 1951; 319 pgs)

The Farmer/Trader Relationship: Is there Exploitation? Kwame Nyanteng (in The Ghanaian Farmer, 18, 1; October 1978)

The Fate of the Tree: Planning and Managing the Development of Kumasi, Ghana – K. Kwafo Adarkwa and J. Post (details to come; 2001)

The Fate of Vultures: New Poetry from Africa – (eds.) Kofi Anyidoho, Peter Porter and Musaemura Zimunya (Heinemann, Oxford, England; 1989)

The Feasibility of Democracy in Africa – Claude Ake (CREDU, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1992)

The Feasibility of Title Registration in Accra (The Working Party, Government Advisory Committee, Land Administration Research Centre, KNUST (pgs. 146-190 in Land Ownership and Registration in Ghana, (ed.) A. Kodwo Mensah-Brown; Land Administration Research Centre, Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology, Kumasi; 1978; 214 pgs)

The Fifth Landing Stage – F. Kwasi Fiawoo [translated from Ewe] (United Society for Christian Literature, London, England; 1943) Also found listed as a free adaptation of the author’s own original play in Ewe, Toko atolia (1937)

The Final Obsequies of the late Nana Sir Ofori Atta KBE – K. Frimpong (pgs. 80-86 in Africa, 15, 2; April 1945)

The financing of the Ashanti expansion (1700-1820) – Kwame Arhin (pgs. 283-291 in Africa, 37, 3; July 1967)

The Findings and their Policy Implications: Institutional Adaptation or Replacement – J.W. Bruce, S.E. Migot-Adholla and J. Atherton (in Searching For Land Tenure Security, (eds.) Bruce and Migot-Adholla; Kendall Hunt Publishing Company, Iowa, US; 1994)

The first book of Ghana – Norman M. Lobsenz (E. Ward; London, England; 1966; 61 pgs)

The First Dance of Freedom: Black Africa in the Post-War Era – M. Meredith (New York, US: 1984)

The First Rasta: Leonard Howell and the rise of Rastafarianism – Helen Lee (Chicago Review Press Incorporated; 2003)

The First Shots of the Great War: The Anglo-French Conquest of Togo, 1914 – E. Grove (pgs. 308-323 in The Army Quarterly and Defense Journal, 106, 3; July 1976)

The First Step towards the Development of Human Resources for Health, Strategy for 1998-2000 (WHO AFRO; 2000)

The Fiscal Impact of Structural Adjustment in Ghana – K. Appiah-Kubi (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 2003)

The fission of domestic groups among the LoDaaga J.R. Goody (in The Developmental Cycle in Domestic Groups, (ed.) J. Goody, Cambridge, England; 1958)

The five Akan states – J. Agyeman-Duah (pg. 2 in The Pioneer, No. 11205; 22 Jan. 1992)

The Flagbearers of Ghana – School Edition 1 Kojo T. Vieta (ENA Publications, P.O. Box CT 3649, Accra; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 2000; 166 pgs)

The Flexible Economy: Causes and Consequences of the Adaptability of National Economies – (ed.) T. Killick (Routledge, London, England; 1995)

The Flight-Lieutenant and the Professor – The Road to Ghana’s Fourth Republic – Paul Nugent (Occasional Paper No. 43, Centre of African Studies, University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, Scotland; 1993)

The flight of physicians from West Africa: Views of African physicians and implications for policy Amy Hagopian, Anthony Ofosu, Adesegun Fatusi, Richard Biritwum, Ama Essel, L. Gary Hart and Carolyn Watts (pgs. 1750-1760 in Social Science & Medicine, 61, 8, Oct. 2005)

The Focus and Concentrate Programme in the Bolgatanga District – Evaluation of an Extension Programme – J. Th. Van Logchem (Social Studies Project Research Report Series Paper No. 7, University of Cape Coast; 1972)

The food economies of urban middle Africa: the case of Ghana – T.T. Poleman (in Food Research Institute Studies, 11, 2; 1961)

The Foundations of Nigeria: Essays in Honor of Toyin Falola – (ed.) Adebayo Oyebade (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and Asmara, Eritrea; 2004; 697 pgs) The second volume of essays celebrating the academic achievements of Toyin Falola contains 31 essays on Nigeria’s emergence as a political unit during the colonial period looking at nationalism, constitutional development, politics and government, economy and culture (ABCBR)

The Foreign Exchange Market and the Dutch Auction System in Ghana – C.K. Dordunoo (AERC Research Paper 24, African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; 1994)

The Foreign Exchange Rate and International Trade in Ghana – W.A. Okyere (ISSER Discussion Paper No. 19, University of Ghana; 1985)

The Foreign Exchange Regime and Growth: a Comparison of Ghana and the Ivory Coast – F. Teal (in African Affairs, 85, 339; 1986)

The Foreign Policies of African States – O. Aluko (Hodder and Stoughton, London, England; 1977; 243 pgs)

The Forest and the Twis – Ivor Wilks (pgs. 1-81 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, New Series No. 8, University of Ghana, Legon; 2004)

The Formal Financial Sector in Ghana after the Reforms – E. Aryeetey (ODI Working Paper 86, Overseas Development Institute, London, England; 1996; 71 pgs)

The Formal Social Security System in Ghana – Augustine F. Gockel (Friedrich Ebert Foundation, Accra; 1996)

The formalities and incidents of conveyance in Ghana – Gordon R. Woodman (pgs. 1-27 in University of Ghana Law Journal, 4, 1 ; 1967)

The Formulation and Implementation of Environmental Policy in Ghana – J.R.A. Ayee (in Africa Development, 23, 2; 1998)

The Formulation of Development Plans in the British Colonies – D. Dosser (The Economic Journal; June 1959)

The fostering of children in Ghana: a preliminary report – Esther Goody (pgs. 26-33 in Ghana Journal of Sociology, 2, 1; February 1966)

The Fostering of Children in Urban Ghana: Problems of Ethnographic Analysis in a Multicultural Context E. Schildkrout (pgs. 48-73 in Urban Anthropology 2; 1973)

The Foundation of History:  A Series of First Things – Samuel Schieffelin (New York, US; 1863)

The Foundations of Self-Government: Selected Historic Speeches on Ghana’s Independence H.K. Akyeampong (George Boakye Publishing Co., Accra; 1967; 51 pgs)

The Founding of Mfantsipim 1905-1908 – S. Tenkorang (pgs. 165-175 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 15, 2; Dec. 1974)

The Founding of the Gonja Empire – J.A. Braimah (Legon; 1972)

The Four Corners of a Circle: Afrocentricity as a Model of Synthesis – Ayele Bekerie (pgs. 131-149 in Journal of Black Studies, 25, 2; December 1994)

The Fraser School Project in Ghana – A. Okine (pgs. 82-83 in West African Journal of Education, 10, 2; June 1966)

The French Impact on Education in Africa, 1817-1960 – David E. Gardiner (pgs. 333-344 in Double Impact: France and Africa in the Age of Imperialism, (ed.) G. Wesley Johnson, Greenwood Press, Westport CT, US; 1985)

The Friend of the Family or the Pok Nong Relation of the Bulsa in Northern Ghana – F. Kröger (pgs. 153-165 in Sociologus, 30, 2, 1980)

The Funding of Key Governance Institutions in Ghana (National Governance Programme, Accra; 2003)

The Funding of Key Governance Institutions in Ghana: Report of a Diagnostic Study (Centre for Democratic Development-Ghana, Accra; 2004)

The Further Retrenchment Committee 1931 – Report and Recommendations (Accra; 1931)

The Future Competitiveness of African Economies – (ed.) Alioune Sall (African Futures, Sankoré; 2000)

The future of the military in Ghana – J.A. Ankrah (pgs. 5-16 in African Forum, 2, 1, (New York, US); 1966)

The Fury of the Prophet K.B. Quantson (Nana Anokye Co. Ltd, P.O. Box 0412, Osu, Accra; 1997; 111 pgs)

The Future of Our Cities (Proceedings of the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, 28; 1989; Accra, 1993; 102 pgs)

The future of publishing in Ghana – E.A. Bortey (pgs. 25-28 in Ghana Book World, 5; 1991)

The Future of Subject Peoples – Kobina Sekyi (1917; pgs. 242-251 in Ideologies of Liberation in Africa – 1856-1970, (ed.) J.Ayo Langley, Heinemann; Rex Collings; London, England; 1979)

The Future of the African on the Gold Coast John Buckman (London, England; 1922)

The Future of the Negro: Some Chapters in the Development of a Race F.G. Guggisberg and A.G. Fraser (London, England; 1929)

The future outlook regarding agricultural training and research in Ghana – A.A. Kwapong (pgs. 145-150 in USAID/Ghana 8th Annual Agricultural Conference, Accra, April 10-12; 1967)

The Ga and non-Ga population of Central Accra – M.D.B. Kilson (pgs. 23-28 in Ghana Journal of Sociology, 2, 2; October 1966)

The Ga Family and Social Change – Diana Gladys Azu (Afrika-Studiecentrum, Leiden, The Netherlands and Cambridge African Studies Centre, England; 1974)

The Gab Boys – Cameron Duodu (Andre Deutsch, 1967; 208 pgs; Fontana/Collins, London, England; 1969; 201 pgs) Novel

The Gender Dimensions of Economic Adjustment Policies: Potential Interactions and Evidence to Date – L. Haddad, L.R. Brown, A. Richter and L. Smith (pgs. 881-896 in World Development, 23, 6; 1994)

The Gender Dimensions of Economic Reforms in Ghana, Mali and Zambia L. Brown and J. Kerr (North-South Institute, Ottawa, Canada; 1997)

The gendered face of poverty: Female porters in Accra, Ghana – M. Awumbilah and E. Ardayfio-Schandorf (in The Changing Faces of Poverty in Ghana, K. Awusabo-Asare, S. Agyei-Mensah and S.H. Jorgensen; Proceedings of the NUFU Workshop, University of Cape Coast; October 2005)

The General Agricultural Workers Union of the TUC (Ghana) – D.F. Hodson (mimeo, International Labour Organization, Geneva, Switzerland; 1983)

The General Part of Criminal Law – A Ghanaian Casebook, Vol. 1 – Theoretical Basis of Criminal Liability Henrietta J.A.N. Mensa-Bonsu (Black Mask Ltd; 2001; 532 pgs)

The Generals and the future of Africa – J. Kirk Sale (pgs. 317-322 in Nation, 202, 12 (New York, US); March 11, 1966)

The Genius of Arab Civilization (ed.) J.R. Hayes (Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1978)

The Geography of Ghana – W.J. Varley and H.P. White (Longmans, London, England; 1958; 313 pgs)

The geology of ¼º  field sheet no. 91 – Fumso N.W. Latitude 6º 15´N.-6º 3´N. Longitude 1º 15´W.1º 30´W. – P.D. Woodfield (Geological Survey Bulletin no. 30; Accra; 1966)

The Ghana Academy of Sciences – relations with the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research (pg. 26 in African World; London, England; January 1968)

The Ghana Army – A Concise Contemporary Guide to its Centennial Regimental History, 1897-1999 (Sedco; 1999; 143 pgs)

The Ghana Civil Service in Retrospect (1946-75) – K.A. Owusu-Ansah (in Greenhill Journal of Administration, 2, 4; GIMPA, Achimota; 1976)

The Ghana Cocoa Marketing Board and the Farmer – Kwame Arhin (pgs. 37-52 in Marketing Boards in Tropical Africa, (eds.) K. Arhin, Paul Hemp and Laurens van der Laan, Kegan Paul International, London, England; 1985)

The Ghana Coup: One Year Later – D.J. Finlay (p. 17 in Transition, 4, 6; May 1967)

The Ghana Coup, 24th February 1966 – A.A. Afrifa (Frank Cass, London, England; Humanities Press, New York, US; 1966; 144 pgs) Preface by K.A. Busia, and Introduction by Tibor Szwamuely

The Ghana Dance Ensemble: Nigerian tour, May 23-June 6, 1968 (Mbari Publications, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1968)

The Ghana economy – David Williams (pgs. 475-481 in World Today, 22, 11; November 1966)

The Ghana export school: success with minimum investment – Claude Cellich and Kwesi Awhoi (pgs. 20-29 in International Trade Forum; Jan-March 1992)

The Ghana-Guinea-Mali union: a bibliographic essay – M.W. Delancey (pgs. 33-51 in African Studies Bulletin, 9, 2; Sept. 1966)

The Ghana Governance and Corruption Survey: Evidence from Households, Enterprises and Public Officials (Centre for Democratic Development-Ghana; commissioned by World Bank; August 2000)

The Ghana ICT for Accelerated Development [ICT4AD] Policy (Republic of Ghana; www.ict.gov.gh; 2003; 95 pgs) The sub-title is: A Policy Statement for the Realization of the Vision to Transform Ghana into an Information-Rich Knowledge-Based Society and Economy Through the Development, Deployment and Exploitation of ICTs Within the Economy and Society

The Ghana Law of Evidence J. Ofori Boateng (Waterville Publishing House; 2nd edition, 1993; 431 pgs)

The Ghana Order in Council, 1957 [Constitution of 1957] – Great Britain (HMSO, London, England; 1957; 47 pgs)

The Ghana Poverty Reduction Strategy: A Gender Analytical Perspective – Rose Mensah-Kutin (Akoben, 3; Feb. 2004)

The Ghana Prison system: an historical perspective R.B. Seidman (in African Penal Systems, (ed.) A. Milner, London, England; 1969)

The Ghana Press – K.A.B. Jones-Quartey (in Report on the press in West Africa, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1960)

The Ghana Problem Don Robotham (in Labour, Capital and Society, 21,1; 1988)

The Ghana Reform Case in African Technology and Telecommunications Policy – M. Osei-Mensah (The Edwin Mellon Press, Lewiston NY, US; 1999)

The Ghana Report (G.H. Wittman, Inc., 111 Broadway, New York, US; 1959) A report by a firm of international economic consultants, cited by A.W. Seidman in Ghana’s Development Experience

The Ghana Report to the Committee on the Rights of the Child (Ghana National Commission on Children, GNCC, Accra; 1994)

The Ghana Revolution: Background Account from a Personal Perspective Kofi Awoonor (Oasis Publishers, Bronx NY, US; 1984)

The Ghana Revolution: From Nkrumah to Jerry Rawlings – E. Babatope (details to come; 1982)

The Ghana Settlement and Development Scheme – Ghana S.T. Quansah (pgs. 14-24 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, Second Series, 2, 1; 1972)

The Ghana Standard of Living Survey (Ghana Statistical Service and World Bank; 1988)

The Ghana Story – C. Chantler (Linden Press, London, England; 1971; 214 pgs; Beekman, Brooklyn Heights, NY, US; 1971)

The Ghana-Togo Boundary 1914-1982 – R. Bagulo Bening (in Afrika Spectrum, 83, 2; 1983)

The Ghana workers’ brigade: a project for unemployed youth – P. Hodge (in British Journal of Sociology, 15; 1964)

The Ghana Young Pioneer Movement – A Youth Organisation in the Kwame Nkrumah Era – M.N. Tetteh (Ghana Publicity Ltd., P.O. Box CO 1917, Tema; 1999; 120 pgs)

The Ghanaian Bead Tradition – Materials, Traditional Techniques, Archaeological and Historical Chronology, Bead Usage, Traditional-Social Meaning – M.L. Kumekpor, Yaw Bredua-Mensah, J.E.J.M. van Landewijk (Ghana Bead Society, Accra; 2nd Edition, 1995; 43 pgs)

The Ghanaian economy in 1991 (pgs. 3-6 in Quarterly Economic Review, 14, 1-4; Jan.-Dec. 1991)

The Ghanaian Elections of 1979 Richard Jeffries (pgs. 397-414 in African Affairs, 79, 316; 1980)

The Ghanaian Elections of 1992 Richard Jeffries and Clare Thomas (in African Affairs, 92, 368; 1993)

The Ghanaian Elections of 1992: A Dissenting View M. Oquaye (in African Affairs, 94; 1995)

The Ghanaian Establishment - Its Constitution, its Detentions, its Traditions, its Justice, and Statecraft, and its Heritage of Ghanaism – Joseph Boakye Danquah [with editorials by Albert Adu Boahen] (Ghana Universities Press; 1997; 417 pgs)

The Ghanaian Factory Worker Industrial Man in Africa – Margaret Peil (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1972; 254 pgs)

The Ghanaian Manufacturing Enterprise Survey 2000 N. Rankin, M. Söderbom and F. Teal (REP/2002-05 at www.csae.ox.ac.uk/reports/main.html)

The Ghanaian Manufacturing Sector: Firm Growth, Earnings, Productivity, Exports and Investment F. Teal (pgs. 109-127 in Journal of Development Studies, Vol. 36, No. 1; 1999) Also found listed as The Ghanaian Manufacturing Sector 1991-1995: Firm Growth, Productivity and Convergence, with other details identical

The Ghanaian Sphinx: Reflections on the Contemporary History of Ghana, 1972-1987 Albert Adu Boahen [J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures, Feb. 1988] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1989)

The Ghanaian Town, Its Nature and Function – K.B. Dickson (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1971)

The Girl Who Can and other stories – Ama Ata Aidoo (Sub-Saharan Publishers, Legon; 1997)

The Global Cassava Development Strategy and Implementation Plan (Agricultural Department, Food and Agriculture Organization, Rome, Italy; no date)

The Glory of the Pharaohs – Arthur Weigall (New York, US; 1923)

The Gluckman hypothesis and marital instability in Anlo – G.K. Nukunya (in Ghana Journal of Sociology, 6, 1; 1970)

The GNAT: 50 Years of Action – History of Teachers Unionism in Ghana T.A. Osae (GNAT, Accra; 1981)

The Gods and Symbols of Ancient Egypt – Manfred Lurker (trans. Barbara Cummings; Thames and Hudson, London, England; 1980)

The Gods of the Egyptians – Wallis E.A. Budge (First edition date?; More recent edition by Dover Publications, New York NY, US; 1988)

The Gold Coast H. Clifford (in Blackwoods Magazine, 203; London, England; 1918)

The Gold Coast: A Survey of the Gold Coast and British Togoland, 1919-1951 F.M. Bourret (Stanford University Press, Stanford CA, US; 1949; 231 pgs; 2nd edition, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1952) Listed by McFarland as 1919-1946

The Gold Coast; a Review of the Events of 1920-26 and the Prospects of 1927-28 F.G. Guggisberg (Government Printer, Accra; 1927)

The Gold Coast Aborigines Abroad – S. Rohdie (pgs. 389-411 in Journal of African History, 6, 3; 1965)

The Gold Coast and Achimota in the Second World War – Stephen Addae (Sedco, 2004; 175 pgs)

The Gold Coast Akan – J.B. Danquah (United Society for Christian Literature, London and Redhill, England; 1945)

The Gold Coast and Asante, 1800-1874 – E. Reynolds (pgs. 215-249 in History of West Africa, Vol. II, (eds.) J.F.A. Ajayi and M. Crowder; 2nd edition Hong Kong; 1987)

The Gold Coast and Nigeria – A.B. Holmes IV (in Tropical Development 1880-1913: Studies in Economic Progress, (ed.) W.A. Lewis, London, England; 1970)

The Gold Coast and the War C.P. Lucas (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1920; 56 pgs)

The Gold Coast, Britain and the Netherlands, 1850-1874 – D. Coombs (Oxford University Press, Oxford, England; 1963; 160 pgs)

The Gold Coast Civil Service List (London, England; 1908)

The Gold Coast Cocoa Farmer A Preliminary Survey Polly Hill (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1958; 139 pgs)

The Gold Coast Cocoa Hold-Up of 1930-31 S. Rhodie (pgs. 105-118 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 9; 1968) Listed as The Gold Coast Hold-Up of 1930-31 and pages 105-127 in the Ghana National Bibliography, 1968

The Gold Coast Cocoa Industry and its Recent Developments E.J. Organ (Bournville; 1921) Publisher details to come

The Gold Coast Colony T.H. Hatton Richards (Liverpool, England; 1897)

The Gold Coast Comprador in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries: A Case Study – L.M. Garret (M.A. thesis, University of Birmingham, Birmingham, England; 1976)

The Gold Coast Economy about 1880 H.J. Bevin (pgs. 73-86 in Transactions of the Gold Coast and Togoland Historical Society, 2, 2; 1956)

The Gold Coast Guide J.B. Anaman (London, England; 1895, second edition 1902)

The Gold Coast Handbook (Government Printer, Accra; 1923 and several subsequent editions)

The Gold Coast in Transition D.E. Apter (Princeton, US; 1955)

The Gold Coast (including a note on the West African lands committee of 1912, and a note on litigation and registration) – C.K. Meek (pgs. 169-194 in Land Law and Custom in the Colonies, C.K. Meek, Frank Cass, London, England; 2nd ed., reprinted 1968)

The Gold Coast – Its Wealth and Health T. Hart (Ereckson’s, London, England; 1904)

The Gold Coast Junior Administrative Officers’ Petition of 1946 – R.L. Stone (in Ghana Notes and Queries, 12; 1972)

The Gold Coast Land Question, 1894-1900: Some Issues Raised on West Africa’s Economic Development – O. Omosini (pgs. 453-469 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, Boston, 5, 3; 1972)

The Gold Coast Legislative Council M. Wight ( in Studies in Colonial Legislature, 2, (ed.) M. Perham; Faber and Faber, London, England; 1947; 285 pgs)

The Gold Coast Mines Employees’ Union – J.B. Blay (Stockwell, Devon, England; 1950)

The Gold Coast Nation and National Consciousness – S.R.B. Attoh Ahuma (Liverpool, England; 1911; reprint, Frank Cass, London, England; 1971; 63 pgs)

The Gold Coast, 1931; A Review of Conditions in the Gold Coast in 1931 as Compared with Those of 1921, Based on Figures and Facts Collected by the Chief Census Officer of 1931, Together with a Historical, Ethnographical, and Sociological Survey of the People of the Country A.W. Cardinall [Chief Census Officer] (Government Press, Accra; 1932; 265 pgs) Also found listed as Government Printer, Accra; 1931

The Gold Coast, 1931 – Appendices containing Comparative Returns and General Statistics of the 1931 Census (Government Press, Accra; 1932; 246 pgs)

The Gold Coast of Africa – Brodie Cruickshank (Hurst & Blackett, London, England; 1853)

The Gold Coast, Past and Present: A Short Description of the Country and Its People G. MacDonald (Longman Green, London, England; 1898; reprint Negro Universities Press, New York, US; 1969; 352 pgs)

The Gold Coast Police, 1844-1938 – W.H. Gillespie (Government Printer, Accra; 1955; 89 pgs)

The Gold Coast Regiment in the East African Campaign H. Clifford (J. Murray, London, England; 1920 306 pgs) Clifford was Governor in 1912-1919

The Gold Coast Revolution: The Struggle of an African People from Slavery to Freedom G. Padmore (Dennis Dobson, London, England; 1953; 272 pgs)

The Gold Coast Select Committee on Estimates: 1913-1950 – M. Priestley (pgs. 543-564 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies (Boston), 6, 4; 1973)

The Gold Coast Vernaculars and the Prince of Wales College, Achimota J.B. Anaman (Cape Coast; 1928)

The Gold Coast, Yesterday and Today – P. Redmayne (Chatto and Windus, London, England; 1838; 128 pgs) Listed by Agbodeka as 1938

The Gold Sub-Sector and Economic Growth and Development in Ghana – G.K. Tsikata (Report for the World Bank; 1995)

The Golden Age of Black Nationalism, 1850-1925 – W.J. Moses (Oxford University Press, New York, US; 1988)

The Golden Stool: An Account of the Ashanti War of 1900 – Frederick Myatt (William Kimber, London, England; 1966; 192 pgs) Major, to you

The Golden Stool at the End of the Nineteenth Century: Setting the Record Straight T. C. McCaskie (pgs. 61-96 in Ghana Studies, 3; 2000)

The Golden Stool, Some Aspects of the Conflict of Cultures in Modern Africa E.W. Smith (London, England; 1926)

The Golden Stool: Studies of the Asante Center and Periphery – (ed.) E. Schildkrout (New York, US; 1987)

The Golden Trade of the Moors E.W. Bovill (Oxford, England; 1958; 2nd edition, 1970)

The Gomoa Otsew trumpet set – Atta Annan Mensah (pgs. 82-85 in Research Review, 3, 1; 1966)

The Gonja settlement and development scheme – Ghana – S.T. Quansah (pgs. 14-24 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 2, 1; 1972)

The Government and the Manufacturing Sector in Ghana: 1957-1966 – D.K. Greenstreet (in Nigerian Journal of Social and Economic Studies, 15, 3; November 1973)

The Government’s Proposals for Constitutional Reform – Gold Coast Government (Government Printer, Accra; 1953)

The Government’s Revised Proposals for Gold Coast Independence (Accra; 1956)

The Grammar of Revolutionary Homecoming in Two Thousand Seasons Ato Sekyi-Otu (pgs. 192-214 in Research in African Literatures, 18, 2; 1987)

The Great Drama of Kumasi W.M. Hall (Putnam, London, England; 1939; 367 pgs)

The Great War in West Africa – E.H. Gorges (Hutchinson, London, England; 1930)

The Greatest Benefit to Mankind: A Medical History of Humanity – R. Porter (Harper Collins, London, England; 1997)

The Green and the Black: Qadhafi’s Policies in Africa – (ed.) R. Lemarchand (Indiana University Press, Bloomington IN, US; 1988)

The Groundings with my Brothers – Walter Rodney (Research Associate School Times Publications, Chicago IL, US; 1990)

The Growth of African Civilization: A History of West Africa 1000-1800 – Basil Davidson with F.K. Buah and J.F.A. Ajayi (Longman, London, England; 1973)

The Growth of Foreign Investment and Economic Nationalism in Post-Independent Ghana, 1957-75 – Steve Adei (University of Sydney Department of Economics, Australia; no date) This may well be Stephen Adei, of UNDP and GIMPA fame

The Growth of the Akwapim State: a Study in the Control of Evidence – I.G. Wilks (pgs. 390-411 in The Historian in Tropical Africa, (eds.) J. Vansina et al., OUP, London; 1964)

The growth of West African industry – F. Turthon-Hart (pgs. 281-288 in African Affairs, 65, 261; October 1966)

The Grusi sub-group of the Gur Languages – J.T. Bendor-Samuel (pgs. 47-55 in Journal of West African Languages, 2, 1; 1965)

The GTP Affair: Workers Confront the PNDC – Lidie Eshun (monograph, United Revolutionary Front; Jan. 1989)

The Guang and West African Historical Reconstruction – C. Painter (pgs. 58-66 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 9; 1966)

The Guans: a preliminary note – Otutu Bagyire (pgs. 21-24 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 7; January 1965)

The Guggisberg Ten-Year Development Plan D.K. Greenstreet (in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 8, 1; 1964)

The Haikotu Song and Dance Club of Wheta: A Communal Celebration of Individual Poetic Talent – Kofi Anyidoho (pgs. 173-192 in Cross Rhythms: Occasional Papers in African Folklore, vol. 1, (ed.) Anyidoho et al., Trickster Press, Indiana University Folklore Institute, Bloomington IN, US; 1983)

The Halting Kingdom: Christianity and the African Revolution – J. Karefa-Smart and A. Karefa-Smart (Friendship Press, New York, US; 1959)

The Hard Road to the Transformation of Africa – L.K.H. Goma (Aggrey-Fraser-Guggisberg Memorial Lecture, University of Ghana, Legon; 1991)

The harvest – Kwesi Brew (pgs. 83-86 in African Writing Today, (ed.) Ezekiel Mphahlele, Penguin, London, England; 1967)

The Hatshaking Dance and Other Tales from the Gold Coast – H. Courlander and A. Prempeh (Harcourt, Brace, New York, US; 1947; 115 pgs)

The Hausa Factor in West African History – M. Adamu (Ahmadu Bello University Press, Zaria, Nigeria, and Oxford University Press, England; 1978)

The Hausa kingdom of YawuriM. Adamu (Ahmadu Bello University Press, Zaria, Nigeria; date to come)

The Hausa system of social status – M. G. Smith (pgs. 239-252 in Africa, 29, 3; 1959)

The Healers – Ayi Kwei Armah (East African Publishing House, Nairobi, 1978; Heinemann, London, England; 1979; Per Ankh, B.P. 2 Popenguine, Senegal; 2000; 351 pgs) Novel

The health and nutritional status of schoolchildren in Africa: evidence from school-based health programmes in Ghana and Tanzania (The Partnership for Child Development, pgs. 254-261 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 92, 3; May-June 1998)

The Health Issues of Human Reproduction of Our Time – Philosophical Perspectives of Health and Social Problems of Procreation– D.A. Ampofo [1993 J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1994; 85 pgs)

The Health of the Nation – Analysis of the Ghana Health Sector Programme of Work, 1997-2001 (Ministry of Health; 2001) Could be the same as the following listing found elsewhere: The Health of the Nation – Reflections on the First Five-Year Health Sector Programme of Work, 1997-2001; August 2001

The Health of the Nation and the Brain Drain in the Health Sector – Frank Nyonator and Delanyo Dovlo (pgs. 227-249 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The Health Sector in Ghana: Facts and Figures (Ministry of Health; 1994)

The Health Sector Reforms and the Implications for Human Resource Management (Ministry of Health, editorial in Human Resource Bulletin, 1, 5; 2000)

The health services in Ghana (Ministry of Health; 1967; 47 pgs)

The Health Situation in Ghana Z.M.K. Batse and P.E. Nyarko (pgs. 94-182 in Analysis of Demographic Data, Vol. 2. Detailed Analysis Reports; Ghana Statistical Service; 1995)

The Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative: prospects and concerns for Ghana – J.V. Mensah and F. Enu-Kwesi (pgs. 513-529 in Indian Journal of Economics, 331; 2003)

The helminth fauna of rodents of the sub-family murinae in Ghana – Letitia E. Obeng (pgs. 60-64 in Ghana Journal of Science, 5, 1; April 1965)

The Heritage of African Poetry – Isidore Okpewho (Longman, London, England; 1985)

The ‘Hidden Curriculum’ of a West African Girls’ Boarding School V. Masemann (pgs. 479-494 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 8, 3; 1975)

The hidden economy: a new view of remittances in the Arab world – N. Choucri (pgs. 697-712 in World Development, 4; 1986)

The Hidden History of Konkomba Wars in Northern Ghana H.B. Martinson (Masta Press, Accra; 1995; 132 pgs)

The High Court of Uganda and Customary Law – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 27-46 in East African Law Journal, 1967)

The Highest Stage of White Supremacy: The Origins of Segregation in South America and the American South – J.W. Cell (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1987

The Historian in Tropical Africa – (eds.) I. Vansina, R. Mauny and L.V. Thomas (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1964)

The Historic Akoto: A Social History of Cape Coast, Ghana, 1848-1948 – R. Cocking (Stanford University Press, Stanford CA, US; 1981)

The Historical Background of Krobo Customs – Nene Azu Mate Kole (pgs. 133-140 in Transactions of the Gold Coast and Togoland Historical Society, 1, 4; 1955)

The Historical Geography of the Volta Delta During the Period of Danish Influence – J.M. Grove and A.M. Johansen  (pgs. 1375-1421 in Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Afrique Noire (Dakar), 30, 4; 1968)

The historical reconstruction of southern Cushitic phonology and vocabulary – C. Ehret (Reimer; Berlin, Germany; 1980)

The Historical Study of African Religion – (eds.) T.O. Ranger and I.N. Kimambo (Heinemann, London, England; 1972)

The Histories, Vols. 1-8 – Herodotus (trans. Aubrey de Selincourt; Pngun Boks, Middlesex, England; n.d.)

The Historiography of the Commercial Transition in Nineteenth Century West Africa – R. Law (pgs. 91-115 in African Historiography: Essays in Honor of Jacob Ade Ajayi, (ed.) T. Falola; London, England; 1993)

The History and Practice of Rent Controls in Kumasi, Ghana – G. Tipple (World Bank Working Paper 881-1; 1988)

The history and traditions of Nkoranza – J. Goody and C.Y. Boateng (pgs. 170-184 in Research Review, 1; December 1965)

The History of Ashanti Kings and ‘the Whole Country Itself' and Other Writings – Nana Agyeman Prempeh I Otumfuo and A. Adu Boahen (Fontes Historiae Africanae, New Series: Sources of African History, 6; details to come; 2003)

The History of Black Africa, vol. II – E. Sik (Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, Hungary; 1964)

The history of Black business in America: capitalism, race, and entrepreneurship – Juliet E.K. Walker (Macmillan Library Reference USA, New York, US; 1998)

The History of Christianity in West Africa – O.U. Kalu (Longman, London and New York; 1980; 352 pgs)

The History of Crop Cultivation in West Africa: A Bibliographical Guide M.A. Havinden (Department of Economic History, University of Exeter, England; 1970; 20 pgs)

The History of Education in Ghana from the Earliest Times to the Declaration of Independence C.K. Graham (Frank Cass, London, England; 1971; 232 pgs; Ghana Publishing Corporation; 1976; 126 pgs)

The History of Development, from Western Origins to Global Faith – Gilbert Rist (transl. Patrick Camiller; 2nd edition; Zed Books, London, England; 2002)

The History of French Colonial Policy, 1870-1925 [2 vols.] – S.H. Roberts (Frank Cass, London, England; 2nd edtn. 1963)

The History of Government from the Earliest Times – S.E. Finer (Oxford University Press, Oxford, England; 1997)

The History of Islam in East Africa J.S. Trimingham (London, England; 1964)

The History of Islam in Ethiopia J.S. Trimingham (London, England; 2nd edition 1965)

The History of Islam in the Sudan J.S. Trimingham (London, England; 1965)

The History of Islam in West Africa J.S. Trimingham (Clarendon Press, Oxford, England; 1959; 262 pgs) Perbi lists date as 1962

The History of Nzima up to 1874 – R.W. Sanderson (in Gold Coast Review, 1; 1925)

The History of the Church Missionary Society – E. Stock (London, England; 1899)

The History of the Devil and the Idea of Evil from the Earliest Times to the Present Day – P. Carus (Open Court Publishing Co., Chicago IL, US; 1900)

The History of the Ghana Civil Service – D.K. Greenstreet (in Journal of Management Studies, 20, 2; September 1963)

The History of the Religious Movement of the Eighteenth Century called Methodism – A. Stevens (London, England; 1878)

The History of the United African Company Ltd. to 1938 – J.J. Ranking (mimeo, United African Company, London, England; 1938)

The History of the Wesleyan Methodist Society – G.G. Findlay and W.W. Holdsworth (London, England; 1921)

The History of Unilever C. Wilson (London, England; 1954)

The History, Trade, Resources, and Present Condition of the Gold Coast Settlement H.J. Bell (Liverpool, England; 1893)

The Hit and the Long Night – Julian Mayfield (Northeastern University Press, Boston MA, US; 1989) Among other things, Mayfield was a member of the African American community in Nkrumah’s Ghana

The HIV Questions and Answers Book (Ministry of Health, Accra; 1999

The Hosken Report: Genital and Sexual Mutilation of Females – Fran Hosken (SIECUS; details to come; 1991)

The House by the Sea – Poems by Kofi Awoonor (Greenfield Review Press, Greenfield Centre, New York, US; 1978; 78 pgs)

The Housemaid – Amma Darko (Heinemann African Writers Series; 1998; 107 pgs) Novel

The Human and the Divine: Fragments and Why Are We So Blest? – R. Colmer (pgs. 191-203 in Critical Perspectives on Ayi Kwei Armah, (ed.) D. Wright, Three Continents Press, Washington, US; 1992)

The Huza Strip Farm System of the Krobo of Ghana – G. Benneh (pgs. 184-206 in Geographica Polonica, 19; 1970)

The Ibadan workshop on teaching African history – Y.D. Agyeman-Dickson (pgs. 89-92 in West African Journal of Education, 9, 2; June 1965)

The Idea of Africa – Valentine Mudimbe (Indiana University Press, Bloomington IN, US and London, England; 1994; 234 pgs)

The Idea of African Philosophy – Olusegun Oladipo (Molecular Publishers, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1991)

The Idea of Race in Science, Great Britain, 1800-1960 – N. Stepan (Macmillan, London, England; 1982)

The Ideology of Slavery in Africa (ed.) P.E. Lovejoy (Sage Publications, Beverly Hills CA, US and London, England; 1981)

The Image of Africa: British Ideas and Action, 1750-1850 [2 vols.] – P.D. Curtin (University of Wisconsin Press, Madison WI, US; 1965; 526 pgs) Also found thrice listed as 1780-1850

The Image of Africans in Arabic Literature: some Unpublished Manuscripts – A. Muhammad (in Slaves and Slavery in Muslim Africa, vol. 1: Islam and the Ideology of Slavery, (ed.) J.R. Willis; Frank Cass, London, England; 1985)

The IMF and Africa in the 1980s – G.K. Helleiner (Essays in International Finance No. 152, Princeton NJ, US; 1983, and pgs. 17-33 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 17, 1; 1983)

The IMF and Ghana – The Confidential Record – (ed.) E. Hutchful (Institute for African Alternatives/Zed Books, 57 Caledonian Rd, London N1, England; 1987; 298 pgs)

The IMF and Tanzania – (eds.) H. Campbell and H. Stein; Southern Africa Political Economy Series Trust, Harare, Zimbabwe; 1991)

The IMF and the Government of Ghana 1960-1987 – K. Jonah (in The State, Development and Politics in Ghana, (eds.) Hansen and Ninsin, CODESRIA; 1989)

The IMF and the South: Social Impact of Crisis and Adjustment – (ed.) D. Ghai (Zed Books, London, England; 1991)

The IMF and the World Bank in Africa: How Much Learning? – Reginald Green (pgs. 54-89 in Hemmed In: Responses to Africa’s Economic Decline, (eds.) Thomas Callaghy and John Ravenhill; Columbia University Press, New York NY, US;  1993)

The IMF, the World Bank and Africa’s Adjustment and External Debt Problems: An Unofficial View – G.K. Helleiner (pgs. 779-797 in World Development, 20, 6; June 1992) Followed by A Comment on ‘The IMF, the World Bank and Africa’s Adjustment…’ Ishrat Husain, a very senior World Bank official (pgs. 2055-2058 in World Development, 21, 12; December 1993), and A Reply – G.K. Helleiner (pgs. 2059-2063 in World Development, Vol. 21, No. 12, December 1993)

The IMF/World Bank in the Politics of Ghana 1982-87 K.A. Ninsin (mimeo, Department of Political Science, University of Ghana; 1987)

The Impact of Adjustment Lending on Industry in African Countries – H. Hettige, W.F. Steel and J.A. Wayen (World Bank Industry and Energy Department; 1991)

The impact of changing agricultural technology in African land tenure – Victor C. Uchendu (pgs. 477-486 in Journal of Developing Areas, 4, 4; 1970)

The Impact of Christianity on Akyem Society 1852-1887 K. Affrifah (pgs. 67-86 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 16, 1; June 1975)

The Impact of Cocoa Cultivation on the Traditional Land Tenure System of the Akan of Ghana – George Benneh (pgs. 43-61 in Ghana Journal of Sociology, 6, 1; 1970)

The Impact of Colonial Legacies and Globalization Processes on Migration in Modern Africa – Mambo T. Masinda (in Research Review (new series) 20, 1; Legon; 2004)

The Impact of Colonial Rule on Tallensi Political Institutions, 1898-1967 – M. Anafu (pgs. 17-37 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 14, 1; June 1973)

The Impact of Decentralisation on Sexual and Reproductive Health Services in Ghana S.H Mayhew (pgs. 74-87 in Reproductive Health Matters, 11, 21; May 2003) Analyses the impact of decentralization on the political organization, management and provision of sexual and reproductive health services in Ghana and draws on qualitative research and interviews with key informants from the Ministry of Health, donors, NGOs, regional and district health management teams, local government and community leaders (Science Direct)

The Impact of Development Policies on Health – A Review of the Literature (World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland; 1990)

The Impact of Drought in Ghana and Upper Volta, 1970-1977 E. Ofori-Sarpong (Department of Geography, Climatology Research Paper No. 1, University of Ghana; 1980; 23 pgs)

The impact of economic reform on business performance: A study of foreign and domestic firms in Ghana – Kwaku Appiah-Adu (pgs. 463-486 in International Business Review, 8, 4; August 1999)

The impact of education in rural Ghana: examining household labor allocation and returns on and off the farm D. Jolliffe (pgs. 287-314 in Journal of Development Economics, 73, 1, Feb. 2004)

The Impact of External Debt on Economic Growth in Sub-Saharan Africa – A.K. Fosu (pgs. 93-118 in Journal of Economic Development, 21, 1; 1996)

The Impact of Financial Sector Reforms since Independence – M. Brownbridge and F.A. Gockel (in Banking in Africa, (eds.) M. Brownbridge, F.A. Gockel and C. Harvey; James Currey, Oxford, England; 1998)

The Impact of France on Education in West Africa – A. Y. Yansané (pgs. 345-362 in Double Impact: France and Africa in the Age of Imperialism, (ed.) G. Wesley Johnson, Greenwood Press, Westport CT, US; 1985)

The Impact of Foreign Assistance on Agricultural Growth – G.W. Norton, J. Ortiz and P.G. Pardey (pgs. 775-786 in Economic Development and Cultural Change, 40, 1992)

The Impact of Ghana’s Structural Adjustment Programme on the Manufacturing and Small-Scale Industrial Sectors – J.K. Baffoe (report for Canadian International Development Agency, Accra; June 1989)

The Impact of Government Budgetary Policies in the 1980s on Education and Health in Ghana – H.E. Jackson (Legon Economic Studies No. 9405, University of Ghana; 1994)

The Impact of HIV/Aids on African Economies – Fred Ahwireng-Obeng and George Akussah (Africa Institute of South Africa, South Africa; 2003; 78 pgs)

The Impact of Interest Rate Policy Reform on Private Sector Savings and Investment in Ghana (1970-93) – C.K. Dordunoo (pgs. 46-72 in Journal of Management Studies, 12; Dec. 1995)

The impct of international migration and remittances on poverty – J. Page and R. Adams (pgs. 277-306 in Remittances: Development Impact and Future Prospects, World Bank, Washington DC, US; 2005)

The Impact of International Organizations on Legal and Institutional Change in the Developing Countries – A.A. Fatouros (International Legal Centre, New York, US; 1977)

The Impact of Intestate Succession Law (PNDCL 111) on Family E.V.O. Dankwa, O.L. Gyekye and A. Aboagye-Dwamena (in Comparative Studies of Customary and Modern Legislation in the Areas of the Family Inheritance, Marriage and Fertility Rights, 1,  5; date to come)

The Impact of Macroeconomic Adjustment on Incomes, Health and Nutrition: Sub-Saharan Africa in the 1980s – David E. Sahn (Chapter 13, pgs. 272-297 in From Adjustment to Development in Africa: Conflict, Controversy, Convergence, Consensus?; (eds.) Giovanni Andrea Cornia and Gerald K. Helleiner; St. Martin’s Press, New York, NY, US; 1994)

The Impact of Minimum Wage Legislation in Developing Countries where Coverage is Incomplete – P. Jones (Oxford University, Centre for the Study of African Economies Working Paper Series; 1997)

The Impact of PAMSCAD on the Family: A Study of the (ENOWID) Intervention in the Western Region of Ghana – Elizabeth Ardayfio-Schandorf, Charles K. Brown and Peter B. Aglobitse (Family and Development Programme, FADEP Technical Series No. 6, Department of Georgraphy and Resource Development, University of Ghana, Legon; 1995; 126 pgs)

The Impact of Privatisation on Labour in Africa: The Case of Ghana – K. Boateng and A. Milne (in The Impact of Privatisation on Labour in Africa, World Bank/London Economics Research Project, London, England; 1996)

The Impact of Public Expenditure Reviews: An Evaluation (World Bank Operations Evaluation Department; Nov. 1998)

The Impact of Remittances on Household Welfare – P. Quartey (AERC Research Paper 158, African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; 2007)

The impact of slave trade on the Builsa – George Atemboa (in The Slave Trade and Reconciliation: A Northern Ghanaian Perspective, (ed.) A.Howell, Bible Church of Africa, SIM Ghana; Navrongo and Accra; 1998).

The Impact of Structural Adjustment on the Population of Africa (ed.) A. Adepoju (James Currey, London, England; 1993)

The Impact of Structural Adjustment on the Population of Africa: Ghana Case Study – Nii K. Sowa (Chapter 2 in The Impact of Structural Adjustment on the Population of Africa, (ed.) A. Adepoju, James Currey, London, England; 1993)

The Impact of Structural Adjustment Programme on Education (TUC; published by Friedrich Ebert Foundation, Accra; 1994)

The Impact of Structural Adjustment Programmes on Social Security in English-Speaking West African Countries – Henry G. Dei (pgs. 51-67 in The Impact of Structural Adjustment Programmes on Social Security in African Countries, Social Security Documentation No. 15, International Social Security Association, Geneva, Switzerland; 1995)

The Impact of the Oil Price Increases (1973-1980) on the Economy of Sub-Saharan Africa Dunstan M. Wai (Oxford University Centre for Research on the New International Economic Order, Oxford, England; 1983)

The Impact of the Quality of Health Care on Children's Nutrition and Survival in Ghana – V. Lavy (World Bank, Living Standards Measurement Study Working Paper, No. 106; 1995)

The Impact of the Slave Trade on West Africa – Walter Rodney (pgs. 37-39 in The Middle Age of African History, (ed.) Roland Oliver (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1967)

The Impact of the Structural Adjustment Programme on Women’s Employment in the Public and Informal Sectors in Ghana – T. Manuh (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1991)

The impact of the Volta Scheme on the Lower Volta flood plains – T.E. Hilton and J.Y. Kowu-Tsri (pgs. 29-37 in Journal of Tropical Geography, 30; Singapore; 1970)

The Impact of the War on British West Africa – M. Fortes (pgs. 206-220 in International Affairs, 21, 2; 1945)

The Impact of Tourism on Rural Development: The Kwabre District as a Case Study – C. Gyimah (pgs. 99-117 in Ghana Journal of Development Studies, 3, 2; 2006)

The impact of urban life on the diets of rural immigrants and its repercussions on the nutritional status of the community – F.T. Sai (pgs. 134-139 in Ghana Medical Journal, 6, 4; December 1967)

The impact of Western music on the musical traditions of Ghana Atta Annan Mensah (pgs. 19-22 in The Composer, 19 (London, England); 1966)

The Impact of Women's Employment Status on Household Food Security at Different Income Levels in Ghana – Lawrence Haddad (in Food and Nutrition Bulletin; details to come)

The Imperial Bureaucrat: The Colonial Administrative Service in the Gold Coast, 1920-1939 – Henrika Kuklick (Hoover Institution Press, Stanford CA, US; 1979; 225 pgs)

The Imperial Frontier in the Tropics, 1865-75 – W.D. McIntyre (London, England; 1967)

The Imperial Impact: Studies in the Economic History of Africa and India –  (eds.) C. Dewey and A.G. Hopkins (Athlone Press, University of London, England; 1978)

The imperialism of free trade – J. Gallagher and R. Robinson (pgs. 1-15 in Economic History Review, 6, 1; 1953)

The Importance of Devising Effective Machinery for the Implementation of Development Plans – J. Bognar (in The Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 7, 4; 1964)

The Importance of Firearms in the Struggle between Ashanti and the Coastal States, 1708-1807 – S. Tenkorang (pgs. 1-16 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 9; 1968)

The importance of posting and interaction with the education bureaucracy in becoming a teacher in Ghana – John Hedges (pgs. 353-366 in International Journal of Educational Development, 22, 3-4; April-July 2002)

The Imported Ghanaian – Alba Kunadu Sumprim (self-published, Accra; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 2006; 264 pgs) She is a film maker, writer; these are mainly columns published in The Dispatch newspaper in Accra

The Improvement of Yields of Maize in Ghana – W.K. Agble (in Ghana Agricultural Economics Bulletin, 2, 2; 1962)

The Impulse to Reform in Africa – Robert H. Bates (Chapter 1, pgs. 13-28 in Economic Change and Political Liberalization in Sub-Saharan Africa, (ed.) Jennifer A. Widner; Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore MD, US; 1994)

The Incidence of Adolescent Pregnancy Care: A Study from Ashanti Region, Ghana – Joana Odarkai Nerquaye-Tetteh (Asempa Publishers, Accra; no date)

The Incidence of Self-Induced Abortion in Ghana: What Are the Facts? – Clement Ahiadeke (pgs. 33-42 in Research Review, 18, 1, University of Ghana, Legon; 2002)

The Incidence of Social Spending in Ghana, 1989-92 – L. Demery, S. Chao, R. Bernier and K. Mehta (Poverty and Social Policy Discussion Paper No. 82; World Bank; 1995)

The Individual’s Freedom of Expression in Dagaare Society – Myth or Reality – Poda Evariste (in Research Review (new series) 14, 2; Legon; 1998)

The Indonesian Economy since 1966 – H. Hill (Cambridge University Press, London, England; 1996)

The Industrial Sector Amoah Baah-Nuakoh (Woeli Publishing Services, Accra; 2003; 257 pgs) Examines the performance of the industrial sector within the policy and institutional framework and amidst the constraints associated with trade, competition and an imperfect market environment (ABCBR)

The Industrial Sector Policies and Economic Development – Y. Asante, F. Nixson and G.K. Tsikata (in Economic Reforms in Ghana: The Miracle and the Mirage, (eds.) Aryeetey, Harrigan and Nissanke; James Currey, Oxford, England; Woeli Publishing Services, Accra; Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and Asmara, Eritrea; 2000)

The Inflationary Consequences of Devaluation with Parallel Markets: The Case of Ghana – A. Chibber and N. Shafik (in Economic Reform in Sub-Saharan Africa, (eds.) A. Chibber and S. Fischer, World Bank Symposium; 1991)

The Influence of Contemporary Traditional Drama on the Attitudes and Behaviour of Ghanaian Play-Goers – K.N. Bame (pgs. 26-32 in Research Review, 9, 2, University of Ghana; 1973

The influence of formal education on occupational choice – M. Peil (in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 7, 2; 1973)

The influence of habitat and trade on the policies of Oyo and Ashanti – Peter Morton-Williams (pgs. 39-52 in African Notes, 4, 3; May 1968)

The influence of information and communication technology on farm income in Katsina state of Nigeria – Adeolu B. Ayanwale and Adewale A. Adekunle (pgs. 16-34 in Ghana Journal of Development Studies, 3, 1; 2006)

The Influence of Islam on medieval Europe – W.M. Watt (Islamic Survey, 9, Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, Scotland; 1972)

The Influence of Islam upon Africa – J.S. Trimingham (London, England; 1968) Publisher name to follow

The influence of students’ school environmental perception on their academic performance – D.K. Fobin (pgs. 93-104 in The Oguaa Educ., 10, 1; Oct. 1992)

The influence of the genetic complexity of Plasmodium falciparum infections on the epidemiology of malaria – David E. Arnot (pgs. S131-S136 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 96, Supplement 1; April 2002)

The influence of traditional religion on fertility regulation among the Kassena-Nankani of Northern Ghana J.F. Phillips; F. N. Binka (pgs. 23-40 in Studies in Family Planning 29, 1; 1998)

The Influenza Epidemic of 1918-19 in the Gold Coast – D.K. Patterson (pgs. 485-502 in Journal of African History (Cambridge), 24, 4; 1983)

The Informal Manufacturing Sector in Kumasi G.A. Aryee (in The Ur ban Informal Sector in Developing Countries (Employment, Poverty and Environment), (ed.) S.V. Sethuraman, ILO, Geneva, Switzerland; 1981)

The Informal Sector in Ghana’s Political Economy – Kwame Ninsin (Freedom Publications, P.O. Box K601, Accra; 1991; 127 pgs)

The information society and the Black community – (eds.) John T. Barber and Alice Tait (Praeger; Westport CT, US; 2001)

The Inscriptions – M.F.L. Macadam (Oxford, England; 1949)

The Institution of Chieftaincy in Ghana: The Future – Addo Dankwa III (self-published with support of Konrad Adenauer Foundation; 2004; 125 pgs) He being Oseadeeyo, Paramount Chief, Akwapim Traditional Area

The Institutional Capacity for Land Utilization for Development: Constraints and Suggested Solutions S. Opuni Mensah (in Land as a Resource for Development – Proceedings of the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. 36, 1997; Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences and Ghana Universities Press; 2003; 173 pgs)

The Institutional Framework for Maximizing Agricultural and Economic Producivity (Summary of Findings and Recommendations) – P.J. Cheshire (Land Administration Research Centre, Kumasi; 1977)

The Institutional Impact of Aid Dependence on Recipients in Africa – D. Brautigam and K. Botchwey (paper prepared for the AERC/ODC Joint Collaborative Project on Managing the Transition from Aid Dependency in sub-Saharan Africa; Washington DC, US and Nairobi, Kenya; 1998)

The Institutional Transformation of the Economic Community of West African States – Kofi Oteng Kufour (Ashgate Publishing, Williston, Vermont, US; 2006; 190 pgs)

The Interface between the Written and the Oral – Jack Goody (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1987)

The internal African frontier: the making of African political culture – Igor Kopytoff (pgs. 3-84 in The African Frontier: the Reproduction of Traditional African Societies, (ed.) Igor Kopytoff; Indiana University Press, Bloomington IN, US; 1989)

The Internal Dynamics of Trade Unions in Ghana – U. Damachi (pgs. 178-192 in The Development of an African Working Class – Studies in Class Formation and Action, (eds.) R. Sandbrook and R. Cohen, Longman; 1975)

The International Land Coalition (International Fund for Agricultural Development; 2003)

The International Legal Regime and Migration Policies of Ghana, the ECOWAS Sub-Region and Recipient Countries – E. Yaw Benneh (pgs. 78-102 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The International Monetary Fund: its Present Role and Future Prospects B. Tew (in Essays in International Finance, no. 36; March 1961)

The International Monetary Fund’s ‘Rehabilitation’ of Ghana, 1966-69 – R.T. Libby (in The African Review, 6, 4; 1976)

The International Dimensions of Democratization Processes in Africa – E. Hutchful (in Democratization Processes in Africa: Problems and Prospects, (eds.) E. Chole and J. Ibrahim, Codesria, Dakar, Senegal; 1995)

The Interpretation of Cultures – C. Gertz (Basic Books, New York, US; 1973)

The interpretation of Naangmin: missionary ethnography, African theology and history among the LoDagaa – Sean Hawkins (pgs. 32-61 in Journal of Religion in Africa, 28; 1998)

The Intimate Enemy: Loss and Recovery of Self under Colonialism – A. Nandy (Oxford University Press, New Delhi, India; 1983)

The ‘Introduction’ of maize into West Africa; an assessment of recent evidence – F. Willett (pgs. 1-13 in Africa-(L), 32, 1; 1962)

The ‘Introduction’ to the document ‘A conflict of faiths at Kukurantumi’ by T. Opoku, 1883 – P. Jenkins (pgs. 245-248 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 13, 2; 1972)

The Invention of Africa: Gnosis, Philosophy and the Order of Knowledge – V.Y. Mudimbe (Indiana University Press, Bloomington and Indianapolis IN, US; 1988)

The Invention of Primitive Society: Transformations of an Illusion – Adam Kuper (Routledge, London, England; 1988)

The invertebrate fauna of aquatic plants of the Volta Lake in relation to the spread of Helminth parasites – Letitia E. Obeng (paper presented at the International Symposium on Man-made Lakes held in Accra; 1966)

The Invisible Farmer? Women, Gender, and Colonial Agricultural Policy in the Igbo Region of Nigeria, c. 1913-1954 – Chima J. Korieh (pgs. 117-62 in African Economic History, 29; 2001)

The Irritated Genie – an essay on the Haitian Revolution – Jacob H. Carruthers (The Kemitic Institute, 700 East Oakwood Boulevard, Chicago IL, US; 1985; 134 pgs)

The Islamic literary tradition in Ghana – Thomas Hodgkin (pgs. 442-460 in Islam in tropical Africa: studies presented at and discussed at the 5th International African Seminar, Ahmadu Bello University, Zaria; January 1964; Oxford University Press, London, England; 1966)

The Island of Meroe and the Meroitic Inscriptions – J.W. Crowfoot (London, England; 1911)

The Ivory Scourge of Africa – E.D. Moore (New York, US; 1951)

The Joint Provincial Council of Paramount Chiefs and the Politics of Independence, 1946-58 K. Frimpong (pgs. 79-91 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 14, 1; 1973)

The journalist’s right of access to information – P.A.V. Ansah (pgs. 59-61 in Uhuru, 4, 4; 1992)

The Judas Factor – The Plot to Kill Malcolm X – Karl Evanzz (Thunder’s Mouth; New York, US; 1992)

The Judges’ Murder Trial of 1983 – George Agyekum (Justice Trust Publications, P.O. Box CT 61, Accra; 1999; 282 pgs)

The judiciary in Ghana – William Burnett Harvey and Conor Cruise O’Brien (pgs. 222-235 in Association Bar City New York Record, 21; April 1966) Based on addresses

The Juncture of the Social and the Musical: The Methodology of Cultural Analysis – J.H.K. Nketia (pgs. 22-35 in The World of Music, 23, 2; 1981)

The Kaleo-Suntaa Women Experience – J.A. Mohammed and S. Kamara (Village Women Up Against Rural Poverty in Northern Ghana, Vol. 2, CUSO/CCPD Training Programme Publication; 1991)

The Keystone F.G. Guggisberg (London, England; 1924)

The King Has Gone To The Village – The Death and Burial of Otumfuo Opoku Ware II Asantehene – (ed.) George P. Hagan and Irene K. Odotei (Institute of African Studies, P.O. Box 73, Legon; 2001; 133 pgs)

The King Returns – Enstoolment of Asantehene Osei Tutu and the Ayikesee (Great Funeral) of Otumfuo Opoku Ware II – (ed.) Irene K. Odotei and George P. Hagan (Institute of African Studies, P.O. Box 73, Legon; 2003; 158 pgs)

The Kingdom of Kush about 500 BC – L. Spitzer (pg. 394 in World Book Encyclopaedia, Vol. 11; Scott Fetzer Co., Chicago IL, US; 2001)

The Kings of Akyem Abuakwa and the Ninety-nine Wars Against Ashanti K.A. Kumi Attobrah (Ghana Publishing Corporation; 1976; 62 pgs)

The kinship system of the Tallensi: a revaluation – P. Worsley (pgs. 37-75 in JRAI [Journal of the Royal African Institute?], 86; 1955)

The Kintampo Culture and Its Place in the Economic Prehistory of West Africa – C. Flight (pgs. 91-100 in West African Culture Dynamics: Archaeological and Historical Perspectives, (ed.) B.K. Swartz, Jr. and R.E. Dumett; Mouton, The Hague, Paris and New York; 1980)

The Koforidua Market – D.F. McCall (pgs. 667-697 in Markets in Africa, (eds.) P. Robson and G. Dalton, Evanston IL, US; 1962) McFarland lists editors as P. Bohannan and G. Dalton and publication date as 1968.

The Kola Nut of Africa – P.L. Simmonds (pgs. 595-597 in American Journal of Pharmacy, 62; 1890)

The Kola Nut of West Africa – T.A. Russell (in World Crops; June 1955)

The Konkomba and Their Neighbours – From the Pre-European Period to 1914 – A Study in Inter-Ethnic Relations in Northern Ghana – Cliff S. Maasole (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 2006; 226 pgs)

The Konkomba of Northern Ghana – D. Tait (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1961; 255 pgs) This book made use of notes by Jack Goody, says McFarland

The Kpembe study: a comparison [of] fostered and non-fostered children in eastern Gonja – E.N. Goody (Manuscript report, SSRC, London, England; 1970)

The Krobo People of Ghana to 1892: A Political and Social History – Louis E. Wilson (Monographs in International Studies, Africa, No 58; 1991)

The Krobo: Traditional Social and Religious Life of a West African People – Hugo Huber (Anthropos Institute, St. Augustin near Bonn, Germany; 1963)

The Kume Preko Demonstrations – Poverty, Corruption and the Rawlings Dictatorship – (ed.) N. Abdulai (Africa Research and Information Bureau, London, Englanld; July 1995; 58 pgs) Introduction by Napoleon Abdulai, speeches by Nana Akuffo-Addo, Akoto Ampaw, Charles Wereko-Brobby and Kwesi Pratt.

The Kusasis: A Short History [mimeograph] – J.K.G. Syme (1932)

The Kwahus – Their Connection with the Afram Plains J.R. Wallis (pgs. 10-26 in Transactions of the Gold Coast and Togoland Historical Society, I, 3; 1953)

The La family and social change G. Mills-Odoi (Leiden, The Netherlands; 1973)

The Labour Aristocracy? Ghana – Richard Jeffries (pgs. 59-70 in Review of African Political Economy, 2, 3; 1975)

The Labour Government and the End of Empire, 1945-1951 [4 vols.] – (ed.) R. Hyam (London, England; 1992)

The Labour Movement in Ghana: a Study of Political Unionism – L.N. Trachtman (pgs. 183-200 in Economic Development and Cultural Change, 11, 1; 1962; listed by R. Jeffries as pgs. 190-199, same journal, vol. 10, same year)

The Labouring Poor and Urban Class Formation: The Case of Greater Accra – R. Sandbrook and J. Arn (Occasional Monograph Series 12, Centre for Developing Area Studies, McGill University, Montreal, Canada; 1977; 86 pgs)

The Lagos Plan of Action vs. the Berg Report: Contemporary Issues in African Development – R.S. Browne and R. Cummings (Brunswick Publishing Co., Lawrenceville VA, US; 1985)

The Lamb Collection of West African Narrow Strip Weaving – V. Lamb and A. Lamb (Textile Museum, Washington DC, US; 1975; 48 pgs)

The Land as Being and Cosmos: The Institution of the Earth Cult among the Sisala of Northwestern Ghana – Edward Tengan (European University Studies, Series 19; 1991)

The Land is Ours: Research on the Land Use System among the Tallensi in Northern Ghana – Volker Riehl (pgs. 21-36 in Research Review (new series) 5, 1; Legon; 1989)

The Land Laws F. Pollock (3rd ed.; 1896)

The Land of Burnt Faces – John Bucholzer (London, England; 1955)

The Land of Fetish – A.B. Ellis (Negro University Press, New York, US; Chapman and Hall, London, England; 1883; 316 pgs)

The Land of the Zanj: exegetical notes on Chinese knowledge of East Afric prior to AD 1500 – P. Wheatley (pgs. 139-188 in Geographers and the tropics: Liverpool essays, (ed.) R.W. Steel, Longmans, London, England; 1954)

The land question since the 1950s – Kwame A. Ninsin (in The State, Development and Politics in Ghana, (eds.) Emmanuel Hansen and Kwame A. Ninsin; CODESRIA Books, Dakar, Senegal; 1989)

The Land Tenure and and agrarian system in the new cocoa frontier of Ghana: Wassa Akropong case study – George Benneh (pgs. 225-240 in Agricultural Expansion and Pioneer Settlement in the Humid Tropics, (eds.) W. Manshard and W.B. Morgan, United Nations University, Tokyo, Japan; 1988)

The Language Factor in Education – Teaching, Learning and Examining F.A. Dolphyne (Lecture at the 6th Annual Endowment Fund of West African Examinations Council, WAEC, Accra; 2001)

The language of West African textiles – Lisa Aronson (pgs. 36-40, 100 in African Arts, 25, 3; 1992)

The Language Problem and the African Personality – J.H. Kwabena Nketia (pgs. 157-171 in Présence Africaine, 67, 3rd quarter 1968)

The Languages and Literatures of Africa: The Sands of Babel Alain Ricard (James Currey, England; first edition 1995; updated and expanded edition 2004; 230 pgs) New edition of a study of literature in African languages, focusing on the dialogue between languages and linguistic consciousness, with a historical overview of the literature and a comparison of the work of writers such as Thomas Mofolo and Sol Plaatje and discussion of writers who work in two languages such as Ngugi Wa Thiong’o, Alexis Kagamé and Amadou Hampaté Bâ (ABCBR)

The Languages of Africa – J.H. Greenberg (Mouton, The Hague, The Netherlands; 1963)

The Languages of Ghana – (ed.) M.E. Kropp Dakubu (Kegan Paul International /International Africa Institute, London, England; 1988)

The Languages of the Akan Peoples – Florence A. Dolphyne (in Research Review (new series) 2, 1; Legon; 1986)

The Languages of West Africa [2 vols.] F.W.H. Migeod (K. Paul, Trench, Trubner, London, England; 1911-1913; 350 pgs and 419 pgs; reprint, Books for Libraries Press, Freeport NY, US; 1972) According to Kimble, Migeod mentions the first Fante primer, published in 1837 by William de Graft

The Languages of West Africa D.H. Westermann [and M.A. Bryan?] (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1952; 215 pgs)

The Last Days of Nkrumah: The Men He Left Behind – Eric Heyman (details to come)

The Last Emerging Market: From Asian Tigers to African Lions? The Ghana File – N.H. Bowditch (Greenwood Publishing Group, US; 1999; hard cover 224 pgs)

The Last Year of Malcolm X – George Breitman (Pathfinder Press, New York, US; 1967)

The Last Will and Testament of Kofi Sraha: A Note on Accumulation and Inheritance in Colonial Asante – T. C. McCaskie (pgs. 171-181 in Ghana Studies, 2; 1999)

The late Sampson Oppong, Ashanti prophet – G.M. Halliburton (pg. 2+ in West African Relig., 17; 1965)

The Law and the Media in Ghana (ed.) Kwame Karikari and Kofi Kumado (School of Communication Studies, University of Ghana, Legon; 2000; 220 pgs)

The Law, Human Rights and the Judiciary – W.B. Van Lare [J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1968)

The law, legal institutions and the protection of land rights in Ghana and Cote d'Ivoire: developing a more effective and equitable system – R. Crook, S. Affou, D. Hammond, A.F. Vanga and M. Owusu Yeboah (Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, England; 2007)

The Law of Compulsory Acquisition and Compensation in Ghana – K.W. Brobby (details to come; UST. Kumasi)

The Law of Testate and Intestate Succession in Ghana N. A. Ollennu (Sweet and Maxwell, London, England; 1960, 1966; 332 pgs)

The Lawyer Who Bungled His Life – Samuel Asare Konadu (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1965; 84 pgs) Novel

The Lazy School of Literary Criticism – Ayi Kwei Armah (pgs. 355-356 in West Africa; 25 Feb. 1985) Essay

The Legacy of Egypt – J.R. Harris (2nd edition, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1971)

The Legacy of Indigenous Slavery in Contemporary Ghana – A.A. Perbi (in University of Ghana Faculty of Social Studies Bulletin, 1, 1, 1996)

The Legacy of Islam – T. Arnold and A. Guillaume (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1931)

The Legacy of Thomas Foxwell Buxton – A. Wallls (pgs. 74-77 in International Bulletin of Missionary Research; 1991)

The Legal and Regulatory Framework of Micro and Rural Finance Institutions in Ghana – Kwaku Addeah (Paper presented at the Rural Financial Services Project Launch Workshop, Agona Swedru, 8 November, 2001)

The Legal Basis for Abolishing the Trokosi System – A. Ababio (pgs. 37-43 in Report on First National Workshop on Trokosi System in Ghana, International Needs, Accra; 1995)

The legal significance of the declarations of the General Assembly of the United Nations – Obed Y. Asamoah (Martinus Nihjoff, The Hague, The Netherlands; 1966; 274 pgs)

The Legend of Aku Sika; The Story of Ananse Told (Plays for African Theatre) – Martin Owusu (Soundstage Production, Box 330 Legon; 1999; 68 pgs)

The length of the gestation period, calving interval and service period in indigenous West African cattle: N’Dama, West African Shorthorn and Sokoto Gudale – I. Sada (pgs. 91-97 in Ghana Journal of Agricultural Science, 1, 2; 1968)

The Lenis Stops of the Potou Languages and Their Significance for Pre-Bantu Reconstruction – John Stewart (in Papers in Ghanaian Linguistics, Research Review, Supplement 4; Legon; no date)

The Leopard Priestess – R.S. Rattray (Appleton-Century, New York, US; 1934; 224 pgs)

The Leopard Spots: Scientific Attitudes toward Race in America, 1815-1859 – William R. Stanton University of Chicago Press, Chicago IL, US; 1960)

The lessons: user fee experience in Africa L. Gilson (pgs. 273-285 in Health Policy and Planning, 12, 4; 1997)

The liberal arts in the University of Ghana – L.H. Ofosu-Appiah (pgs. 5-7 in Legon Observer, 1, 12; December 9,1966)

The Liberation of the Black Intellectual – A. Sivanandan (pgs. 329-343 in Race and Class, 17, 4; 1977)

The Liberian Civil War: The Tubman Factor – Kaakyire Duku Frempong (pgs. 123-130 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, New Series Nos. 4 & 5, University of Ghana, Legon; 2000-2001)

The Liberian refugee problem and Ghana’s response to it – A. Essuman-Johnson (pgs. 34-40 in LECIA Bulletin, 2, 1, Legon Centre for International Affairs; March 1992)

The Life and Journals of the Rev. Daniel West (ed.) T. West (London, England; 1857)

The Life and Times of Dr. J.B. Danquah – L.H. Ofosu-Appiah (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1974)

The Life and Times of Anton Wilhelm Amo W.E. Abraham (pgs. 60-81 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 7; 1964)

The Life and Work of Kwame Nkrumah Papers of a symposium organized by the Institute of African Studies, Univ. of Ghana, Legon – (ed.) Kwame Arhin (Sedco; 1991, reprinted 2001; 377 pgs; Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US; 1993)

The Life and Works of W.E.B. Dubois Daniel Agbeyebiawo (Box 12119, Accra-North; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 2003; 158 pgs)

The Life of Dr. J.E.K. Aggrey – L.H. Ofosu-Appiah (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1975; 103 pgs)

The Life of Lieut. Gen. E.K. Kotoka – L.H. Ofosu-Appiah (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1972; 167 pgs)

The Life of Mary Kingsley S. Gwynn (London, England; 1932)

The Life of the Ancient East – James Baikie (New York, US; 1923)

The Life of the Dead in Reality and in Folktales of the Bulsa (Northern Ghana, West Africa) – R. Schott (pgs. 741-757 in Folk Narrative and World View, (ed.) L. Petzold, Vorträge des 10 Kongresses der Internationalen Gesellschaft für Volkserzählforschung (ISFNR), Insbruck 1992, Teil 2, Frankfurt am Main etc; 1996)

The Life, Thought, and Legacy of Cape Verde's Freedom Fighter Amilcar Cabral (1924-1973): Essays on His Liberation Philosophy – (eds.) John Fobanjong and Thomas Ranuga (details to follow)

The lime potential and degree of base saturation of some Ghana soils – R.C. Turner and D.K. Acquaye (pgs. 185-90 in Ghana Journal of Science, 5, 3 & 4; October 1966)

The Limits to Structural Change; A Comparative Study of Foreign Direct Investments in Liberia and Ghana, 1950-1971 – J. Carlsson (Institute of African Studies, University of Gothenburg, Sweden; 1981; 299 pgs)

The linguistic relationsip between Dagbani and Dagaare – Peter Der (Interdisciplinary Seminar in field methods; Summer 1968; Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, and Program of African Studies, Northwestern University, Chicago IL, US; 1968; 43 pgs)

The Links between Economic Growth, Poverty Reduction, and Social Development: Theory and Policy – L. Taylor, S. Mehrotra and E. Delamonica (pgs. 435-467 in Development with a Human Face: Experiences in Social Achievement and Economic Growth, (eds.) S. Mehrotra and R. Jolly,  Oxford University Press; 2000)

The Lion and the Unicorn in Africa: A History of the Origins of the United Africa Company, 1787-1931 – F.J. Pedler (Heinemann, London, England; 343 pgs)

The Lions of Dagbon: Political Change in Northern Ghana Martin Staniland (Cambridge University Press, New York, US and London, England; 1975; 241 pgs)

The Lisbon slaves house and African trade: 1486-1521 – J.L. Vogt (pgs. 1-16 in Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, 107, 1, New York, US; 1973) As listed in bibliography of UNESCO General History of Africa, IV

The Literature of Ancient Egypt: An Anthology of Stories, Instructions and Poetry – (ed.) William Kelly Simpson (Yale University Press, New Haven CT, US; 1972)

The Literature of Egypt and the Sudan from the Earliest Times to the Year 1885 – Hilmy Ibrahim (London, England; 1876)

The Literary and Social Clubs of the Past: Their Role in National Awakening in Ghana – K.O. Hagan (pgs. 81-86 in Okyeame, 4, 2; 1969)

The LoBirifor/Gonja dispute in Northern Ghana: a study of inter-ethnic political conflict in a post-colonial state – Philip Evans (PhD thesis, University of Cambridge, Cambridge, England; 1983)

The Location of Administrative Capitals in Ashanti, Ghana, 1896-1911 – R. B. Bening (pgs. 210-234 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, 12, 2; 1979)

The Location of Culture – Homi K. Bhabha (Routledge, London, England and New York, US; 1994)

The logic of writing and the organization of society – J. Goody (Cambridge University Press, England; 1986)

The Lone Voice – Kojo Gyinaye Kyei (details to come; 1969) Poetry

The Longest Way Home: Chief Alfred C. Sam’s Back to Africa Movement W.E. Bittle and G. Geis (Wayne State University Press, Detroit, Michigan, US; 1964; 229 pgs)

The Lost Cities of Africa – Basil Davidson (Little, Brown and Co. Boston MA, US; 1987)

The Lost Pharaohs – Leonard Cottrel (New York, US; 1951)

The Love Axe(1): Developing a Caribbean Aesthetic, 1962-1974 – Edward Kamau Brathwaite (in Reading Black: Essays in the Criticism of African, Caribbean, and Black American Literature, Monograph Series No. 4, Cornell University, Africana Studies and Research Centre; further details to come; 1976)

The Lucky Few amidst Economic Decline: Distributional Change in Côte d’Ivoire as Seen through Panel Data Sets – C. Grootaert and R. Kanbur (pgs. 603-619 in Journal of Development Studies, 31, 4; 1995)

The Machinery of Criminal Justice in Ghana – A.N.E. Amissah (in University of Ghana Law Journal; 1964)

The Macroeconomic Impact of Remittances in Ghana – Ernest K.Y. Addison (pgs. 118-138 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The Macroeconomics of Public Sector Deficits: A Case Study of Ghana – R. Islam and D. Wetzel (World Bank; 1991)

The Madina Project, Ghana – J. Berry (in Language Use and Social Change: Problems of Multilingualism with Special Reference to East Africa, (ed.) W.H. Whiteley, Oxford University Press, England; 1971)

The Magnitude and Nature of Demand for Credit by SMEs: Experiences from Barclays Bank of Ghana and the Ghana Commercial Bank – P. Hammond and A. Odei (in Small Enterprise Credit in West Africa, (ed.) E. Aryeetey; 1996)

The main principles or rural land tenure – R.J.H. Pogucki (pgs. 179-191 in Agriculture and land use in Ghana, (ed.) J. Brian Wills; Oxford University Press, London, England, for Ghana Ministry of Food and Agriculture, Accra; 1962)

The maize stem borer (Sesamia botanophaga Tame & Bowden Agrotidae. Leg.) and the maize crop in central Ashanti, Ghana – S. Endrody-Younga (pgs. 103-131 in Ghana Journal of Agricultural Science, 1, 2; 1968)

The Major Artistic Achievements of Armah in The Beautyful Ones Are Not Yet Born N.A. Adeyemi (pgs. 46-48 in Shuttle, 8; 1980)

The Major Languages of South Asia, the Middle East and Africa – (ed.) B. Comrie (Routledge, London, England; 1990)

The Making of Ada C.O.C. Amate (Woeli; 1999; 259 pgs)

The Making of an African King: Patrilineal and Matrilineal Struggle Among the Effutu of Ghana – A. Ephirim-Donkor (details to come; 2000

The making of New World savery: from the Baroque to the modern, 1492-1800 – Robin Blackburn (Verso; London, England; 1997)

The Man, J.B. Danquah – Joe Appiah [1969 J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1974; 51 pgs)

The man Pobee Biney, a fallen labour hero of Ghana – Frank Wudu (self-published; Accra; 1968; 15 pgs)

The Man Who Cried I Am – John A. Williams (Signet, New York, US; 1967)

The Man Who Died, Poems 1974-1979 Kobena Eyi Acquah (Asempa Publishers; 1984; 94 pgs)

The Mande and the Akan Hinterland – J. Goody (pgs. 192-218 in The Historian in Tropical Africa, (eds.) Vansina, Mauany and Thomas; 1964)

The Manipulation of Tradition: Politics in Northern Ghana – M. Staniland (in The Journal of Development Studies, 9, 3; April 1973)

The many-headed hydra: the hidden history of the revolutionary Atlantic – P. Lindebaugh and M. Rediker (Beacon Press, Boston MA, US; 2000)

The Map of Africa by Treaty [3 vols.] – E. Hertslet (HMSO, London, England; 1896 and 1909)

The March to Coomassie G.A. Henty (Tinsley, London, England; 1874; 470 pgs) Henty being the famous adventure writer and war correspondent

The Marcus Garvey and Universal Negro Improvement Association Papers Vol. 7– (ed.) R. Hill (University of California Press, Los Angeles, California, US; 1990) Range of publication dates found for the series is 1995-2005

The Marginalization of Africa – Claude Ake (CASS Monograph No. 6, Malthouse Press Ltd., Lagos, Nigeria; 1996

The Marginalization of Africa – P. Collier (pgs. 541-557 in International Labour Review, 134, 4-5; 1995)

The Marriage Experiment and other Stories – Frank Kofi Nyaku (Sedco, Accra; 1984; 88 pgs)

The Marxist Period in the Development of Socialist Ideology in Ghana, 1962-1966 B.D.G. Folson (pgs. 1-23 in Universitas, 6, 1; 1977) Author’s initials also found listed as K.G.

The Marxist Theory of Law and its Critique of Idealist Legal Theory – T. Tsikata (pgs. 165-213 in University of Ghana Law Journal, 14, 2; 1977)

The Mass Factor in Rural Politics – The Case of the Asafo Revolution in Kwahu’s Political History A.E.A. Asiamah (Ghana Universities Press; 2000; 189 pgs)

The maternal and child health care centre in Accra – S. Ofosu-Amaah (pgs. 51-59 in Ghana Medical Journal, 6, 2; 1967)

The maternity waiting home concept: the Nsawam, Ghana experience – J.B. Wilson, A.H.K. Collison, D. Richardson, G. Kwofie, K.A. Senah and E.K. Tinkorang (pgs. S165-S172 in International Journal of Gynecology & Obstetrics, 59, Supplement 2; November 1997) 

The mating behaviour and the mode of insemination in the genus amblyomma with special reference to Amblyomma Veriegatum (Fabricius, 1794) – V. Amma-Attoh (pgs. 243-248 in Ghana Journal of Science, 5, 3 & 4; October 1965)

The Meaning of Fra-Fra – A.J. Naden and R.L. Schaefer (pgs. 5-12 in Research Review, 9, 2, Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1973)

The Measurement of Decentralization: the Ghanaian Experience, 1988-92 – J.R.A. Ayee (pgs. 31-50 in African Affairs, 95, 378; 1996)

The Measurement of the Economic Impact of Growth Centres in a Developing Country: Ghana – J. Songsore (pgs. 140-153 in Universitas, 9, University of Ghana; November 1987)

The Media and Consensus Building: An Imperative for Democratic Governance in Africa – Niyi Alabi (in Consensus Building: A Tool for Effective Democratic Governance in Africa, Proceedings of a seminar organized by the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Friedrich Ebert Foundation, 18-20 June 2001, Accra; 2001)

The media in the Fourth Republic – Kojo Yankah (pgs. 31, 32 in Uhuru, 4, 6; 1992)

The Medical Topography of the West Coast of Africa, with Sketches of its Botany J.A.B. Horton (London, England; 1859)

The medieval history of the coast of TanganyikaG.S.P. Freeman-Grenville (Oxford University Press, London, England and New York, US; 1966)

The message – Christina Ama Ata Aidoo (pgs. 7-15 in African Writing Today, (ed.) Ezekiel Mphahlele, Penguin, London, England; 1967)

The metamorphic evolution of the Paleoproterozoic (Birimian) volcanic Ashanti belt (Ghana, West Africa) – Timm John, Reiner Klemd, Wolfgang Hirdes and Geoffrey Loh (pgs. 11-30 in Precambrian Research, 98, 1-2; October 1999)

The Metamorphosis of the Historical Imagination in the African Novel: Ayi Kwei Armah’s Osiris Rising and Kemet (KMT) – Kwame Ayivor (Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society Occasional Paper No. 19; www.casas.co.za; forthcoming)

The Middle Age of African History – (ed.) Roland Oliver (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1967)

The Migrant Cocoa Farmers of Southern Ghana: A Study in Rural Capitalism Polly Hill (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge and New York; 1963; 265 pgs; reprinted 1970, and by James Currey, London, England; 1997)

The Migrations of British Capital to 1875 – Leland Jenks (New York, US; 1937)

The Military and Militarism in Africa, – (eds.) E. Hutchful and A. Bathily (Codesria, Dakar, Senegal; 1998)

The Military and Politics in Nkrumah’s Ghana S. Baynham (Westview Press, CO, US; 1988)

The Military and Revolution in Ghana Emmanuel Hansen (pgs. 4-21 in Journal of African Marxists, 2; 1982)

The Military in African Politics – W.F. Gutteridge (Methuen, London, England; 1969; 166 pgs)

The ‘Military Participation’ of Ghanaian Ethnic Groups – M. Staniland (pgs. 29-31 in Research Review, 8, 2, Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1972)

The Mind of Africa – W.E. Abraham (University of Chicago Press, Evanston IL, US; 1962; 206 pgs) Abraham used the Akan as an example of an African society (McFarland)

The Mind of Egypt – J. Assmann (Harvard, Boston MA, US; 1996)

The Mineral and Rock Resources of Ghana G.O. Kesse (A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, The Netherlands/Boston MA, US; 1995)

The Mineral Resources of Africa – Albert Postel (Philadelphia PA, US; 1943; details to come)

The mineralogy and petrography of the ferruginous manganese rocks at Mankwadzi, Ghana Komla Dzigbodi-Adjimah (pgs. 293-315 in Journal of African Earth Sciences, 38, 3; Feb. 2004)

The Minimum Wage Issue Reconsidered – K. Ewusi (pgs. 80-94 in Ghana Social Science Journal, 1, 2; 1971)

The Mining Industry in Ghana (Ghana Chamber of Mines, Accra; 1996)

The Minutes of the Ashanti Farmers Association Limited 1934-36 – K. Arhin (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; no date) Cited by T. McCaskie in Akwankwaa: Owusu Sekyere Agyeman In His Life and Times, in Ghana Studies 1, University of Wisconsin-Madison; 1998)

The mis-education of the Negro – Carter Godwin Woodson (Winston-Derek; Nashville TN, US; 1990)

The Missing Gender: An Explanation of the Low Enrolment Rates of Girls in Ghanaian Primary Schools V. Asomaning, S. Agarwal, N. Grieco and J. Turner (Social Administration Unit, University of Ghana, Legon; 1994)

The Missionary Child – S.A. Shipman (c. 1845; further details to come)

The Missionary Factor in Ghana’s Development up to the 1880s – S.K. Odamtten (Waterville, Accra; 1978)

The Missionary Role on the Gold Coast and in Ashanti: Reverend F.A. Ramseyer and the British Take-over of Ashanti, 1869-1894 Kwame Arhin (pgs. 1-12 in Research Review, 4, 2; 1968)

The modern craftsman (Ampong, Ashanti Carver) – Kwame Arhin (pgs. 10-11 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 8; January 1966)

The modern Ghana popular songs book – J. Eyison (Self-published, Accra; 1965; 48 pgs)

The Monument of Sudanese Nubia: Report of the Work of the Egyptian Expedition – James Henry Breasted (Chicago IL, US; 1908)

The Moorish invasion of the Sudan – E.W. Bovill (pgs. 245-62, 380-7 in JAS, 26 and pgs.  47-56 in JAS 27; 1927)

The Moral Foundations of African Culture – Kwasi Wiredu (in African-American Perspectives on Biomedical Ethics, (eds.) H.E. Flack and E.D. Pellegrino, Georgetown University Press, Washington DC, US; 1992; and pgs. 306-316 in The African Philosophy Reader, (eds.) P.H. Coetzee and A.P.J. Roux; Routledge, London, England and New York NY, US; 1998) in the latter publication, the title is …of an African culture

The morphology of the Ga aspect system – M.E. Kropp (pgs. 121-127 in Journal of African Languages, 5, 2; 1966)

The Moses Mystery: The African Origin of the Jewish People – Gary Greenberg (Birch Lane Press, Carol Publishing, New Jersey, US; 1996)

The Mosi and the traditional Sudanese history – E.P. Skinner (pgs. 121-131 in Journal of Negro History, 43, 2, Association for the Study of Afro-American Life and History, Washington DC, US; 1958)

The Mossi and Akan States, 1500-1800 – I. Wilks (pgs. 344-386 in History of West Africa, vol. 1, (ed.) Ajayi and Crowder; 1972)

The Mossi of the Upper Volta: the political development of a Sudanese people – E. Skinner (Stanford University Press, Stanford CA, US; 1964)

The Mossi Tribe – A Short History J. Withers Gill (Government Printer, Accra; 1924; 34 pgs) Listed by McFarland as The Moshi Tribe: A Short History, and by the UNESCO General History of Africa, vol. 4 as The Moshi tribes: A short history, with author’s name hyphenated

The mother’s brother and the sister’s son in West Africa J.R. Goody (pgs. 61-88 in JRAI, 89; 1959)

The multicultural math classroom: bringing in the world – Claudia Zaslavsky (Heinemann, Portsmouth NH, US; 1996)

The Multilingual Environment in the Ada District – M.E. Kropp Dakubu (in Research Review (new series) 4, 1; Legon; 1988)

The Multinational Corporation and the Underdevelopment of the Third World – R. Muller (in The Political Economy of Development and Underdevelopment, (ed.) C.K. Wilber, Random House, New York, US; 1973)

The Multinationals – C. Tugendhat (Pelican; 1971)

The multi-purpose aspect of the Volta River Project – N.G. Abhyankar (pgs. 27-35 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 8, 1; 1966)

The Muqaddimah – An Introduction to History – Ibn Khaldûn [translated from the Arabic by F. Rosenthal, edited and abridged by N.J. Dawood] (Princeton University Press; 1967; 465 pgs) Written in 1377 as the introduction and first chapter of his Kitâb al-‘Ibar (History of the world); described by Arnold Toynbee as “undoubtedly the greatest work of its kind that has every yet been created by any mind in any time or place”

The Music of Africa – J.H.K. Nketia (W.W. Norton, New York, US; 1974; Gollancz, London, England; 1975; 278 pgs)

The Music of Amu and Nayo – Ephraim Amu, The Teacher and the Taught, Nicholas Z. Nayo – Alexander A. Agordoh (Royal Gold Publishers Ltd., P.O Box 165, Madina, 2004; 189 pgs)

The Musical Traditions of the Akan – J.H.K. Nketia (pgs. 47-59 in Tarikh, 7, 2; 1982)

The Mutiny of the West African Regiment in the Gold Coast, 1901 – D. Killingray (pgs. 441-454 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, 16, 3, Boston, US; 1983)

The Myth and Reality of High Yielding Varieties in Indian Agriculture – B. Bowondoer (in Development and Change, 12, 2; Sage Publications; 1981)

The Myth of a State – J. Goody (pgs. 461-473 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 6, 4; 1968)

The Myth of the Bagre – J.R. Goody (Clarendon Press, Oxford, England; 1972)

The Myth of the Civilising Mission: British Colonialism and the Politics of Symbolic Manipulation – Louis Lindsay (ISER, University of the West Indies; 1981)

The Myth of the Negro Past – M. Herskovits (Harper, New York, US; 1941)

The naked and the clothed – Jack Goody and Esther Goody (pgs. 67-89 in The Cloth of Many Colored Silks: Papers on History and Society, Ghanaian and Islamic in Honor of Ivor Wilks, (eds.) John Hunwick and Nancy Lawler; Northwestern University Press, Evanston IL, US; 1996, 1997)

The Narrow Path – Francis Selormey (Heinemann, London, England; 1966; 184 pgs) Novel

The Nation and Its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories – P. Chatterjee (Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, US; 1993)

The National Archives of Ghana: A Synopsis of Holdings – D.P. Henige (pgs. 475-486 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, 6, 3, 1973)

The National Congress of British West Africa – G.I.C. Eluwa (pgs. 12-21 in Tarikh, 3, 4; 1971)

The National Congress of British West Africa, 1918-1935 – M. Kilson (pgs. 571-588 in Protest and Power in Black Africa, (eds.) R.I. Rotberg and A. Mazrui, Oxford University Press, New York; 1970)

The National Education System and Contemporary Ghana: The Way Forward – N.K. Dzobo [paper presented at the National Congress of the University Teachers’ Association of Ghana (UTAG)], University College of Education Winneba; 2001)

The National HIV/AIDS Strategic Framework – II: 2006-2010 (Ghana AIDS Commission, Accra; 2005)

The National Machinery for Women in Ghana: An NGO Evaluation – R. Mensah-Kutin, A. Mahama, S. Ocran, E. Ofei-Aboagye, V. Okine and D. Tsikata (Third World Network-Africa, Accra; 2000)

The National Museum of Ghana, Accra – R.B. Nunoo and F. Minissi (pgs. 155-167 in Museum, 18, 3, (Paris, France); 1965) In English and French

The National Response to HIV and AIDS: 2006-2010 (Ghana Aids Commission, Accra; 2005)

The Native Jusridiction Ordinance, Indirect Rule and the Subject’s Well-being: the Abuakwa Experience, 1899-1912 – R. Addo-Fening (pgs. 29-44 in Institute of African Studies Research Review, New Series, 6, 2; 1990) Also found listed as pgs. 27-42

The Native Problem in Africa, vol. 1 R.L. Buell (Macmillan, New York, NY, US; 1928)

The Native States of the Gold Coast: 1. Peki C.W. Welman (W. Clowes, London, England; 1925; 46 pgs)

The Native States of the Gold Coast: 2. Ahanta C.W. Welman (W. Clowes, London, England; 1930; 88 pgs) Dawson of London reprinted the two parts as one volume in 1969. Welman was once Secretary for Native Affairs on the Gold Coast (McFarland)

The Native Tribunal of Okorase-Akwapim: Selected Land Cases 1918-1919 – P. Hill (Legon; 1974; also in The Cloth of Many Colored Silks, (eds.) J. Hunwick and N. Lawler; Evanston IL, US; 1996)

The Natives of the Northern Territories of the Gold Coast: Their Customs, Religion and Folklore A.W. Cardinall (George Routledge, London, England; 1920; Negro Universities Press (Greenwood), New York, US; 1969; 158 pgs)

The Natural Genesis – Gerald Massey (details to come) According to John Henrik Clark, this is one of the “masterpieces of Egyptian history” written by white historians who do not support “the false assumption or claim that the ancient Egyptians were white people”

The nature of a member’s interest in family land in Nigeria and Ghana – Enoch D. Kom (pgs. 3-2 in University of Ghana Law Journal, 3, 2; 1966)

The Nature of African Customary Law – T.O. Elias (Manchester University Press, Manchester, England; 1956; 318 pgs)

The nature of Akan native law: a critical analysis – A.K. Mensah-Brown (in Sociologus, 20, 2; 1970)

The Nature of Economic Reforms in Tanzania – A. Kiondo (in The IMF and Tanzania: The Dynamics of Liberalisation, (eds.) H. Campbell and H. Stein; Southern Africa Political Economy Series Trust, Harare, Zimbabwe; 1991)

The Nature of Healing in Ayi Kwei Armah’s The Healers – Y.S. Boafo (pgs. 324-334 in Critical Perspectives on Ayi Kwei Armah, (ed.) D. Wright, Three Continents Press; 1992)

The Nature of Things: Arrested Decolonisation and Critical Theory – Biodun Jeyifo (in Research in African Literatures, 21, 1; 1990)

The navigational theory of the Arabs in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries – G.R. Tibbets (Junta de Investigaçaões do Ultramar; Agrupamento de estudos de cartografia Antigua, serie separate, 36; 1969)

The Necessity for Anthropological Forum on Environmental Impact Assessment – Pat Uche Okpokpo (in Research Review (new series) 14, 1; Legon; 1998)

The need for agricultural marketing training in Ghana – E. Andah (Paper presented at the Seminar on Training in Agricultural Marketing, Berlin, Germany, 22 Jan-3 Feb 1968; 15 pgs)

The Negative Image of Africa’s Military K.W. Grundy (pgs. 428-439 in Review of Politics (Notre Dame, US), 30, 4; Oct. 1968)

The Negotiations for Peace in the Gold Coast 1826 to 1831 – Ole Justesen (pgs. 1-54 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, New Series Nos. 4 & 5, University of Ghana, Legon; 2000-2001; 149 pgs)

The Negro in Greek and Roman Civilization – Grace Beardsley (London, England; 1929)

The Negro in the United States – Edward Franklin Frazier (Macmillan, New York, US; 1957)

The Negro Question, or Hints for the Physical Improvement of the Negro Race, with special reference to West Africa J. Renner Maxwell (London, England; 1892)

The Negroes of Africa – Maurice Delafosse (translated from the French; Washington DC, US; 1931)

The Negroland of the Arabs: An Enquiry into the early History and Geography of Central Africa – William Cooley (London, England; 1841)

The Negroland of the Arabs Examined and Explained – William Cooley (London, England; 1841)

The Negro’s or Ethiopian’s Contribution to Art – C. Siefert (Black Classical Press, Baltimore MD, US; 1938)

The Neolithic Revolution in Tropical Africa – O. Davies (pgs. 14-20 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 4, 2; 1960)

The new Africans: a guide to the contemporary history of emergent Africa and its leaders – Paul Hamlyn (Reuters News Agency, London, England; 1967) Ghana is on pages 157-181

The New Biology – New Hope, New Threat or New Dilemmas – E. Laing (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1989; 39 pgs) Alumni Lecture

The new Cost-of-Living index numbers for the senior staff of the University of Ghana – A. Kindu and Jacqueline R. Quashie (pgs. 21-25 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 9, 3 & 4; 1965)

The New Cultural Politics of Difference – Cornel West (p. 33 in Out There: Marginalization and Contemporary Cultures, (eds.) Russell Ferguson et al., The New Museum of Contemporary Art and MIT Press, Cambridge MA, US and London, England; 1990)

The new elite in Asia and Africa: a comparative study of Indonesia and Ghana – Thom Kerstiens (Praeger, New York, US; 1966; 290 pgs)

The New Elites of Tropical Africa (ed.) P.C. Lloyd (International African Institute and Oxford University Press, London, England; 1966)

The New Ewe Orthography: Based on the Gbe Uniform Standard Orthography (GUSO) – Hounkpati B.C. Capo (CASAS Book Series 6; 2000) Shows how Ewe can best be written as a language on its own, yet allows texts written in it to be read and largely understood by speakers of other Gbe communities. The Gbe language unit, spoken in Ghana, Togo, Bénin and Nigeria, comprises more than 50 dialects, including Fon, Gen-Mina, Ajá, Gun and Ewe (CASAS)

The New Frontier: Farmers’ Responses to Land Degradation: A West African Study – Kojo Amanor (Zed Press, London, England, and UNRISD, Geneva, Switzerland; 1994)

The new generation: prose and verse from the secondary schools and Training Colleges of Ghana – (ed.) John O’Sullivan (State Publishing Corporation for the Ghana Association of Teachers of English; 1968; 31 pgs)

The new generation: prose and verse from the secondary schools and Training Colleges of Ghana – (ed.) Margaret E. Watts (State Publishing Corporation for the Ghana Association of Teachers of English; 1967; 58 pgs)

The New Ghana J.G. Amamoo (Pan Books, London, England; 1958)

The New Ghana: The Birth of a Nation – J.G. Amamoo (details to come; 2000)

The New Gold Coast – Sir R. Saloway (pgs. 469-476 in International Affairs, 32, 4; 1955)

The New Ideology of Imperialism – F. Furedi (Pluto, London, England; 1994)

The New Industrial Relations in Ghana – D. Rimmer (pgs. 206-226 in Industrial and Labour Relations Review, 14, 2; 1961)

The New International Economic Order: What is in it? for whom? and where is it going? – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 292-303 in Economic Development and Trade in Papua New Guinea, (ed.) A. Sawyerr; UPNG Press, Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea; 1984)

The new Mim oath Kwame Arhin (pg. 35 in Research Review, 1, 1 [University of Ghana, Legon); 1965)

The New Partnership for Africa’s Development – Dot Keet (Third World Network-Africa, Accra; 2002)

The New State – Kwame Nkrumah (Nyaniba Press, Accra; 1952)

The New Structure and Content of Education for Ghana (Ministry of Education, Accra; 1974; 9 pgs)

The New West Africa (eds.) Basil Davidson and Adenekan Ademola (Allen & Unwin, London, England; 1953)

The Newspaper Press and Political Leadership in Developing Nations: The Case of Ghana, 1964-1978 – Y. Twumasi (pgs. 1-16 in Gazette (Netherlands), 26, 1; 1980)

The Nichiren Shoshu in Ghana – Elom Dovlo (in Research Review (new series) 10, 1 & 2; Legon; 1994)

The 1956 Plebiscite in Togoland under British Administration and Ewe Unification D.E.K. Amenumey (in Universitas [new series], 5, 2; 1976)

The 1945 Manchester Pan-African Congress Revisited – Hakim Adi and Marika Sherwood (New Beacon Books, London, England; 1995; 186 pgs) Includes Colonial and ... Coloured Unity – A Programme of Action – History of the Pan-African Congress (the report of the 5th Pan-African Congress), (ed.) G. Padmore

The 1994 civil war in northern Ghana: the genesis and escalation of a ‘tribal’ conflict – A. Bogner (Chapter 9, pgs 183-203 in Ethnicity in Ghana – The Limits of Invention, (eds.) Lentz and Nugent; 2000)

The 1996 General Elections and Democratic Consolidation in Ghana (ed.) J.R.A. Ayee (Department of Political Science, University of Ghana; 1998)

The 1916 Bongo ‘Riots’ and their Background: Aspects of Colonial Administration and African Response in Eastern Upper Ghana – R.G. Thomas (pgs. 57-75 in Journal of African History (Cambridge), 24, 1; 1983)

The nineteenth-century gold ‘mithqual’ in the West and North Africa – M. Johnson (pgs. 547-569 in Journal of African History, 9, 4; 1968)

The Nkrumah Regime: An Evaluation of the Role of Charismatic Authority – C. Jarmon (Brunswick Publishing Co., Lawrenceville NJ, US; 1981; 24 pgs)

The Northern Factor in Ashanti History I. Wilks (Institute of African Studies, Legon; 1961; 46 pgs)

The Northern Factor in Ashanti History: Begho and the Mande I. Wilks (pgs. 25-34 in Journal of African History, 2, 1; 1961)

The Northern Minorities in the Gold Coast and Ghana – Kwesi Prah (pgs. 305-312 in Race and Class, 16, 3; 1975)

The Northern Territories of the Gold Coast – W.J.A. Jones (pgs. 13-195 in Crown Colonist; April 1938)

The Norton Anthology of African American Literature – Henry Louis Gates and Nellie Y. McKay (W.W. Norton & Co., New York, US; 1997)

The Notion of the Moon in the Calendar and Religion of the Bulsa (Ghana) – F. Kröger (pgs. 149-151 in Système de Pensée, Cahier 7, 1984)

The Novelist as Teacher – Chinua Achebe (pgs. 202-205 in Commonwealth Literature, (ed.) J. Press; Heinemann, London, England; date?)

The Novels of Ayi Kwei Armah – Albert Olu Ashaolu (pgs. 124-140 in Studies in the African Novel, (eds.) S.O. Asein and A.O Ashaolu, Ibadan University Press, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1986)

The Novels of Ayi Kwei Armah: A Study in Polemical Fiction – R. Fraser (Heinemann, London, England; 1980; 113 pgs)

The Novels of Nuruddin Farah – Derek Wright (Bayreuth AS, Germany; 1994; 2004; 212 pgs) Examines the sources of Farah’s unique style such as Somalian oral traditions, Islamic and Arabic writing as well as the influences of Modernist and Postmodernist fiction; the second edition has additional chapters on Farah’s (latest novel at the time) Secrets and on his work on refugees (ABCBR)

The Ntereso Culture in Ghana – O. Davies (pgs. 205-225 in West African Culture Dynamics: Archaeological and Historical Perspectives, (ed.) B.K. Swartz, Jr. and R.E. Dumett; Mouton, The Hague, Paris and New York; 1980)

The Nubian Past: Archaeology of the Sudan – D. Edwards (Routledge, London, England, 2004; 304 pgs) Draws on the latest research and develops new interpretations (ABCBR)

The Nutrition Link with Reproduction – W.B. Owusu (in Research Review (new series) 18, 1; Legon; 2002)

The Oath of the Fontonfrom – Atukwei Okai (1971) Poetry

The OAU meeting in Accra (pgs. 506-509 in World Today, 21, 12; December 1965)

The Object of African History: A Materialist Perspective, Part I – Henry Bernstein and Jacques Delpechin (pgs. 1-19 in History in Africa, 5; 1978)

The Object of African History: A Materialist Perspective, Part II – Henry Bernstein and Jacques Delpechin (pgs. 17-43 in History in Africa, 6; 1979)

The Occupations of Migrants in Ghana – P. Hill (University of Michigan Anthropological Paper No. 42, Ann Arbor, Michigan, US; 1970; 76 pgs)

The Offal Kind – Ayi Kwei Armah (pgs. 79-84 in Harper’s Magazine, 1424; Jan. 1969) Short story

The Ofori Attas of Ghana – An African Microhistory – J. Simensen (in Norwegian in Syn og Segn, 8; 1973)

The Oil Palm and its Products – John Mensah Sarbah (Accra?; 1904) Mentioned by Magnus Sampson on pg. 125 of Makers of Modern Ghana

The oil palm belt in Ghana – S. La Anyane (pgs. 7-43 in Ghana Bulletin of Agricultural Economics, 1, 1, 1961)

The Oil Palm Industry and its Implications for Rural Development in Ghana – E.A. Gyasi (in Malaysian Journal of Tropical Geography; 1988)

The okra traditions among the Guangs of the Volta Basin – J.C.S. Steemers (pgs. 1-11 in Ghana Bulletin of Theology, 2, 9 & 10; December 1965-June 1966)

The Open Sore of a Continent: A Personal Narrative of the Nigerian Crisis – Wole Soyinka (Oxford University Press, New York, US; 1996)

The Operation and Sustainability of the Revolving Drug Fund Scheme in Ghana: A Pilot Study of Four Districts – W.K.  Asenso-Okyere, I. Akoto-Osei and A. Adukonu (Health Social Sciences Research Unit, Monograph Series No. 8, ISSER, Univ. of Ghana, Legon; 2000)

The Optimal Producer Price of Cocoa in Ghana Robert Franco (Journal of Development Economics, 8; 1981)

The Optional Protocol and Women in Decision Making – June Zeitlin and Doris Mpoumou (Women’s Environment and Development Organisation, WEDO; 2004)

The Order of Things: An Archaeology of the Human Sciences – M. Foucault (Vintage-Random, New York, US; 1973)

The O’Reilly enterprise, 1925-1965 – J.G. Fitch (O’Reilly Secondary School, Accra; 47 pgs)

The Organization of Households in Adabraka: Towards Wider Perspectives – R. Sanjek (pgs. 57-103 in Comparative Studies in Society and History, 24; 1972)

The Organization of Islam in Yendi P.S. Ferguson (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1968)

The Organization of Migrant Farmer Communities in Southern Ghana – B. Schwimmer (pgs. 221-238 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 14, 2; 1980)

The Origin and Development of National Capital on the Gold Coast I.I. Potekhin (University College of Ghana; December 1957) Lecture

The Origin and Evolution of Religion – A. Churchward (George Allen nd Unwin, London, England; 1924)

The origin of clericalism in West African Islam – L. Sanneh (pgs. 49-72 in Journal of African History, 17, 1; 1976)

The Origin of Colonial Theatre in Colonial Ghana, 1920-1957 – E.K. Agovi (pgs. 1-23 in Research Review (new series) 6, 1; Legon; 1990)

The origin of Nturan – John K. Nketsiah (pgs. 2-23 in Ghana Radio & TV Times, 7, 22; July 22, 1966) Nturan is a sect worshipped at Bantama, Elmina, according to Ghana National Bibliography (1966)

The origin of the name Hausa – N. Skinner (pgs. 253-257 in Africa, 38, 3; 1968)

The Origins and Development of Cocoa Varieties Supplied to Farmers in Ghana – Willi Tekper (pgs. 160-166 in Ghana Farmer, 12, 4; 1968)

The Origins and Pre-History of Language – G. Resvesz (translated from original German by J. Butler; Longmans, London, England; 1956)

The Origins of African Civilizations – Leo Frobenius (Washington DC, US; 1898)

The Origins of Iron Metallurgy in Africa – New light on its antiquity – West and Central Africa (ed.) Hamady Bacoum (UNESCO, Paris, France; 2004; 240 pgs)

The Origins of Modern African Thought: Its Development in West Africa During the Nineteenth and Twentieth Centuries – R.W. July (F.A. Praeger, New York, US; Faber and Faber, London, England; 1968; 512 pgs)

The Origins of Religion – L. Ragland (Watts and Co., London, England; 1936)

The Origins of Samori's State – Djibril Tamsir Niane (pgs. 7–14 in Mande Studies, 3; 2001)

The Origins of the Akan A.A. Boahen (pgs. 3-10 in Ghana Notes and Queries, No. 9; 1966)

The Origins of the Akan people – J. Agyeman-Duah (pg. 2 in The Pioneer, No. 1198; 22 Jan. 1992) Edition number listed as 11198 in Ghana National Bibliography 1992

The Origins of the Mossi-Dagomba States – A.A. Iliasu (pgs. 95-113 in Research Review, 7, 2; Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1971)

The Orthodoxy in Development Theory and the Problem of Underdevelopment in Black Africa Jacob Songsore (pgs 1-9 in Bulletin of the Ghana Geographical Association, 2; 1977)

The Ounce in Eighteenth-Century West African trade – M. Johnson (pgs. 197-214 in Journal of African History, 7, 2; 1966)

The Over-Kingdom of Gonja J. Goody (pgs. 179-205 in West African Kingdoms in the Nineteenth Century, (eds.) Forde and Kaberry; 1967)

The Overthrow of Kwame Nkrumah – H.L. Bretton (pgs. 277-299 in Problems in International Relations, 3rd edition, (eds.) A. Gyorgy, H.S. Gibbs and R.S. Jordan, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, US; 1970)

The Ownerless Lands of Ghana – A.K.P. Kludze (in University of Ghana Law Journal, 11, 2; 1974)

The Oxford Expedition in Nubia – F.L. Griffith (in Annals of Archaeology and Anthropology, 8, 15; 1921-1928)

The Oxygen of Translation – Ayi Kwei Armah (pgs. 262-263 in West Africa; 11 Feb. 1985) Essay

The ‘P’: UGCC’s Seven-Point Scheme for the Gold Coast Liberation (Kona Press, Accra; 1952)

The painted pottery sequence in the Volta Basin – R.D. Mathewson (pgs. 24-31 in The West African Archaeological Newsletter, 8, University of Ibadan, Nigeria; 1967)

The Pan-African Connection – T. Martin (Majority Press; 1984; details to come)

The Pan-African Ideal in Literatures of the Black World – Kofi Anyidoho (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1989)

The Pan-African Movement – A History of Pan-Africanism in America, Europe and Africa I. Geiss (Africana Publishing Co., New York NY, US and Methuen, London, England; 1974) The original title in German is Panafrikanismus, published in 1968, says K.A.B. Jones-Quartey

The Pan-African Movement: Ghana’s Contribution – K. Krafona (Afroworld, London, England; 1986)

The Pan-Africanist Worldview – Opoku Agyeman (details to come; 1985)

The Pan-Africanists B. Watson and D.J. Thompson (details to come; 2000)

The Panic Element in Nineteenth Century British Relations with Ashanti E. Collins (pgs. 79-144 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 5, 2; 1962)

The Papers of George Ekem Ferguson – A Fanti Official of the Government of the Gold Coast, 1890-1897 (ed.) (with introduction and notes) Kwame Arhin (African Social Research Documents Vol. 7, Afrika-Studiecentrum, Leiden, Stationsplein 10, Netherlands; African Studies Centre, University of Cambridge, England; 1974; 180 pgs)

The Parachute Drop – Norbert Zongo (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and Asmara, Eritrea; 2004; 173 pgs) Zongo was a major Burkinabè journalist found murdered in 1998 after pushing some investigative work close to the Compaoré presidency. Set in Watinbow, a fictional West African nation that has a succession of tyrants, foreign advisors and business people, the novel features a neo-colonial dictator-president who is toppled in a coup d’état and must face the people he betrayed (ABCBR)

The Participation of Women in the Ghanaian Economy – Ellen Bortei-Doku Aryeetey (in pgs. 321-343 in Economic Reforms in Ghana: The Miracle and the Mirage, (eds.) Ernest Aryeetey, Jane Harrigan, and Machiko Nissanke; Africa World Press Trenton NJ, US; 2000)

The Partition of Africa J.S. Keltie (E. Stanford, London, England; 1893)

The Party Game in Ghana – Kwamena Bentsi-Enchill (Graphic Press, Accra; 1968) Pamphlet

The Party Programme for Work and Happiness – Kwame Nkrumah (CPP Headquarters, Accra; 1964)

The Passing of a Giant: Walter Sisulu – K.K. Prah (Tinabantu, 2, 1, May 2004)

The passing of a great African (W.E.B. Du Bois) – Bernard Fonlon (pgs. 195-206 in Freedomways, 5; 1965)

The Passing of the Empires – Gaston Maspero (London, England; 1900)

The past as a scarce resource – Arjun Appadurai (pgs. 201-219 in MAN, 16; 1981)

The path of destiny – Sebastian Kwarmuar (Anowuo Education Publications, Accra; 1966; 60 pgs)

The Pathology of Eurocentrism: The Burden and Responsibilities of Being Black – C.W. Ephraim (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and Asmara, Eritrea; 2003)

The pattern of leukaemia in Accra, Ghana – D.R.W. Haddock (pgs. 60-62 in Journal of Tropical Medicine, 70; August 1967)

The Pattern of Poverty in Ghana 1988-1992 – A Study Based on the Ghana Living Standards Survey – with M. Awoonor-Williams, H. Coulombe, A. McKay, P. Nyarko, D.A. Oduro and K.A. Twum-Baah (Ghana Statistical Service; 1995)

The Pawpaw and its Several Uses – A.O. Abudu (Dyno-Media Ltd; P.O. Box KIA 9531, Accra; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 1996;

The Pax Britannica and Akyem Abuakwa 1874-1904 – R. Addo-Fening (in Universitas, Vol. 3, No. 3; 1974)

The Peace Negotiations: A Personal Narrative R. Lansing (London, England; 1921)

The Peasant Connection: A Case Study of the Bureaucracy of Agro-Industry – P.O. Agbonifo and R. Cohen (pgs. 367-379 in Human Organization, 35, 4; 1976)

The Pen Pictures of Modern Africans and African Celebrities C.F. Hutchison (London, England; circa 1928)

The Pen-Pictures of Modern Africans and African Celebrities by Charles Francis Hutchison: A Collective Biography of Elite Society in the Gold Coast Colony M.R. Doortmont (E.J. Brill, US; 2004, 500 pgs) A collection of 162 biographical sketches of Ghanaians prominent in business, society, government, and the church in the late 1920s, first published by Gold Coast business man Charles Francis Hutchinson; this annotated edition is the first reprint of the book and includes an introduction to the historical context (ABCBR)

The Peopling of Ancient Egypt and the Deciphering of Meroitic Script (UNESCO – The General History of Africa: Studies and Documents 1; 1978)

The performance and carcass characteristics of pigs fed diets containing discarded biscuits (DB): a  bakery by-product – D.B. Okai (pgs. 63-66 in Journal of the University of Science and Technology, 11, 2; June 1991)

The Performance of Facilitators in the Functional Literacy Programme of the Upper East Region of Ghana – F.G. Adjei (pgs. 26-40 in Ghana Journal of Development Studies, 3, 2; 2006)

The Performativity of Akan Libations: A Comment – Sjaak van der Geest (pgs. 231-232 in Ghana Studies, 5; 2002)

The Performativity of Akan Libations: An Ethnopoetic Construction of Reality – Joseph K. Adjaye (pgs. 107-38 in Ghana Studies, 4; 2001).

The performing arts in Ghana – Cecile Mchardy (pgs. 1113-117 in African Forum, 1 (New York, US); 1965)

The periodic market system in northeastern Ghana – W. McKim (in Economic Geography, 48, 3; 1972)

The Persistence of Paradox – Memoirs of F.L. Bartels Francis Bartels (Ghana Universities Press; 2003; 631 pgs)

The pet lamb of Nana Otu – J. de Graft-Hanson (Anowuo Educational Publications, Accra; 1967; 80 pgs)

The Philadelphia Negro: a social study – W.E.B. DuBois (University of Pennsylvania Press, Philadelphia PA, US; 1996)

The Philosophical Discourse of Modernity – Jurgen Habermas (MIT Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1987)

The philosophy of communication in traditional Ghanaian society: the literary and dramatic evidence – Kofi E. Agovi (pgs. 52-59 in Research Review, new series, 5, 2; 1989)

The phonetics and phonology of the verbal piece in the Asante dialect of Twi – Florence A. Dolphyne (School of Oriental and African Studies, London, England; 1965; 302 pgs)

The phonology of the nominal in Dagbani – W.A. Wilson and J.T. Bendor-Samuel (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1965; 46 pgs)

The physical sciences in the University of Ghana – L.H. Ofosu-Appiah (pgs. 9-12 in Legon Observer, 1, 10; November 1966)

The physiology of the sickle cell state in relation to aviation – S.K. Addae (pgs. 128-132 in Ghana Medical Journal, 14; 1975)

The Place-Names of Accra – J. Berry (mimeo; London, England; 1958)

The Place-names of Ghana – J. Berry (University of Ghana; 1958; 190 pgs) Also found listed as “mimeo; London; 1958”

The Place of Africa in Discourses about the Postcolonial, the global and the Modern – A. Paolini (pgs. 83-118 in New Formations, 31; 1996)

The Place of Authentic Folk Music in Education – J.H.K. Nketia (pgs. 40-42, 129-133 in Music Educators Journal, 54, 3; 1967) The Ghana National Bibliography (1967) lists this as appearing in International Seminar on Teacher Education in Music, University of Michigan, August 18-26; US; 1966; 14 pgs

The Place of Learning in National Life – Proceedings of the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Vol. 22; 1984 (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences; 1994; 135 pgs)

The place of sociology in an integrated social science curriculum for modern Africa – K.E. de Graft-Johnson (pgs. 29-35 in Ghana Journal of Sociology, 2, 2; October 1966)

The Place of the ‘Certificate of Apologie’ in Ghanaian History D.S. Coombs (in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 3, 3; Achimota; 1958)

The place of the chiefs in the new Ghana – Nana Kodwo Anomako III (pgs. 38-44 in Insight, 1, 3; November 1966)

The place of Western music in the music education of Africa – Elizabeth Partos (pgs. 54-60 in Research Review, 2, 3; 1966)

The Planting of Christianity in Africa C.P. Groves (London, England; 1954 [or 1955?])

The pledging of Gold Coast cocoa farms – P. Hill (Proceedings of a Conference of the West African Institute of Social and Economic Research; 1956)

The PNDC and Political Decentralization in Ghana, 1981-91 Jeff Haynes (in Journal of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics, 29, 3; 1991)

The Poetry of Akan Drums – J.H.K. Nketia (pgs. 27-35 in Black Orpheus, 2, 2; June-Sept. 1968)

The Poetry of the Atumpan Drums of the Asantehene – J.H. K. Nketia (pgs. 17-31 in Ayan, 1, Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1966)

The Police and the Courts A.N.E. Amissah (in Review of Ghana Law; 1959)

The Political and Military Roles of Akan Women – K. Arhin (in Female and Male in West Africa, (ed.) C. Oppong; George Unwin and Allen, London, England 1983)

The Political Awakening of Africa – (eds.) R. Emerson and M. Kilson (Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs NJ, US; 1965)

The Political Biography of Dr. Kofi Abrefa Busia Kwaku Danso-Boafo (Ghana Universities Press; 1996; 179 pgs)

The Political Dilemma of Popular Education: an African Case – D.B. Abernethy (Stanford University Press, Stanford CA, US; 1969)

The Political Dimension of Structural Adjustment Programmes in Sub-Saharan Africa – Akilagpa Sawyerr (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1990)

The political, economic and social structure of the kingdoms of the Western Sudan: Ghana, Mali, and Songhai (Gao): a comparative study – Maxwell Owusu (details to come; Chicago, US; 1966; 65 pgs)

The Political Economy of a Princely City: The Economy of Kumasi in the 19th Century – Kwame Arhin (in Research Review, Supplement 5; Legon; 1993)

The Political Economy of Agrarian Regression in Ghana J. Kraus (in Africa’s Agrarian Crisis: The Roots of Famine, (ed.) Stephen Cummins et al., Lynne Rienner, Boulder, CO, US; 1986)

The Political Economy of AIDS in Africa (eds.) Nana Poku and Alan Whiteside (Ashgate Publishers, England; 2004; 235 pgs) Through detailed analysis of case studies, the contributors redefine the political and economic contours of the HIV/AIDS epidemic and the weaknesses of institutional responses to the crisis from African countries and their international partners (ABCBR)

The Political Economy of Colonialism in Ghana: A Collection of Documents and Statistics, 1900-1960 – G.B. Kay and S. Hymer (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1961; 431 pgs) Hutchful, in Ghana’s Adjustment Experience, has a reference to The Political Economy of Colonialism in the Gold Coast: A Collection of Documents and Statistics, 1900-1960. With McFarland, he lists Kay as sole editor of this title, and 1972 as the publication date

The Political Economy of Education Reform in Ghana J. Cobbe (in Ghana: The Political Economy of Recovery, (ed.) D. Rothchild; 1991)

The Political Economy of Ghana – E. Card (in The Political Economy of Africa, (ed.) R. Harris, Cambridge MA, US; 1975)

The Political Economy of Growth: A Critical Survey of the Recent Literature – A. Alesina and R. Perotti (pgs.351-371 in World Bank Economic Review, 8, 3; 1994)

The Political Economy of Household Environmental Management: Gender, Environment and Epidemiology in the Greater Accra Metropolitan Area – J. Songsore and G. McGranahan (pgs. 395-412 in World Development, 26, 3; 1998)

The Political Economy of Housing and Urban Development in Africa: Ghana’s Experience from Colonial Times to 1998 by Kwadwo Konadu-Agyemang (Praeger Publishers, Westport, Connecticut, US; 2000; 248 pgs)

The Political Economy of Instability: Colonial Legacy, Inequality and Political Instability in Ghana – Y. Agyeman-Badu and K. Osei-Hwedie (Brunswick Publishing Co., Lawrenceville, VA, US; 1982; 56 pgs)

The Political Economy of Oil in Nigeria: Governance Crisis, Revolt of Oil-Bearing Minorities, and the Future of Oil Politics – Eghosa E. Osaghae (pgs. 215-238 in Good Governance and Economic Development (African Development Perspectives Yearbook 1997/98, Vol. 6), (eds.) Karl Wohlmuth, Hans H. Bass and Frank Messner; LIT Verlag, Munich, Germany;  1999)

The Political Economy of Regional Integration in Africa – S.K.B. Asante (Praeger, New York, US; 1985)

The Political Economy of Stabilization in Small, Low Income, Trade Dependent Nations J. Nelson (USAID, Washington DC, US; July 1983)

The Political Economy of Structural Adjustment in Ghana J.C. Leith and M.F. Lofchie (pgs. 225-293 in Political and Economic Interactions in Economic Policy Reform: Evidence from Eight Countries (eds.) R.H. Bates and A.O. Krueger; Blackwell, Oxford, England; 1993)

The Political Economy of the Gold Coast and Ghana – S. Hymer (pgs. 129-180 in Government and Economic Development, (ed.) G. Ranis; 1971)

The Political Economy of Third World Intervention: Mines, Money, and US Policy in the Congo Crisis – David N. Gibbs (University of Chicago Press, Chicago IL, US; 1991)

The Political Economy of Underdevelopment T. Szentes (Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, Hungary; no date)

The Political Economy of Urban Food Security in sub-Saharan Africa – Daniel Maxwell (pgs. 1939-1953 in World Development, 27, 11; November 1999)

The Political Economy of West African Agriculture – K. Hart (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1982)

The Political Element in the Works of W. Arthur Lewis: The 1954 Lewis Model and African Development – Yoichi Mine (in The Developing Economies, 44, 3; 2006)

The Political Ideology of Kwame Nkrumah K.W. Grundy (in African Political Thought: Lumumba, Nkrumah, and Touré, (ed.) W.Z.E. Skurnik, University of Denver, Denver CO; 1968)

The Political Legacy of Malcolm X – O. T’Shaka (Pan Afrikan Publication, Richmond VA, US; 1983)

The Political Potential of Ghanaian Miners: A Case Study of the Ashanti Goldfields Corporation Workers at Obuasi – P. Konings (African Studies Centre Research Report No. 9, Leiden, The Netherlands; 1980)

The Political Response to Immiseration: A Case Study of Rural Ghana D. Brown (pgs. 57-74 in Genève-Afrique, 18, 1; 1980)

The Political Structure of African States K. Sarfo (details to come; 1988)

The Political System of the Tallensi of the Northern Territories of the Gold Coast – M. Fortes (in African Political Systems, (ed.) Fortes and Evans-Pritchard)

The Political Systems of the Tallensi and their neighbours, 1888-1915 – Jack Goody (pgs. 1-25 in Cambridge Anthropology, 14; 1982)

The Political Systems of Ghana – Background to transformations in traditional authority in the colonial and post-colonial periods – K. Arhin (Sedco, Accra; Ford Foundation, Lagos; 2002; Historical Society of Ghana; 154 pgs; 2004)

The Political Thought of Dr. Kwame Nkrumah – Stephen Dzirasa (Guinea Press, Accra; 1962; 133 pgs) Rev. Dzirasa was a close associate of Nkrumah’s (McFarland)

The Political Thought of Kwame Nkrumah: A Comprehensive Presentation – Pierre Moukoko Mbonjo (University of Lagos Press, Lagos, Nigeria; 1998)

The political uses of symbols Charles Elder and Roger Cobb (Longman, New York, US; 1983)

The Politics and Nationalism of A.W. Kojo Thompson: 1924-1944 – S.S. Quarcoopome (in Research Review (new series) 7, 1 & 2; Legon; 1991)

The Politics and Poetics of the National Formation: Recent African Writing – S. Gikandi (pgs. 377-389 in From Commonwealth to Post-Colonial, (ed.) A. Rutherford; Dangaroo, Sydney, Australia; 1992)

The Politics of Adjustment Policy – Akilagpa Sawyerr (Chapter 14 in The Human Dimension Of Africa's Persistent Economic Crisis, (eds.) Adebayo Adedeji,, Sadig Rasheed and Melody Morrison; Hans Zell Publishers, London, England; Melbourne, Australia; Munich, Germany and New York, US; 1990)

The Politics of Adjustment Policy – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 1-33 in African Journal of Political Economy, 2, 4; 1989) 

The Politics of Africa’s Economic Recovery – R. Sandbrook (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1993)

The Politics of Africa’s Economic Stagnation – R. Sandbrook (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1985)

The Politics of Alternative Technology – D. Dickson (Alternative Books, New York, US; 1974)

The Politics of Basic Needs: Urban Aspects of Assaulting Poverty in Africa – R. Sandbrook (Heinemann, London, England; 1982)

The Politics of Developing Areas – (eds.) Gabriel Almond and J.S. Coleman (Princeton University Press, Princeton, US; 1960)

The Politics of Divination: A Processual View of Reactions to Illness and Deviance among the Sisala of Northern Ghana – E.L. Mendonsa (details to come; 2000)

The Politics of Economic Adjustment – (eds.) S. Haggard and R. Kaufman (Princeton University Press, Princeton NJ, US; 1992)

The Politics of Government-Business Relations in Ghana R. Tangri (pgs. 97-111 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 30, 1; 1992)

The Politics of Irrigation Reform: Contested Policy Formulation and Implementation in Asia, Africa and Latin America – (ed.) Peter P. Mollinga (Ashgate Publishers, England; 2004; 340 pgs)

The Politics of Modernization – D. Apter (Chicago University Press, Chicago IL, US; 1965)

The politics of multi-campus location in Ghana: the experiences of the university for development studies – S.M. Kuu-ire (pgs. 44-61 in Ghana Journal of Development Studies, 2, 2; 2005)

The Politics of Literary Postcoloniality – Aijaz Ahmad (pgs. 1-20 in Race and Class, 36; 1995)

The Politics of Patronage in Africa – Roger Tangri (James Currey, Oxford, England; 2000)

The Politics of Poverty Alleviation in Ghana – L.M. MacLean (Centre for Democracy and Development, Accra, Briefing Paper, 1, 2; July 1999)

The politics of primary patriotism – (eds.) Peter Geschiere and Joseph Gugler (pgs. 309-319 in Africa, 68, special issue; 1998)

The Politics of Priority Setting for Reproductive Health: Breast and Cervical Cancer in Ghana – L. Reichenbach (pgs. 47-58 in Reproductive Health Matters, 10, 20; Nov. 2002) (Science Direct)

The Politics of Reform in Ghana, 1982-1991 J. Herbst (University of California Press, Berkeley CA, US and Oxford, England; 1993)

The Politics of Space, Time and Substance: State Formation, Nationalism and Ethnicity – Ana Maria Alonso (pgs. 379-405 in Annual Review of Anthropology, 23; 1994)

The Politics of State Divestiture in Ghana Roger Tangri (in African Affairs, 90, 361; 1991)

The Politics of Sustained Agriculture Reform in Africa – Jeffrey Herbst (pgs. 332-356 in Hemmed In: Responses to Africa’s Economic Decline, (eds.) Thomas Callaghy and John Ravenhill; Columbia University Press, New York NY, US;  1993)

The Politics of the Kola Trade – A. Cohen (in Africa, 36, 1; 1966)

The Politics of Theory: Ideological Positions in the Postmodernism Debate – Fredric Jameson (in Modern Criticism and Theory: A Reader, (ed.) David Lodge; Longman, Essex, England; 1988)

The Politics of Trade and Industrial Policy in Africa – (eds.) C.C. Soludo, Ha-Joon Chang and Osita Ogbu (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and Asmara, Eritrea; 2004; 367 pgs) A collection of papers mapping policy processes and the political economy of policymaking in trade and industry in Africa, with detailed case studies from Kenya, Mauritius, South Africa, Zimbabwe, Uganda, Senegal, Côte d’Ivoire and Nigeria (ABCBR)

The Politics of Transition: State, Democracy & Economic Development in Africa – (eds.) Giles Mohan and Tunde Zack-Williams (James Currey, England; 2004; 278 pgs) Selection of articles from the Review of African Political Economy (ABCBR)

The Politics of Unemployment in Ghana – K. Hart (pgs. 488-497 in African Affairs, 75, 301; Oct. 1976)

The polyphony of gyil-gu, Kudzo and Awuku, Sakumo – Atta Annan Mensah (pgs. 75-79 in Journal of International Folk Music Council, 19; 1967)

The popular theatre in Ghana – K.N. Bame (pgs. 34-38 in Research Review, 3, 2; 1967)

The Popularization of the International Demand for Reparations – R. Wareham (in Should America Pay? Slavery and the Raging Debate on Reparations, (ed.) R.A. Winbush; HarperCollins, New York, US; 2003)

The Population History of Luanda during the Late Atlantic Slave Trade, 1781-1844 – José Curto and Raymond R. Gervais (pgs. 1-60 in African Economic History, 29; 2001)

The Population of Ghana – S.K. Gaisie and K.T. de Graft-Johnson (CICRED Series; Imprimerie Louis-Jean, Paris, France; 1976)

The Population of Ghana: A Study of the Spatial Relations of Its Socio-Cultural and Economic Characteristics – E.R.A. Forde (Northwestern University Studies in Geography, no. 15, Department of Geography, Northwestern University, Evanston IL, US; 1968; 154 pgs)

The Population of Tropical Africa – (eds.) J.C. Caldwell and C. Okonjo (London, England; 1968)

The position of Muslims in metropolitan Ashanti in the early nineteenth century – Ivor Wilks (pgs. 318-341 in Islam in tropical Africa, (ed.) I.K. Lewis, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1966) Editor found listed elsewhere as I.M. Lewis

The Position of the Chief in the Modern Political System of Ashanti: A Study of the Influence of Contemporary Social Changes on Ashanti Political Institutions K.A. Busia (Oxford University Press/International African Institute, England; 1951; 233 pgs; reprint, Frank Cass, London; 1968)

The Post-colonial Critic: Interviews, Strategies, Dialogues – Gayatri Spivak (Routledge, London, England and New York, US; 1990)

The Post-colonial Studies Reader (eds.) B. Ashcroft et al. (Routledge, London, England and New York, US; 1996)

The Postmodern Condition: A Report on Knowledge – Jean-François Lyotard (trans. G. Bennington and B. Massime; University of Minnesota Press, Minneapolis MA, US; 1984)

The ‘Posts’, History and African Studies – Paul Tiyambe Zeleza (in his The Intellectual Challenges, vol. 1 of Rethinking Africa’s Globalization, Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and Asmara, Eritrea; 2003)

The Post-Uruguay Round Tariff Environment for Developing Country Exports: Tariff Peaks and Tariff Escalation (UNCTAD, October 1999)

The Post-War Gold Coast F.G. Guggisberg (Accra; 1924)

The Potential for Expanded Economic Activity from the Informal Sector – Ernest Aryeetey (in Agenda ’96: Preparing Ghana for the 21st Century; Some Economic and Social Issues; IEA Occasional Papers No. 1; Institute of Economic Affairs, Accra, 1996)

The Power of African Cultures – Toyin Falola (University of Rochester, US; 2003; 430 pgs) On modern cultures of Africa, from the consequences of the imposition of Western rule to current struggles to define national identity (ABCBR)

The Power of Babel – Language and Governance in the African Experience – Ali A. and Alamin M. Mazrui (James Currey, Oxford, England; East African Educational Publishers, P.O. Box 45314, Nairobi, Kenya; University of Chicago Press, Chicago IL 60637, US; Fountain Publishers, P.O. Box 488, Kampala, Uganda; David Philip Publishers (Pty) Ltd., P.O. Box 23408 Claremont 7735, Cape Town, South Africa; Institute of Global Studies, State University of New York, Binghampton NY, US; 1998; 228 pgs)

The Power of Logo: The Implication of the Chinese Revolution on Pan-Africanism – Li Xing (Tinabantu, 1, 2; June 2003)  The Practice of Female Circumcision in the Upper East Region of Ghana J. Kadri (Ghanaian Association for Women’s Welfare Survey Report; 1986)

The Precarious Balance: State and Society in Africa – (eds.) D. Rothchild and N. Chazan (Westview Press, Boulder CO, US; 1988)

The Prehistorical Implications of Guthrie's Comparative Bantu – Part I - Problem of Internal Relationship – D. Dalby (pgs. 481-501 in The Journal of African History, 16, 4; 1975)

The priests of ancient Egypt – S. Sauneron (cited in the Dictionary of Ancient Egypt; 1960)

The Premium in Black Foreign Exchange Markets: Evidence from Developing Economies – Yochanan Shachmurove (pgs. 1-39 in Journal of Policy Modeling, 21, 1; January 1999) 

The Pre-1947 Background to the Ewe Unification Question: A Preliminary Sketch – D.E.K. Amenumey (pgs. 65-85 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, Vol. X; 1969)

The Presbyterian Church of Ghana 1835-1960: a younger church in a changing society – Noel Smith (Waterville; Ghana Universities Press, Accra; Oxford University Press, London, England; 1966; 304 pgs)

The Present Situation and Aspirations of Elites in the Gold Coast K.A. Busia (pgs. 424-431 in International Social Science Bulletin, 8, 3) J. Max Assimeng lists this as: The present status and aspirations of elites in the Gold Coast

The Present State of African Oral Literary Studies – K. Anyidoho (pgs. 151-161 in African Literary Studies: The Present State/L’Etat présent, (ed.) S. Arnold; Three Continents Press, Washington DC, US; 1985)

The Present State of Church Music in Ghana – A.A. Agordoh (in Research Review (new series) 16, 1; Legon; 2000)

The Presidential and Parliamentary Elections in Ghana, 7 December 1996: the Report of the Commonwealth Observer Group (Commonwealth Secretariat, and Creative Base, London, England; 1997)

The Presidential Election in Ghana, 3 November 1992: the Report of the Commonwealth Group (Commonwealth Secretariat, London, England; 1992)

The presidential special initiative on cassava: a bane or blessing to Ghana's smallholder farmers – Steve Tonah (pgs. 66-84) in Ghana Journal of Development Studies, 3, 1; 2006)

The Press and Political Culture in Ghana – Jennifer Hasty (Indiana University Press, Bloomington IN, US; 2005; 189 pgs)

The Press in Africa: communications past and present – R. Ainslie (Gollancz, London, England; 1966; 256 pgs)

The Press in Ghana C.E. Asante (details to come; 1996)

The Pressure of Cash and its Political Consequences in Asante in the Colonial Period – K. Arhin (pgs. 453-468 in UCLA Journal of African Studies, 3, 4; 1976 [or 1977?])

The prevalence of anti-Toxoplasma gondii antibodies in Ghanaian sheep and goats – W.N.A. van der Puije, K. M. Bosompem, E.A. Canacoo, J.M. Wastling and B.D. Akanmori (pgs. 21-26 in Acta Tropica, 76, 1; 21 July 2000) 

The prevalence of splenomegaly in different occupational groups in Kumasi, Ghana  [Abstract] – Cordelle Ofori and Pooia Shorey (pg. 630 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 97, 6; November-December 2003)

The prevalence of Tuberculosis in cattle in Dangbe-West District of the Greater Accra Region: Public Health Implications Bonsu Osei-Agyeman (pg. 14 in Proceedings of the 24th Annual Congress and Annual General Meeting of the Ghana Veterinary Medical Association, GIMPA, Greenhill, Accra, September 30- October 3, 1998; 1998)

The Pride of Ewe Kente – Ahiagble Bob Dennis (Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2004; 72 pgs)

The Primary Health Training for Indigenous Healers (PRHETIG), Techiman, Ghana Progress Report Bova (1980; listed by E. Evans Anfom in Traditional Medicine in Ghana, Practice, Problems and Prospects; 1986; further details to come)

The Primitives Uses of Gold and Methods of Gold Mining D.A. Sutherland (Accra; 1952)

The Principal Navigations R. Hakluyt (Glasgow, Scotland; 1904)

The principles and practice of tropical cocoa storage – J. Rawnsley (Food and Agriculture Organization Regional Office, Accra; 1967; 19 pgs) Revised version of a 1963 report

The Private is Public: A Study of Violence against Women in Southern Africa – Susanna Osam and Everjoice Win (WiLDAF; 1995)

The Private Sector: A Case – D. Andoh (in Greenhill Journal of Administration, 4, 3 and 4; Oct. 1977-March 1978)

The problem of building up planning capacity for decentralised planning at the District Assemblies in Ghana – P.W.K. Yankson (pgs. 187-228 in. A Decade of Decentralisation in Ghana: Retrospect and Prospects, (eds.) Thomi et al., EPAD and Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development, Accra; 2000)

The Problem of Feedback in Oral Tradition: From Examples from the Fante Coastlands – D.P. Henige (pgs. 223-235 in Journal of African History, 14, 2; 1973)

The Problem of How to Use African Language for African Thought – On A Multilingual Perspective – Kai Kresse (pg. 27 in African Philosophy, 12, 1; March 1999)

The Problem of Ideology: Marxism without Guarantees – Stuart Hall (in Stuart Hall: Critical Dialogues in Cultural Studies, (eds.) D. Morley and K. Chen, Routledge, London, England and New York, US; 1996)

The problem of language in the development of the African theatre – K.A.B. Jones-Quartey (pgs. 95-102 in Okyeame, 4, 1; Dec. 1968)

The Problem of Meaning in African Music – J.H. Kwabena Nketia (pgs. 1-7 in Ethnomusicology: Journal of the Society for Ethnomusicology, 6, 1; January 1962)

The problem of possible pre-Colombian contacts between Africa and the Americas: a summary of the evidence – R.W. Davis (pgs. 1-7 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 6, 2; 1970)

The Problem of Slavery in Western Culture – D.B. Davis (Ithaca NY, US; 1966)

The Problems and Potentials of Privatising Solid Waste Management in Kumasi, Ghana – Johan Post (pgs. 201-215 in Habitat International, 23, 2; June 1999) 

The Problems in the Classification of the African Languages – Methodological and Theoretical Conclusions concerning the Classification System of Joseph H. Greenberg – I. Fodor (Centre for Afro-Asian Research, Budapest, Hungary; 1966)

The Problems of Independent Ghana – Ram Ramchandani (Indian Council for Africa, New Delhi, India; 1960)

The Problems of Refugees in Africa – Boundaries and Borders – Ebenezer Q. Blavo (Ashgate Publishing Ltd., Aldershot, England; Brookfield, US; Singapore; Sydney, Australia; 1999; 177 pgs)

The Proceedings of the First International Congress of Africanists, Accra 11th-18th December 1962 – L. Bown and M. Crowder (Longmans, London, England; 1964)

The Process of Democratisation in Contemporary Ghana – A Study – M. Ocquaye (details to come; 2001)

The Production, Distribution and Marketing of Rice in the Bolgatanga District E. Amonoo (Social Studies Project Research Report Series, No. 8, University of Cape Coast; 1972)

The production of improved types of West African Shorthorn Cattle in the Gold Coast – J.L. Stewart and M.D.W. Jeffreys (pg. 11 in Cattle of the Gold Coast, Government Printer, Accra; 1956)

The Promethean Factor in A.K. Armah’s Fragments – J. Johnson (pgs. 204-216 in Critical Perspectives on Ayi Kwei Armah, (ed.) D. Wright, Three Continents Press, Washington, US; 1992)

The promotion of access legislation – A developing country perspective from Ghana – Essel Ben Hagan and Henry N.A. Wellington (pgs. 253-258 in Building and Environment, 33, 4; July 1998)

The Promotion of Indigenous Private Enterprise in Ghana – L.E. Grayson (pgs. 17-29 in Journal of Asian and African Studies, 9, 1-2; 1974)

The Pronunciation of Ewe – J. Beryr (Heffer, Cambridge, England; 1951; 28 pgs)

The Pronunciation of Twi – I.C. Ward (Heffer and Sons Press, Cambridge, England; 1939)

The properties of Afzelia Africana – Papao; Anogeissus lelocarpus – Kane; Cynometra ananta – Anantaa; Guibourtia ehie – Hyedua-nini; Tectona grandis – Teak – W.K. Ashiabor (Ghana Academy of Science, Forest Products Research Institute, Technical Note No. 6; Kumasi; 1968; 7 pgs)

The Prophet Harris: A Study of an African Prophet and His Mass Movement in the Ivory Coast and the Gold Coast, 1913-1915 – G.M. Halliburton (Longman, London, England; 1971; abridged version, Oxford University Press, London and New York; 1973)

The Proposals of the Constitutional Commission for a Constitution for Ghana [the Akuffo-Addo Commission] (Ministry of Information; 1968)

The Prospects for Parliamentary Democracy in the Gold Coast K.A. Busia (in Parliamentary Affairs, 4; 1952)

The Prospects of Fertilizer Use in the Cocoa Industry in Ghana – M.R. Appiah, K. Ofori Frimpong, A.A. Afrifa and E.G. Asante (pgs. 215-221 in Proceedings of the Soil Science Society of Ghana, 15; 1997)

The Prospects of Intra-African Trade – D. Carney (in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 7, 2; 1964)

The Psychological Changes Accompanying Kwashiorkor – M. Geber and F.R.A Dean (in Courrier, 4, 1; 1956)

The psychology of political violence – A.  Afrifa (pgs. 17, 18 in Uhuru, 4, 8; 1992)

‘The Public Good’ in African Higher Education: Select Issues for Policy – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 25-30 in Newsletter of the Social Science Academy of Nigeria, 5, 1; 2002)

The Public Service and the Administration of Public Affairs in Ghana – A.L. Adu (J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures; Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1973)

The Public Sphere and Democracy – Dipo Irele (New Horn Press, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1998)

The Question of African Philosophy – P.O. Bodunrin (in Philosophy, 56, 216; 1981)

The Question of Freedom: African Americans and Ghanaian Independence – Roger A. Davidson Jr. (pg. 6 in Negro History Bulletin, 60, 3; 1997)

The Question of Ghana – R. Mauny (pgs. 200-213 in Africa, 24; 1954)

The question of notice under the Ghanaian system of registration of deeds – A. St. J. Hannigan (pgs. 27-36 in University of Ghana Law Journal (London), 3, 1; 1966)

The Quills of the Porcupine: Asante Nationalism in an Emergent Ghana – Jean Marie Allman (University of Wisconsin Press, Madison WI, US; 1993)

The Race Against Underdevelopment: A Mirage or Reality – J. Anamuah-Mensah (details to come; 2000)

The Race Question and the West Indies – Marcus Garvey (in The Blackman, 27 December 1930)

The Rape of Africa – L. Middleton (Robert Hale, London, England; 1936)

The Ras Tafari Movement in Jamaica in  Kingston, Jamaica – M.G. Smith, Roy Aguier and Rex Nettleford (ISER, University of the West Indies, Jamaica; [1960] 1988)

The Ras Tafari Movement in Jamaica in its Millennial Aspect – Geoge Simpson (in Millennial Dreams in Action: Essays in Comparative Study, (ed.) Sylvia Thrupp, Mouton, The Hague, The Netherlands; 1962)

The Rastafarians: The Dreadlocks of Jamaica – L. Barrett (Sangster’s, Kingston, Jamaica, with Heinemann; 1977)

The rate of return to education in Ghana J.K. Hinchcliffe (in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 1, 2; 1971)

The Real Exchange Rate and Ghana’s Agriculture Exports – K.Y. Fosu (African Economic Research Consortium, Research Paper 9, Nairobi, Kenya; 1992)

The Rebirth of African Civilization – Chancellor Williams (Third World Press, Chicago IL, US; 1961)

The rebirth of Ghana…the end of tyranny (Ministry of Information, Accra; 1966; 56 pgs)

The Recent Political Upheavals in Ghana D.J. Harris (pgs. 225-232 in World Today, 36; June 1980)

The Recovery of the West African Past – African Pastors and African History in the 19th Century: C.C. Reindorf and Samuel Johnson – (ed.) Paul Jenkins (Basler Afrika Bibliographien, Basel, Switzerland; 1998/2000)

The Red Book of West Africa A. Macmillan (London, England; 1920; reprint Frank Cass, London; 1968) Gold Coast Section pgs. 139-228

The Red Sea Slave Trade: Captives’ Treatment in the Slave Markets and Islamic Societies of the Middle East – M. Bulcha (paper delivered on 27 February 2003 at the “Conference on Arab-led Slavery of Africans”; proceedings forthcoming; 2003)

The Redemption of Africa and Black Religion – St. Clair Drake (Third World, Chicago IL, US; 1970)

The Refusal of Agency: The Founding Narrative and Waiyaki’s Tragedy in ‘The River Between’ Ato Sekyi-Otu (pgs. 157-178 in Research in African Literatures, 16, 2; 1985)

The Reign and Times of Kusi Obodum, 1750-64 John K. Fynn (pgs. 24-32 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 8; 1965)

The Rejection of the Municipal Corporations Ordinance of 1924 at Accra: A Review of the Causes – S.S. Quarcoopome (in Research Review (new series) 3, 1; Legon; 1987)

The Relationship between Community Characteristics and Private Transfers: Evidence from Ghana – Donald Cox and Emmanuel Jimenez (World Bank, Development Research Group, mimeo; n.d.)

The Relationship between Formal and Informal Segments of the Financial Sector in Ghana E. Aryeetey (AERC Research Paper No. 10, African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; 1992)

The relationship between infection and disease in Wuchereria bancrofti infection in Ghana  John O. Gyapong (pgs. 390-392 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 92; 4; July-August 1998)

The Relationship between the Domestic Slave Trade and the External Slave Trade in Pre-Colonial Ghana A.A. Perbi (University of Ghana Institute of African Studies Research Review, 8, 1&2; 1992)

The relationships among selected business environment factors and manufacturing strategy: insights from an emerging economy Kwasi Amoako-Gyampah (pgs. 287-301 in Omega, 31, 4; Aug. 2003) Uses data collected from manufacturing firms in Ghana (Science Direct)

The Relative Efficiency of Alternative Land Contracts in a Mixed Crop-Livestock System in Ethiopia – S. Gavian and S. Ehui (pgs. 37-49 in Agricultural Economics, 20; 1998)

The Relevance of Standard Estimates of Rates of Return to School for Education Policy – A Critical Assessment Paul Glewwe (pgs. 267-290 in Journal of Development Economics, 51; 1996)

The relevance of the flexible specialisation paradigm for small-scale industrial restructuring in Ghana – J. Dawson (pgs. 34-38 in IDS Bulletin, 23, 3; July 1992)

The Relevance of Trade and Macroeconomic Policies for Agriculture – R.M. Bautista and A. Valdes (in The Bias Against Agriculture, R.M. Bautista and A. Valdes, Institute of Contemporary Studies; 1993)

The Relief of Kumasi H.C.J. Biss (Methuen’s Colonial Library, London, England; 1901; 315 pgs)

The Religion of Ancient Egypt – Samuel Alfred Broune Mercer (London, England; 1949)

The Religious Dimension in Migration and its Relation to Development: Ghanaians in the Netherlands – Gerrie Ter Haar (pgs. 311-334 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The Religious Itinerary of a Ghanaian People: The Kasena and the Christian Gospel – A.M. Howell (Peter Lang, Frankfurt am Main, Germany; 1997)

The Remittances of Senegalese Migrants: A Tool for Development? – S.M. Tall (pgs. 153-170 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The Renewal of a Ghanaian Rural Economy – G.S. Dei (in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 26, 1; 1992)

The Report by the Commissioner on Regional Administrations (Accra; 1951)

The Report of the Commission of Enquiry into the Disturbances in t he Gold Coast [chairman: A.A. Watson] (HMSO, London, England; 1948; 103 pgs)

The Report of the Commission of Enquiry into Trade Malpractices in Ghana [chairman: W.E. Abraham] (Government Printing Corp., Accra; 1965)

The Report of the Commission on the Marketing of West African Cocoa – [chairman: W. Nowell] (HMSO, London, England; 1938)

The Report of the Commission on the Structure and Remuneration of the Public Services in Ghana (Ministry of Information; 1967)

The Report of the Committee for the Investigation of CMB Affairs [Archer Committee] (Government Printer, Accra; 1978)

The Report of the Committee on Agricultural Indebtedness (details to come; 1957)

The research aspect: symposium on agriculture, the problem industry – W. K. Agble (Crops Research Institute, Kumasi; Ghana Academy of Sciences and University of Ghana, Legon; 1966; 7 pgs, mimeo)

The Resilient Chieftaincy at Larteh, Ghana – D. Brokensha (pgs. 393-406 in West African Chiefs: Their Changing Status under Colonial Rule and Independence, (eds.) M. Crowder and O. Ikime; 1970)

The Response of Farmers in Northern Ghana to the Introduction of Mixed Farming: A Case Study – G. Benneh (pgs. 95-103 in Geografiska Annaler, 54, 2; Stockholm, Sweden; 1972)

The Restorative Cycle: Kofi Awoonor’s Theory of African Literature – R. Colmer (pgs. 23-28 in New Literature Review, 3; 1977)

The Resurgence of Race: Black Social Theory from Reconstruction to the Pan-African Conferences – W. Toll (Temple University Press, Philadelphia PA, US; 1979)

The Return – Yaw M. Boateng (details to come; 1977) Novel on early 19th century Asante involvement in the slave trade (Priebe)

The Return of Civilian Rule in Nigeria and Ghana – J.P. Kraus (in Current History, 78, 455; March 1980)

The Reverends Theophilus Opoku and David Asante – H.J. Keteku (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1965; 22 pgs)

The Revolutionary Years: West Africa since 1800 – J.B. Webster and A. Adu Boahen (Longman, London, England; 1967; 343 pgs)

The Rhetoric of Empire: Colonial Discourse in Journalism, Travel Writing, and Imperial Administration – D. Spurr (Duke University Press, Durham NC, US and London, England; 1993)

The Rhodesia File – Kwame Nkrumah (PANAF Books, London, England; Hensteve Publications Ltd, Accra; 204 pgs)

The Rich Slum Dweller: A Case of Unequal Access – S.O. Asiama (pgs. 353-382 in International Labour Review, 124, 3; May-June 1985)

The Right to Information Bill, 1999 Draft – Justice P.D. Anin (Institute of Economic Affairs, Accra; 1999)

The Right to Tell: The Role of Mass Media in Economic Development (World Bank Institute Development Studies; 2002; 322 pgs)

The Rise and Fall of a Proper Negro: An Autobiography – Leslie Alexander Lacey (Macmillan, New York, US; 1970) A quite prolific author and member of what Malcolm X described as “Ghana’s little colony of Afro-American expatriates”

The Rise and Fall of Asante – E.A.A. Oroge (pgs. 31-45 in Tarikh, 5, 1; 1974)

The Rise and Fall of Development TheoryColin Leys (James Currey, London, England; Indiana University Press, Bloomington IN, US; 1996)

The Rise and Fall of Germany’s Colonial Empire – M.E. Townsend (Columbia University Press, New York, US; 1930)

The rise and fall of Kwame Nkrumah – J.G. Amamoo (pgs. 4-6 in African World, 64, 4; April 1966)

The Rise and Fall of Kwame Nkrumah – A Study of Personal Rule in Africa – H.L. Bretton (Praeger, New York, US; 1966; 232 pgs; Pall Mall, London, England; 1966)

The Rise and Fall of the Kingdom of Denkyera John Kweku Kumah (pgs. 33-35 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 9; November 1966)

The Rise and Fall of the One-Party State in Tanzania – M. Baregu (in Economic Change and Political Liberalisation in sub-Saharan Africa, (ed.) J.A. Widener, The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore MD, US; 1994)

The Rise and Fall of the Washington Consensus as a Paradigm for Developing Countries – C. Gore (pgs. 789-804 in World Development, 28, 5; 2000)

The Rise and Fall of Western Colonialism – S.C. Easton (Pall Mall, London, England; 1964)

The Rise and Mutation of African Historiographies Paul Tiyambe Zeleza (in his Manufacturing African Studies and Crises, Codesria, Dakar, Senegal; 1997)

The rise of an opposition to Sekou Toure – Pt. 5: The formation of a common front against Guinea by the Ivory Coast and Ghana – Victor D. Du Bois (American Universities Field Staff; 1966; 14 pgs)

The Rise of Ashanti J.K. Fynn (pgs. 24-30 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 9; 1966)

The Rise of Authoritarian States in Peripheral Societies – Clive Thomas (New York, US; 1984)

The Rise of Ghana’s Pineapple Industry: From Successful Take-off to Sustainable Expansion – Morgane Danielou and Christophe Ravry (World Bank Africa Region Working Paper No. 93, Washington DC, US; November 2005)

The Rise of Our East African Empire – F.D. Lugard (Blackwood, London, England; 1893)

The rise of the Akan – A. Adu Boahen (pgs. 19-26 in The Middle Age of African History, (ed.) Roland Oliver, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1967)

The Rise of the Akwamu Empire, 1650-1710 – I.G. Wilks (pgs. 99-136 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 3, 2; Achimota; 1957)

The Rise of the Krobos – T.H. Odonkor (Ghana Publishing Corp.; 1971; 60 pgs) The author was Chief of Kpong, Manya Krobo (McFarland)

The rise of the nation states: a history of the West African peoples, 1800-1964 – F. Agbodeka (Nelson, London, England; 1965; 182 pgs)

The Rise, the Fall and the Insurrection of Nationalism in Africa – Issa Shivji (in East Africa: In Search of National and Regional Renewal, (ed.) Felicia Arudo Yieke; CODESRIA, Dakar, Senegal; 2005)

The River Volta, Gold Coast, West Africa G. Dobson (pgs. 18-25 in The Journal of the Manchester Geographical Society, 8; 1892)

The road to independence: Ghana and the Ivory Coast – I. Wallerstein (Mouton, Paris, France; The Hague, The Netherlands; 1964; 200 pgs)

The Road Toward Effective African Liberation: The Cases of Ghana and Guinea-Bissau – M. Marable (pgs. 190-209 in Third World Development and the Myth of International Cooperation, (ed.) J.W. Forje, Lund, Sweden; 1984)

The Roar of the Thunder God Larry D. Kumassah (Sedco; 2000; 361 pgs) Novel

The Rock Pictures of Lower Nubia – J.H. Dunbar (Cairo, Egypt; 1941)

The Role and Position of Petty Producers in a West African City (Accra) – P. Kennedy (pgs. 565-594 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 19, 4; 1981)

The role of agricultural geography in the economic development of Ghana – G. Benneh (pgs. 51-64 in Bulletin of the Ghana Geographical Association, 12; 1967)

The Role of Civic Education in Ensuring Democracy for Good Governance – Laary Bimi (in Consensus Building: A Tool for Effective Democratic Governance in Africa (Proceedings of a seminar organized by the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Friedrich Ebert Foundation, 18-20 June 2001, Accra; 2001)

The Role of Cocoa in the Growth and Spatial Organization of Accra Prior To 1921 R. Brand (pgs. 271-282 in African Studies Review, 15, 2; Sept. 1972)

The Role of Diaspora-based Organizations in Socio-Economic Development at the Local Level in Ghana – Samuel Zan Akologo (pgs. 335-350 in At Home in the World?: International Migration and Development in Contemporary Ghana and West Africa, (ed.) Takyiwaa Manuh; Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2005)

The role of District Capitals in regional development: Linking small towns, rural-urban linkages and decentralisation in Ghana G. Owusu (pgs. 59-89 in International Development Planning Review, 27; 2005)

The Role of Educated Persons in Ghana Society – R.K.A. Gardiner [1970 J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra)

The role of Garveyism in the making of the Southern African working classes and Namibian nationalism – G.A. Pirio (African Series, Marcus Garvey Papers, UCLA, California, US; details to come)

The Role of Language in the Struggle for Power and Legitimacy in Africa – A. Goke-Pariola (The Edwin Mellon Press, Lewiston, UK; 1993)

The Role of Libraries in the Use of African-published Journals in African Universities – A. A. Alemna, V. Chifwepa and D. Rosenberg (pgs. 3-22 in The International Information & Library Review, 33, 1; March 2001)

The role of maternal schooling and its interaction with public health programmes in child health production A. Barera (pgs. 69-91 in Journal of Development Economics, 32: 1990)

The role of marketing in present day Ghanaian agriculture – S. La Anyane (pgs. 73-75 in Ghana Farmer, 11, 2; May 1967)

The Role of Nana Yaa Asantewaa in the 1900 Asante War of Resistance Nana Arhin Brempong (pgs. 97-110 in Ghana Studies, 3; 2000)

The Role of Non-Governmental Organisations in Rural Develoment: The Case of the Voluntary Workcamps Association of Ghana – Yaw A. Badu and Andrew Parker (in Research Review (new series) 8, 1 & 2; Legon; 1992)

The Role of Parliament in Promoting Consensus Building in Ghana Ama Benyiwa Doe (in Consensus Building: A Tool for Effective Democratic Governance in Africa, proceedings of a seminar organized by the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Friedrich Ebert Foundation, 18-20 June 2001, Accra; 2001)

The Role of Parliament in Promoting Consensus Building in Ghana – Papa Owusu-Ankomah (in Consensus Building: A Tool for Effective Democratic Governance in Africa, Proceedings of a seminar organized by the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Friedrich Ebert Foundation, 18-20 June 2001, Accra; 2001)

The Role of Patent Information in Transfer of Technology – E. Lartey (Proceedings of International Seminar in Moscow, USSR; August 1981)

The role of pigs as transport hosts of the human helminths Oesophagostomum bifurcum and Necator americanus – N.R. Steenhard, P.A. Storey, L. Yelifari, D.S.S. Pit, P. Nansen and A.M. Polderman (pgs. 125-130 in Acta Tropica, 76, 2; 18 September 2000)

The Role of Proverbs in Fante Culture – J.B. Christensen (pgs. 232-243 in Africa, 28; July 1958)

The role of registration of title in fragmentation and multiple ownership of land – J.C.D. Lawrence (Seminar on cadastre at Addis Ababa, November-December 1970; UN Economic Commission for Africa (Report E/CN.14/CART/ 261), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia; 1970)

The role of registration of title in the evolution of customary tenures and its effect on societies in Africa – J.C.D. Lawrence (Seminar on cadastre at Addis Ababa, November-Defcember 1970; UN Economic Commission for Africa (Report E/CN.14/CART/253), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia; 1970)

The Role of Return Migration and Remittances in Rural Development – K.A. Twum-Baah (pgs. 349-358 in Internal Migrationand Regional Development in Africa, Africa Population Dynamics Regional Institute for Population Studies (RIPS) Monograph Series No. 2; 1989)

The Role of Science in Food Production in Africa (Proceedings of a seminar organized by COSTED-IBN in Accra, Ghana; April 1994)

The Role of Slavery in the Economic and Social History of Sahelo-Sudanic Africa – Claude Meillassoux (in Forced Migration, (ed.) J.E. Inikori, Hutchinson, London, England; 1982)

The Role of the African Writer in National Liberation and Social Reconstruction – Emmanuel Ngara (in Criticism and Ideology, (ed.) K. Petersen; 1988)

The role of the Crops Research Institute in agricultural research in Ghana (Crops Research Institute, Kumasi; Ghana Academy of Sciences; 1966; 30 pgs)

The Role of the Media of Mass Communication in the Diffusion of Science and Technology in Africa: Emerging Challenges – K. Karikari (in Culture, Gender, Science and Technology in Africa, (ed.) K.K. Prah, Windhoek, Namibia; 1991)

The Role of the Military in sub-Saharan Africa – J.S. Coleman and B. Belmont, Jr. (pgs. 359-405 in The Role of the Military in Under-developed Countries, (ed.) J.J. Johnson; 1962)

The Role of the National Commission on Civic Education Takyiwaa Manuh in Consensus Building: A Tool for Effective Democratic Governance in Africa (Proceedings of a seminar organized by the Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences and the Friedrich Ebert Foundation, 18-20 June 2001, Accra; 2001

The Role of the Presbyterian Church in the Economic Development of Ghana – Kwame Arhin (in Research Review (new series) 1, 2; Legon; 1987)

The Role of the Tindanas and the Chiefs in the Land Administration Process in the Tamne River Basin – J. Budu (Research Publication, Land Administration Research Centre, Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology, Kumasi; no date)

The Role of Trade Unions in the Development Process, with a Case Study of Ghana – U. Damachi (Praeger, New York, US; 1974)

Role of Trade Unions in the Development Process: Case Study of Ghana by Ukandi G. Damachi [Review] – Peter Waterman (pgs. 100-101 in Review of African Political Economy, 2, 3; 1975)

The Role of Traditional Authority in the Politics and Development of Ghana – Mike Oquaye (in The Rights of Indigenous People: A Quest for Coexistence; Human Sciences Research Council; Pretoria, South Africa; 1997)

The Role of Traditional Medicine in Primary Health Care in Ghana – G.L. Boye and O. Ampofo (in Use of Herbal Medicines in Primary Health Care: Proceedings of a Meeting of CMC, Lome, Togo, (ed.) R. Amonoo-Lartson, World Council of Churches Medical Commission, Geneva, Switzerland; 1987)

The Role of Trypanosomiases in African Ecology: A Study of the Tsetse Fly Problem – J. Ford (Clarendon Press, Oxford, England; 1971)

The role of voluntary associations in West African urbanization – K. Little (pgs. 579-596 in American Anthropologist, 59; 1957)

The Role of Wages in Slowing the Migration of Health Care Professionals from Developing Countries – M. Vujicic, P. Zurn, P. Diallo, O. Adams amd M. Dal Poz (Department of Health Services Provision, World Health Organization, Geneva, Switzerland; March 2004)

The Role of Women in Agriculture K. Andah (in Proceedings of Seminar on Ghanaian Women in Development, 1, National Council on Women and Development, Accra; 1978)

The Role of Women in Rural Production Systems – Kevin M. Cleaver and Götz A. Schreiber (Chapter 5, pgs. 73-96 in Reversing the Spiral: The Population, Agriculture, and Environment Nexus in Sub-Saharan Africa; K.M. Cleaver and G.A. Schreiber; World Bank, Washington DC; 1994)

The Role of Women in the Economy – N.J. Amu (Friedrich Ebert Stiftung, Accra; 2005)

The Role, Structure and Performance of Agriculture (Chapter 2, pgs. 21-42 in African Development in a Comparative Perspective, UNCTAD, Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US; 2000)

The Root of Corruption: A Dissenting View K. Ninsin (in Journal of Management Studies, Legon, 3rd Series, 1; March 1984)

The roots of corruption: the Ghanaian enquiry – H.H. Werlin (pgs. 247-266 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 10, 2; 1972)

The Roots of Ghana Methodism – F.L. Bartels (Cambridge University Press and Ghana Methodist Book Depot; 1965; 368 pgs)

The Roots of Ghanaian Nationalism – A. Adu Boahen (pgs. 127-132 in Journal of African History, 5, 1; 1964)

The Royal African Company – K.G. Davies [or Davis?] (Longman, London, England; 1956 [or 7?]; Atheneum, New York, US; 1970; 396 pgs)

The Royal Cemeteries of Kush – Dows Dunham (Cambridge, England; 1950)

The ‘Royal Gold Coast gazette,’ and the Ashanti – K.A.B. Jones-Quartey (pgs. 19-20 in Research Review, 4, 1; 1967)

The Royal Kingdoms of Ghana, Mali, and Songhay: Life in Medieval Africa – P. McKissack and F. McKissack (details to come; 1995)

The Royal Stools of Ashanti – A.A.Y. Kyerematen (pgs. 1-10 in Africa, 39, 1; Jan. 1969)

The Rubber Trade of the Gold Coast and Asante in the Nineteenth Century: African Innovation and Market Responsiveness R. Dumett (pgs. 79-101 in Journal of African History, 12, 1; 1971)

The Ruins of Empires – Count C.F. Volney (1787; further details to come) According to John Henrik Clark, this is one of the “masterpieces of Egyptian history” written by white historians who do not support “the false assumption or claim that the ancient Egyptians were white people”

The Rulers Imperative: Strategies for Political Survival in Asia and Africa – W. Howard Wriggins (New York, US; 1969)

The Rulers of British Africa, 1870-1914 – L.H. Gann and P. Duignan (Hoover Institution Press, Stanford CA, US; 1978; 406 pgs)

The Rural Manifesto (Policies, Plans and Strategies of the Ministry of Rural Development and Cooperatives to Effect Rural Development in Ghana) (Ministry of Rural Development and Cooperatives, Accra; 1984)

The Sacred State of the Akan – Eva L.R. Meyerowitz (Faber and Faber, London, England; 1951; 222 pgs)

The Sacred Stools of the Akan – P.K. Sarpong (Ghana Publishing Corp.; 1971; 83 pgs)

The Sacred Stools of Ashanti – P.K. Sarpong (in Anthropos, 62, 1/2; 1967)

The Saga of Professor F.K.A. Allotey, the ‘African Scientist’ Asie Mirekua Allotey (Council for Scientific and Industrial Research; P.O. Box M 32, Accra; 2002; 175 pgs)

The Saghamghu and the spread of Maliki law: a provisional note – Ivor Wilks (pgs. 67-73 in Research Review, 2, 3; 1966)

The Samorian impact on Buna: An Essay in Methodology – J.J. Holden (in African Perspectives, Cambridge; 1970)

The SAP in the Forest: The Environmental and Social Impacts of Structural Adjustment Programmes in the Philippines, Ghana and Guyana – D. Hogg (Friends of the Earth, London, England; 1993)

The Savage Within: The British Anthropology, 1885-1945 – Henrika Kuklick (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1991)

The Scheme of Subordinate Tenures of Land in Ghana – Gordon R. Woodman (pgs. 457-477 in American Journal of Comparative Law, 15, 3; 1967)

The Science of Society: Exploring the Links between Science, Technology and Theories of Development Nii-K. Plange (Department of Sociology, University of the South Pacific; 1996; 277 pgs)

The Search of Angelo Soliman (c. 1721-96):  A Viennese African between a Hereditary Prince's Educator and Stuffed Exponate – Monika Firla (Tinabantu, 2, 1, May 2004)

The schooldays of Shango Solomon – A. Tetteh-Lartey (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England; 1965; 79 pgs)

The Scope and Prospects of Traditional Medicine in Modern Health Care and Economic Development – I. Addae-Mensah (keynote address in Traditional Medicine and Modern Health Care: Partnership for the Future, A Report on the Two-Day National Consensus Building Symposium on the Policies on Traditional Medicine in Ghana, March 15-16, 1995, Traditional Medicine Directorate, Ministry of Health, Accra; 1995)

The Scramble for Africa: Causes and Dimensions of Empire – (ed.) R.F. Betts (D.C. Heath, London, England, 2nd edition; 1972)

The Scramble for Africa: White Man’s Conquest of the Dark Continent from 1876-1912 – T. Pakenham (Avon Books, New York NY, US; 1991)

The Search for Africa: History, Culture, Politics – Basil Davidson (Times Books; New York, US; 1994) Also found listed with same author and year of publication-- The Search for Africa: A History in the Making

The Search for Democracy in Ghana K.A. Ninsin and F.K. Drah (Asempa, Accra; 1987)

The Search for National Integration in Africa (eds.) David R. Smock and Kwamena Bentsi-Enchill (Free Press, New York NY, US; 1976; 340 pgs)

The Search for Solvency: Background to the Fall of Ghana’s Second Republic, 1969-1972 – M. Owusu (pgs. 52-60 in Africa Today, 18, 4; 1972 [or 19, 1; 1972?])

The Seasons of Beento Blackbird: A Novel – Akosua Busia (Little, Brown and Co., Boston MA, US; 1996; 365 pgs) A daughter of Kofi Busia, and in her own right various credits including writing the film script and acting in The Color Purple

The Second Health Sector 5-Year Programme of Work 2002-2006 – Partnerships for Health: Bridging the Inequalities Gap (revised edition, Ministry of Health, Accra; January 2003)

The Second Scramble – Julius K. Nyerere (1963; reprinted in Freedom and Unity: a selection from writings and speeches, Oxford University Press, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania; 1967)

The second sex in town J. Gugler (pgs. 289-301 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 6; 1972)

The Secret of Opokuwa – Joe de Graft (Anowuo Publi cations, Accra; 1967; 72 pgs)

The secrets of development magic in Ghana agriculture – S. La Anyane (pgs. 5-7 in Legon Observer, 1, 3; date to come)

The self-defensive attribution hypothesis in the work environment: Co-workers’ perspectives – Seth Ayim Gyekye and Simo Salminen (in Safety Science, details to come; 2005)

The Senegalese Murid Trade Diaspora and the Making of a Vernacular Cosmopolitanism – Mamadou Diouf (pgs. 679–702 in Public Culture, 12, 3; 2000)

The seroprevalence of toxoplasmosis in pigs in Ghana – J. Arko-Mensah, K. M. Bosompem, E. A. Canacoo, J. M. Wastling and B. D. Akanmori (pgs. 27-31 in Acta Tropica, 76, 1; 21 July 2000) 

The Settlement Pattern of the Tumu District of Northern Ghana – T.E. Hilton (pgs. 868-883 in Bulletin de l’Institut Français d’Afrique Noire, 30, série B, 3; July 1968)

The Seven-Year Development Plan 1963/64-1969/70 (Office of the Planning Commission, Accra; 1965)

The Sex Trade, Globalization and Issues of Survival in Sub-Saharan Africa – Akosua Adomako Ampofo (in Research Review (new series) 17, 2; Legon; 2001; pgs. 59-90 in Ghana Studies, 6; 2003)

The Shadows of Laughter – Kwesi Brew (Longmans, London, England; 1968; 67 pgs) Poetry

The shallot industry, incorporating a recent survey of the Anloga growing area S.T. Quansah (pgs. 45-49 in New Gold Coast Farmer, 1; 1956-57)

The Shallow Graves of Rwanda – Shaharyar M. Khan (I.B. Tauris, London, England; 2000)

The Shea Butter Value Chain: Production, Transformation and Marketing in West Africa – P. Lovett (West Africa Trade Hub/US Agency for International Development, Technical Report No 2; 2004)

The shepherd schools of Northern Ghana: a grassroots approach to literacy – Albert Amedzro (pgs. 67-81 in Ghana Journal of Literacy and Adult Education, 1, 1; June 1992)

The shepherd school system: a viable solution to educational crisis in the north – George Akanlig-Pare (pgs. 27, 28 in Uhuru, 4, 5; 1992)

The Short Century – Independence and Liberation Movements in Africa, 1945-1994 – Okwui Enwezor (Prestel; Munich, Germany; 2001)

The sickle cell trait and aviation – An assessment of the evidence available – F.T. Djabanor (pgs. 133-138 in Ghana Medical Journal, 14; 1975)

The sickle-cell trait and aviation – R.O. Addae (editorial, pgs. 84-85 in Ghana Medical Journal, 14; 1975)

The Siege of Kumassi M.A. Hodgson (C. Arthur Pearson, London, England; Longmans, Green, New York, US; 1901; 365 pgs) She being wife of then Governor Hodgson

The Significance of Beads in the Rites of Passage among some Southern Ghanaian Peoples – Brigid M. Sackey (in Research Review (new series) 1, 2; Legon; 1987)

The Significance of Gender in Seed Transfer Patterns Among Farmers in South-East Ghana – E. Bortei-Doku Aryeetey (in Technology Options for Sustainable Agriculture in Sub-Saharan Africa, (eds.) T. Bezuneh, A.M. Emechebe, J. Sedgo and M. Ouedraogo, OAU/STRC/SAFGRAD, Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso; 1997)

The Significance of some Akan Titles J.C. de Graft Johnson (in The Gold Coast Review, 2, 2; Accra; 1926; and pgs. 24-35 in Research Review, New Series, 6, 1; 1990)

The Silent Rebel – S.W.D.K. Gandah (Sub-Saharan Publishers, Accra; 2004)

The Silent Rebel – S.W.D.K. Gandah (Unpublished manuscript; 1992)

The Situation of Women in Public Life in Ghana: Some Thoughts – E. Harlley (pgs. 156-164 in Greenhill Journal of Administration, 10; 1996)

The Size of the Labour Force and Structure of Employment in Ghana K. Ewusi (ISSER Technical Publication No. 37, University of Ghana, Legon; 1978)

The Sizes and Sources of Economic Rents in a Developing Country Manufacturing Labour Market – F. Teal (pgs. 963-976 in Economic Journal, vol. 106; 1996)

The Skilled Attendance Index: Proposal for a New Measure of Skilled Attendance at Delivery – Julia Hussein, Jacqueline Bell, Alex Nazzar, Mercy Abbey, Sam Adjei, Wendy Graham and on behalf of the SAFE Study Sub-group (pgs. 160-170 in Reproductive Health Matters, 12, 24, Nov. 2004)

The Slave Trade and African Societies G.N. Uzoigwe (pgs. 187-212 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 14, 2; Dec. 1973)

The slave trade and decentralised societies – Martin A. Klein (pgs. 49-65 in Journal of African History, 42; 2001)

The Slave Trade and Reconciliation: A Northern Ghanaian Perspective (ed.) A. Howell (Bible Church of Africa, P.O. Box 35, Navrongo, Upper East Region and SIM Ghana, P.O. Box 9962 – Airport, Accra; 1998; 86 pgs)

The Slave Trade in Northern Ghana Benedict G. Der (in Poets of Africa Series, 9, 9; 1998)

The Slave Trade in Northern Ghana Benedict Der (Woeli Publishing Services, Accra; 1990)

The slaves of Salaga M. Johnson (in Journal of African History, 27; 1986)

The smallholder in agricultural policy and planning: Ghana and the Ivory Coast 1960-1966 M.P. Miracle (in Journal of Developing Areas, 4, 3; 1970)

The Social and Political Thought of the Colonial Intelligentsia – J.G. La Guerre (Institute of Social and Economic Research, University of the West Indies, Mona, Jamaica; 1982)

The social background of a West African student population – G. Jahoda (in British Journal of Sociology, 5; 1954)

The Social Background of Coups d’Etat in Brazil, Indonesia and Ghana – Kwesi Prah (Publication No. 18, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands; 1973)

The social character of slavery in Ashanti and Dahomey – B.I. Obichere (in Ufahamu, 12; 1983)

The Social Conditions of the International Circulation of Ideas – P. Bourdieu (in Bourdieu: A Critical Reader, (ed.) R. Shursterman; Blackwell; Oxford, England; 1999)

The Social Context of Slavery in Equatorial Africa during the 19th and 20th Centuries – B. Jewsiewick and M.M. Bawele (in Slavery in Africa, (eds.) Miers and Kopytoff; 1977)

The Social Costs of Adjustment: Inevitable Consequences or Incidental By-Product of Adjustment? – J. Loxley (in Structural Adjustment and Social Realities in Africa, (eds.) G. Bourgoigne and M. Genné, IIDC, Ottawa, Canada; 1990)

The social cost of the IMF’s Adjustment Program for Poverty: the case of health care development in Ghana – C. Anyinam (pgs. 531-547 in International Journal of Health Sciences, 19, 3; 1989)

The Social Dimension of Structural Adjustment in Ghana – (ed.) Anthony Yaw Baah (Ghana Trades Union Congress, Accra; 2001; 127 pgs)

The Social Dimensions of Adjustment in Africa: A Policy Agenda (World Bank, with UNDP and the African Development Bank; 1990)

The Social Impact of Adjustment in Africa – Alessandro Pio (Chapter 14, pgs. 298-314 in From Adjustment to Development in Africa: Conflict, Controversy, Convergence, Consensus?; (eds.) Giovanni Andrea Cornia and Gerald K. Helleiner; St. Martin’s Press, New York, NY, US; 1994)

The Social Organization of the Lowiili J. Goody (HMSO, London, England; 1956; 119 pgs; 2nd edition Oxford University Press/ International African Institute, 1967)

The social roots of dispersed settlement in Northern Ghana – John M. Hunter (pgs. 279-281 in Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 57, 2; Albany NY, US; 1967)

The Sociological Significance of Ancestor-worship in Ashanti – E. Clarke (pgs. 431-471 in Africa, 3, 4; April 1930)

The Sociology of Colonies [2 vols.] – R. Maunier (Routledge & Kegan Paul, London, England; 1949)

The Sociology of Underdevelopment and the Underdevelopment of Sociology – A.G. Frank (in Latin America: Underdevelopment or Revolution, Monthly Review Press, London, England; 1970)

The SOE Reform Programme 1984/1992: Review and Recommendations (State Enterprises Commission, Accra; Jan. 1993)

The Sokoto Jihad and the O-kun Yoruba: A Review – A. Obayemi (pgs. 61-87 in Journal of the Historical Society of Nigeria, 9, 2; 1978)

The Son of Umbele – Bill Marshall (Sedco; 1992; 73 pgs)

The Song of a Twin Brother – K. Anyidoho (pgs. 52-66 in Earthchild, Woeli; 1984)

The Souls of Black Folk – W.E.B. Du Bois (1903; Fawcett Publications, Greenwich CT, US; 1961; Signet Classic, New York, US; 1969; Gramercy Books; New Jersey, US; 1994)

The Sources and Uses of Migrant Remittances in Ghana – P. Quartey and T. Blankson (IEA Research Report, Accra; 2003)

The southern Bantu languages – C.M. Doke (Oxford University Press for International African Institute, London, England; 1954)

The Soviet Union and Africa: The History of the Involvement – M. Charles (Lanham MD, US; 1980)

The Soviet Union and Black Africa – C. Stevens (Macmillan, London, England; 1976)

“The Spark” on “Neo-Colonialism” (Spark Publications, Accra; 1965; 14 pgs)

The Spark – Times Behind Me – From Kwame Nkrumah to Hilla Limann – Kofi Batsa (Rex Collings, London, England; 1985; 137 pgs)

The Spatial Organization of Residential Areas of Accra, Ghana, with Particular Reference to Aspects of Modernisation R.R. Brand (pgs. 284-298 in Economic Geography 48; 1972)

The spatial variability of erodibility and its relation to soil types: a study from northern Ghana – Anita Veihe (pgs. 101-120 in Geoderma, 106, 1-2; March 2002)

The spawning and the growth of the Volta oyster, Egaria radiata (LAM) – Eric Ago Kwei (pgs. 149-159 in Ghana Journal of Science, 5, 2; July 1965)

The spirit of brotherly love: speech by Lt-Gen J.A. Ankrah… at the opening of the YMCA Centre on 16th April 1966 (no details; 3 pgs)

The Spectre of Black Power – Kwame Nkrumah (PANAF Books, London, England; Hensteve Publications Ltd, Accra)

The spread of Hausa culture in West Africa – M. Adamu (pgs. 3-13 in Savanna, 5, 1; 1976)

The Spread of the Bantu languages – D.W. Phillipson (pgs. 106-114 in Scientific American, 246, 236, no. 4; April 1977)

The Stages of Economic Development of a Primary Producer in the Middle of the 20th Century Dudley Seers (pgs. 57-69 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, vol. 7; 1963)

The Star of Deep Beginnings: The Genesis of African Science and Technology – Charles S. Finch (Khenti Inc., Georgia, US; 1998)

The State and Extreme Poverty in Botswana: The San and Destitutes – Kenneth Good (pgs. 185-205 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 37, 2; 1999)

The state and food agriculture – Emmanuel Hansen (in The State, Development and Politics in Ghana, (eds.) Emmanuel Hansen and Kwame A. Ninsin; CODESRIA Books, Dakar, Senegal; 1989)

The State and Industrial Development in Ghana – C. Dorm-Adzobu (pgs. 108-116 in Ghana Social Science Journal, 1, 1; 1971)

The State and Popular Struggles in Ghana, 1982-86 Emmanuel Hansen (in Popular Struggles for Democracy in Africa, (ed.) Peter Anyang Nyong’o, UNU/Zed Press; 1987)

The State and Rural Class Formation in Ghana: A Comparative Analysis – Piet Konings (Melbourne and Henley, London and Boston MA, US; Kegan Paul International, London, England; 1986)

The State and the Defence Committees in the Ghanaian Revolution, 1981-1984 Piet Konings (Revolutionary Monographs on Culture and Society, Series 2, no. 2; Lagos, Nigeria; 1986)

The State and the Peasantry: A case study of a rural development project in Ghana – F. Schiphorst (Preliminary Report, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands; 1980)

The state, civil society and democracy in Africa: some theoretical issues Ken Post (in Democracy and Socialism in Africa, (eds.) Robin Cohen and Harry Goulbourne; Westview Press, Boulder CO, US; 1991)

The State, Development and Politics in Ghana (eds.) Emmanuel Hansen and Kwame A. Ninsin (CODESRIA Book Series, 1 Ashdon Road, London NW 10 4EH, England; 1989)

The State of Ghana’s Forests 1986-1997 – Non-Timber Forest Produce J.L.G. Wong (Technical Assistance to the Forst Sector Development Project, Ghana, ODA Consultancy Report CNTR95558A; 1997)

The State of Research in the Performing Arts of South Africa – C. Ndlovu and E. Akrofi (pgs. 14-15 in Issues in the Human Sciences, 6, 1; 1999; Bulletin of the National Research Foundation, Pretoria, South Africa)

The State in Africa: The Politics of the Belly – Jean-François Bayart (Longman, London, England; 1993) Originally published in French, roughy “L’Etat en Afrique – la politique du ventre”

The state in African historiography: a reassessment – J. Thornton (pgs. 113-126 in Ufahamu, 4, 2; 1973)

The State in Capitalist Society – R. Milliband (Basic Books, New York, US; 1969)

The State in Post-Colonial Societies – H. Alavi (in New Left Review, 74; July/Aug. 1972)

The State of Ambivalence: Right and Left Options in Ghana Judith .M. Marshall (pgs. 49-62 in Review of African Political Economy, 3, 5; 1976)

The State of Education in Ghana – for the Ghana National Education Coalition Campaign – R. Gbadamosi, D. Agyeman, J. Boakye and J. Baku (ERNWACA, Accra; 2000)

The State of Forest Resources of Ghana – F.A. Friar (in The State of Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Council, Accra)

The State of 'Law and State' Theory in Papua New Guinea: being a review of Peter Fitzpatrick's Law and State in Papua New Guinea – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 27-47 in Yagl Ambu, 8; 1981; pgs. 161-174 in Melanesian Law Journal, 9; 1981)

The State of our Present Ethnographical Knowledge of the Gold Coast Peoples A.W. Cardinall (in Africa, 2, 4; London, England; 1929)

The state of the book industry in Ghana: an overview – Annor Nimako (pgs. 1-8 in Ghana Book World, 5; Dec. 1991)

The State of the Economy and the External Debts Problem – J.H. Mensah (Ghana Publishing Corp.; April 1970)

The State of the Ghanaian Economy Report [annual publication since 1991] (Institute of Statistical, Social and Economic Research (ISSER), P.O. Box LG 74, University of Ghana, Legon)

The State Promotion of Industry – The Case of the Industrial Development Corporation – T. Killick (in Ghana Social Science Journal, 2, 1 and 3, 1; 1972 and 1973)

The State, Structural Adjustment and Good Government in Africa Richard Jeffries (in Journal of Commonwealth and Comparative Politics, [31 or 33?], 1; 1993)

The ‘stateless peoples’ of North-West Ghana: a reappraisal of the case of the Dagara of Nandom – Benedict Der (unpublished manuscript, University of Cape Coast Department of History; 1977)

The Status of Human Rights in Pre-Colonial Africa: Implications for Contemporary Practices – N.K. Appea Busia, Jr. (pgs 225-250 in Africa, Human Rights and the Global System, (ed.) Eileen McCarthy Arnolds et al., Westport CT, US; 1994)

The Status of Women in Ghana: ActionAid’s Intervention – ActionAid International Ghana (Accra; date to come)

The Statutory Foundations of the Land Administration system in the Northern and Upper Regions of Ghana – L.K. Agbosu (Research Publication, Land Administration Research Centre, Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology, Kumasi; no date)

The Stench of Khaki – Willie Ansah (Woeli; 1994; 222 pgs) Novel

The Stolen Verdict: Ghana November 1992 Presidential Election (New Patriotic Party, Accra; 1993)

The Stool Kwakuvi Azasu (Ghana Universities Press)

The Story of a Soldier’s Life [2 vols.] – Garnet Joseph Wolseley (Scribner’s, New York, US; 1903) Administrator of Cape Coast and Commander in the Asante campaign, 1873-74, See Vol. 2, pgs 257-370, says McFarland

The Story of an African Working Class: Ghanaian Miners’ Struggles, 1870-1980 J. Crisp (Zed Press, London, England; 1984; 256 pgs)

The Story of Bob Johnson, Ghana’s Ace Comedian – Efua T. Sutherland (Anowuo, Accra; 1970; 25 pgs)

The Story of Language – C.L.C. Barber (Cromwell, London, England; 1964)

The Story of Medicine Robinson (Tudor Publishing Co., New York, US; 1931)

The Story of Nyaho Clinic – Kwami Nyaho Tamakloe with Yaw Boadu-Ayeboafoh (Nyaho Clinic, P.O. Box 5224, Accra; 1998; 37 pgs)

The Story of Sampson Opong – H. Debrunner (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1965; 40 pgs)

The Story of the Ashantee Campaign W.W. Reade (Smith, Elder, London, England; 1874)

The Story of the Caribbean People – James Ferguson (Ian Randle Publishers Kingston, Jamaica; 1998)

The Story of the Ivory Coast – W.J. Platt (Pamphlet No. 651; Sept. 1938, BFBS)

The Story of the German Occupation of Togoland – A.W. Cardinall (in The Gold Coast Review, 2, 2; Accra; 1926; 3, 1, 1927)

The Story of West Africa – Mary Kingsley (London, England; 1900)

The Strange Man Amu Djoleto (Heinemann, London, England; 1967; Humanities Press, New York, US; 1968; 277 pgs) Novel

The Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere – Jurgen Habermas (trans. T. Burger and F. Lawrence; MIT Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1989)

The Structure and Policy Implications of a Macroeconomic Model of Ghana – C. Dordunoo (in World Development, 22, 8; 1994)

The Structure of Greater Ashanti (1700-1824) – Kwame Arhin (pgs. 65-85 in Journal of African History, 8, 1; 1967)

The Structure of Scientific Revolutions – I.S. Kuhn (University of Chicago Press, Chicago IL, US; 1962)

The structure of the verbal clause in Bimoba – G. Jacobs (pgs. 47-54 in Journal of West African Languages, 3, 1; 1966)

The Struggle Continues – Kwame Nkrumah (PANAF Books, London, England; Hensteve Publications Ltd, Accra)

The Struggle for Black Arts in Britain – What Can We Consider Better than Freedom – Kwesi Owusu (Comedia, London, England; 1986; 172 pgs)

The Struggle for Meaning: Reflections on Philosophy, Culture and Democracy in Africa – Paulin Hountondji (Ohio University Centre for International Studies, Athens OH, US; 2002)

The struggle over structural adjustment in Ghana – J. Kraus (pgs. 19-37 in Africa Today, 38, 4; 1991)

The Structure and Determinants of Inequality and Poverty Reduction in Ghana, 1988-92 S. Canagarajah, D. Mazumdar and X. Ye (World Bank Policy Research Working Paper No. 1998, Washington DC, US; 1998)

The Structure of African Judicial Authority and Problems of Evidence and Proof in Traditional Courts – N.A. Ollennu (pgs. 110-122 in Ideas and Procedures in African Customary Law, [Studies presented and discussed at the Eighth International African Seminar at the Haile Sellassie I University, Addis Ababa, January 1966], (ed.) Max Gluckman, International African Institute/Oxford University Press, London, England; 1969)

The structure of political conflict in the new states of tropical Africa A.R. Zolberg (pgs. 70-87 in American Political Science Review, 62; 1968)

The Structural Underpinnings of Ghana’s December 2000 Elections: A Critical Perspective – D. Smith (Centre for Democratic Development, Accra; 2001)

The Structure of Greater Ashanti (1700-1824) – P.K. Arhin (pgs. 65-85 in Journal of African History, 8, 1; 1967)

The Structure of Slavery in Indian Ocean Africa and Asia – [Author details to come] (Routledge, UK; 2004; 206 pgs) Examines the complex and shifting forms of servitude and how they were affected by human and natural forces in the Indian Ocean world up to the period of European economic and political predominance in the 19th century (ABCBR)

The Struggle for an Independent Electoral Commission in Ghana (Institute of Economic Affairs, Accra; November 2003; Newsletter of the Institute for Multi-Party Democracy; www.nimd.org)

The Stubborn – Bediako Asare (East African Literature Bureau, Kampala, Uganda; 1976; 161 pgs)

The Students Loan Scheme: Two Decades of Experience in Ghana A. Sawyerr (National Council for Tertiary Education, Accra; 2001; 13 pgs)

The Study and Control of Iodine Deficiency Disorders in Ghana (Ministry of Health/University of Ghana, Project File No. 90-0219; 1995)

The Study for the Development of a Master Plan to Strengthen Technical and Vocational Education in the Republic of Ghana [3 vols.] (Pacific Consultants International for Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA) and Ministry of Education, Accra; 2001)

The Study of Africa, Vols. 1 and 2 – (ed.) Paul Tiyambe Zeleza (CODESRIA, Dakar, Senegal; www.codesria.org; 2006/7) Takes stock of the study of Africa in the 21st century, its status, research agenda and approaches, and location. Volume 1 covers the academic disciplines, African studies and interdisciplinary studies. Volume 2 explores globalisation, African studies and regional contexts. Bethwell Ogot, Chancellor of Moi University and Professor Emeritus of History, says the book provides “the most comprehensive and critical analysis of African studies in the world today”; it reveals a fundamental, depressing fact that the terms of global intellectual exchange are unequal; and points out that “it is the responsibility of African scholars, both in the continent and in diaspora, to spearhead this struggle for intellectual decolonization and deconstruction”.

The Study of Ghanaian Languages in the University Institutions – J. Ellis (in Proceedings of the Conference on the Study of Ghanaian Languages, (eds.) G. Ansre and J.R. Birnie, Ghana Publishing Corporation; 1969)

The Study of Slavery in Africa – M.A. Klein (in Journal of African History, 19, 4; 1978)

The Study of ‘Social Change’ in British West Africa K. Little (in Africa, 23, 4; London, England; 1953)

The ‘submerged descent line’ in Ashanti M. Fortes (in Studies in Kinship and Marriage, (ed.) I. Schapera, RAI Occasional Paper No. 16; 1963)

The Success and Failure of ‘Dependency Theory’ – The Experience of Ghana – James C.W. Ahiakpor (in International Organization, 39, 3; 1985 [or 86?])

The Success Story of Cocoa Processing and Chocolate Manufacturing in Ghana – The Success Story that Demolished a Myth – P.K. Awua (David Jamieson and Associates Ltd, 13 Castle Street, Saffron Walden, Essex CB10 1BD, England; 2002; 148 pgs)

The sudden death of a millionaire: Conversion and consensus in a Ghanaian kingdom M. Gilbert (pgs. 291-313 in Africa, 58; 1988)

The Sumerians – Leonard Wooley (Norton Books, New York NY, US; 1965)

The suppletory law in Canonical Jurisprudence: a doctoral dissertation in Canon Law – A. K. Mensah-Brown (The Ashanti Press, for the author, Obuasi; 1965; 66 pgs)

The Supply and Demand for Finance among SMEs in Ghana – E. Aryeetey, A. Baah-Nuakoh, T. Duggleby, H. Hettige and W.F. Steel (World Bank Discussion Paper 251; 1994)

The suppression of the African slave-trade to the United States of America, 1638-1870 – W.E.B. DuBois (Dover Publications, Mineola NY, US; 1999)

The Survival of Multiparty Democracy in Ghana and the Politics of

Accommodation in the Fourth Republic – B.J. da Rocha (Institute of Economic Affairs, Accra; date to come)

The state sword, a pre-Ashanti tradition – René A. Bravmann (pgs. 1-4 in Ghana Notes and Queries, 10; Dec. 1968)

The symbols of Ashanti kingship – Douglas Fraser (in African art and leadership, (eds.) D. Fraser and H. Cole, University of Wisconsin Press, Madison WI, US; 1972)

The Tallensi – M. Fortes (in African Political Systems, (eds.) M. Fortes and E.E. Evans-Pritchard, Oxford University Press, Oxford, England; 1940)

The Tariff Study – A Study of the Incentive Structure of Some Ghanaian Industries – K. Yahya and G. Fynn (Trade Policy Unit, Ministry of Trade and Industry, Accra; 1998)

The Teaching of Creative Writing – Ayi Kwei Armah (pgs. 994-995 in West Africa; 20 May 1985) Essay

The teaching of English as a national second language – F.G. Learoyd (pgs. 13-20 in Ghana Teachers’ Journal, 52; October 1966)

The teaching of English in the primary schools of Ghana – Daniel K. Abbiw (pgs. 12-22 in Ghana Teachers’ Journal, 50; April 1966)

The tears of a prostitute – Seth K. Osae (self-published; Accra; 1968; 54 pgs)

The Technological Response to Import Liberalization in Sub-Saharan Africa – (ed.) S. Lall (Macmillan, London, England; 1999)

The Temples of Kawa – M.F.L. Macadam (London, England; 1949)

The Terms of Trade Controversy and the Evolution of Soft Financing: Early Years in the UN – Hans W. Singer (pg. 280 in Pioneers in Development, (eds.) G.M. Meier and D. Seers; Oxford University Press for World Bank, New York, US; 1984)

The Teshi settlements of the Accra plains – D.A.E. Gilbert (pgs. 45-53 in Nigerian Geographical Journal, 9, 1 (Ibadan, Nigeria); June 1966)

The Theme of Corruption in A Man of the People and The Beautyful Ones Are Not Yet Born – Koku Amuzu (pgs. 18-23 in Legacy, 3, 2; 1977)

The Theory and Practice of African One-Partyism – The Case of the CPP Re-Examined – Selwyn Ryan (in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 4(1), 1970) [Title given elsewhere as The Theory and Practice of African One-Partyism – the Convention People’s Party (Ghana) re-examined]

The Theory of African Literature: Implications for a Practical Criticism – Chidi Amuta (Zed Books, London, England; 1989)

The Theory of Economic Growth – W. Arthur Lewis (Homewood, Illinois, US; 1955)

The Things That Money Can Buy: Chieftaincy, the Media and the 1996 Elections in Hohoe-North Constituency – Paul Nugent (pgs. 85-106 in Ghana Studies, 4; 2001)

The Third Bagré: A Myth Revisited – Jack Goody and S.W.D.K. Gandah (Carolina Academic Press, Durham NC, US; 2002)

The Third Way in African Philosophy: Essays in Honour of Kwasi Wiredu – (ed.) Olusegun Oladipo (Hope Publications, Ibadan, Nigeria; 2002)

The Third Woman – Joseph Boakye Danquah (United Society for Christian Literature, London, England; 1943; 151 pgs)

The Third World Hoax – Ayi Kwei Armah (pgs. 1781-1782 in West Africa; 25 Aug. 1986) Essay

The Timbuktu Manuscript Tradition – John Hunwick (Tinabantu, 1, 2; June 2003) 

The Torrent – J.W. Abruquah (Longmans, Green, London, England; 1968; 280 pgs) Novel

The Towns in Ghana, Their Role as Service Centres – D. Grove and L. Huszar (Accra; 1964) McFarland lists this as The Towns of Ghana: The Role of Service Centres in Regional Planning (Oxford University Press, London; 1965; 128 pgs) The Ghana National Bibliography lists this as just The Towns of Ghana, same authors, publisher as Oxford University Press for Ghana Universities Press; 1965; 108 pgs

The Trade Makers: Elder Dempster in West Africa, 1852-1972 – P.N. Davies (Allen and Unwin, London, England; 1973; 526 pgs)

The Trade Union Movement in Africa: Promise and Performance – Wagu Ananaba (New York, US; 1979)

The Tradeoff Between Numbers of Children and Child Schooling: Evidence from Côte d'Ivoire and Ghana – M. Montgomery, A. Kouamé and Raylynn Oliver (World Bank, Living Standards Measurement Study Working Paper, No. 112; 1995) Very similar listing found: The tradeoff between the number of children and their schooling: Evidence from Côte d’Ivoire and Ghana M. Montgomery, A. Kouame and R. Oliver (Population Council Working Paper 82, Population Council, New York, US; 1995)

The traditional foundations of development, part 1 – Kofi Asare Opoku (pgs. 50-53 in Uhuru, 4, 6; 1992)

The traditional legal systems of Africa Kwamena Bentsi-Enchill (pgs. 2-38 in International Encyclopedia of Comparative Law, Vol. VI: Property and Trust; Tubingen, Germany; 1976) Found listed elsewhere with F.H. Lawson named as chief editor and publication date as 1973); also found elsewhere as published in Volume 10, Instalment 10

The traditional political systems of northern Ghana reconsidered – Benedict Der (pgs. 35-6 in Regionalism and Public Policy in Northern Ghana, (ed.) Yakubu Saaka; Peter Lang, Frankfurt am Main, Germany; 2001)

The Transatlantic Slave Trade: A History – J.A. Rawley (W.W. Norton, New York, US; 1981; 452 pgs)

The Transfer of Power in Africa: Decolonization 1940-1960 – (eds.) Prosser Gifford and William Roger Louis, Yale University Press, New Haven CT, US and London, England; 1982)

The Transfer of the Seat of Government from Cape Coast to Accra J.M. Akita (in Gold Coast Teachers’ Journal, March 1956)

The Transformation of Property Rights in the Gold Coast: An Empirical Study Applying Rational Choice Theory – K. Firmin-Sellers and R. Calvert (details to come; 1996)

The transition of Ghana’s fishing from a primitive to a mechanised industry – Rowena M. Lawson (pgs. 90-104 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 9; 1968)

The Transport Department – the first two decades (1901-20) – D.K. Greenstreet (pgs. 33-44 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 10, 3; 1966)

The Travels of Ibn Batuta (in Egypt, Syria, Persia, Zanzibar, Tartary, Hindostan, Ceylon, China, Spain, and Africa; between 1325 and 1353 – Abu Abd Batuta (London, England; 1829) Translated from the Arabic, abridged manuscript copies preserved in the Public Library at Cambridge

The Trial of J.J. Rawlings – Echoes of the 31st December Revolution Kojo Yankah (Ghana Publishing Corporation; 1986; 110 pgs)

The Tribal Markings and Marks of Adornment of the Natives of the Northern Territories of the Gold Coast Colony – C.H. Armitage (Royal Anthropological Institute, London, England; 1924; 23 pgs)

The Treatment of African Documents by the Library of Congress Classification Scheme – Andrew Leo Ogbonyomi (pgs. 11-126 in African Journal of Library and Archival Science, 4, 2; 1994)

The troubles of a batchelor – Willie Donkor (self-published; Accra; 1968; 73 pgs)

The true dates of the Chinese maritime expeditions in the early fifteenth century – J.J.L. Duyvendak (pgs. 341-412 in T'oung Pao, 34; 1938)

The Truth about the West African Land Question – J.E. Casely Hayford (2nd edition, C.M. Phillips, London, England; 1913; 203 pgs, with another 10 pages of press notices and reviews of Ethiopia Unbound; Frank Cass; London, England; 1971)

The Tshi-Speaking Peoples of the Gold Coast of West Africa; Their Religion, Manners, Customs, Laws, Languages A.B. Ellis (Negro University Press, New York, US; Chapman and Hall, London, England; 1887; 343 pgs; Benin Press, Chicago IL, US; 1964; Offset Bedrifj, Oosterhout, Netherlands; 1966)

The Turning Point in Africa: British Colonial Policy, 1938-48 – R.D. Pearce (Frank Cass, London, England; 1982; 233 pgs)

The Two Asantes: Competing Interpretations of ‘Slavery’ in Akan-Asante Culture and Society – A. N. Klein (pgs. 149-167 in The Ideology of Slavery in Africa, (ed.) P.E. Lovejoy, Sage Publications, Beverly Hills CA, US and London, England; 1981)

The Two Hearts of Kwasi Boachi – A. Japin (Alfred A. Knopf, New York, US; 2000; 384 pgs; Chatto & Windus, London, England; 2000; 342 pgs; Vintage, London, England; 2001; Dutch edition: De Zwarte met het Witte Hart; Arbeiderspers, Amsterdam, The Netherlands; 1997; also published in a French edition) Historical novel about Ashanti prince Kwasi Boachi, who settled in the Dutch East Indies (Indonesia) on a coffee plantation; reviewed in New York Magazine, Nov. 27, 2000; http://www.newyorkmag.com/page.cfm?page_id=4126

The two Isanwurfos – Joseph Adam Braimah (Longmans, London, England; 1967; 127 pgs) Introduction and notes by Jack Goody

The Two Princes of Calabar: An Eighteenth-Century Atlantic Odyssey –Randy J. Sparks (Harvard University Press, Boston MA, US; 2004; 189 pgs) Uses recently discovered correspondence to reconstruct the experiences of Little Ephraim Robin John and Ancona Robin John, two 18th century Nigerian slave traders who were betrayed by competitors, sold into slavery themselves, transported to Dominica, Virginia and England where they sued for and won their freedom, then returned home and resumed their trade (ABCBR)

The 2001 budget call to honour the social contract – Charles Abugre and A. Vitus Azeem (Integrated Social Development Centre, ISODEC, Accra; 2001)

The 2002 Budget of Ghana – into the 3rd Year of HIPC and “Property Owning Democracy” (Integrated Social Development Centre, ISODEC, P.O. Box MP 2989, Mamprobi, Accra; www.isodec.org.gh; 2002; 79 pgs)

The UAR Policy in Afrca – Egypt’s Policy under Nasser – T. Ismael (Northwestern University Press, Evanston IL, US; 1971)

The Unbearable Whiteness of Being: African American Critical Theory and Cyberculture – Kali Tal (www.kalital.com/Text/Writing/Whiteness.html)

The undefining of oral tradition – David William Cohen (pgs. 9-17 in Ethnohistory, 36; 1989)

The underlying problem of the army coups d’état in Africa – Dennis Austin (pgs. 65-72 in Optima, 16, 2; June 1966)

The UNDP, ‘Development,’ and Multinational Corporations – Rosemary Galli (in Latin American Perspectives, 4, 4; 1977)

The undying memories of a gallant man: tributes to the late Dr. Joseph Boakye Danquah, the doyen of Ghana politicians – compiled by Henry Kwasi Akyeampong (State Publishing Corporation, Accra-Tema; 1967; 48 pgs)

The Unexamined Life: Philosophy and the African Experience – Kwame Gyekye (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1988)

The Unfinished Quest of Richard Wright – Michel Fabre (Morrow; New York, US; 1973)

The ‘Unholy’ Alliance between Chiefs and Fulani Herdsmen in the Middle Volta Basin of Ghana – Steve Tonah (in Ghana Social Science Journal, 3, June/December 1 and 2; 2005)

The United Nations Development Programme – A Better Way? Craig N. Murphy (UNDP and Cambridge University Press; 2006; 372 pgs) This official history of UNDP has a chapter on Ghana (pgs. 114-138) entitled “Lewis in Ghana and after”, and provides interesting material (and further references) on W. Arthur Lewis, Nkrumah, the Volta dam and development theories of the period

The United States and Decolonization in West Africa, 1950-1960 – E. Nwaubani (University of Rochester Press, Rochester NY, US; date to follow)

The United States and the African peace settlement of 1919: the pilgrimage of George Louis Beer – W.R. Louis (pgs. 413-433 in Journal of African History, 4, 3; 1963)

The University of the Gold Coast 1948-1951 – D.M. Balme (Thomas Nelson and Sons, London, England; no date)

The Urban Land Development Process and Urban Land Policies in Ghana – W. Odame Larbi (Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors, London, England; 1995)

The urgency of applying new and high technologies in Ghana’s industrial sector – E.H. Amonoo-Neizer (pg. i in Journal of the University of Science and Technology, 11, 1; Feb. 1991)

The Uruguay Round and Ghana – Abena D. Oduro and K. Yahya (African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; March 1999)

The use of grid sampling methodology for rapid assessment of the distribution of bancroftian filariasis – John O. Gyapong and Jan H. F. Remme (pgs. 681-686 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 95, 6; November-December 2001)

The use of language and the Ghanaian actor’s technique – J. Scott Kennedy (pgs. 61-62 in Research Review, 4, 2; 1968)

The Use of Vernacular Languages in Education – Report of the UNESCO Meeting of Specialists, 1951 (UNESCO, Paris, France; 1953)

The Uses and Quality of Health Service in Tanzania: Results of a Service Delivery Survey – B. Cooksey and M. Mmuya (TADREG Working Paper Series, No. 6; August 1997)

The Uses and Quality of Primary Schooling in Rural Tanzania: A Baseline Service Delivery Survey for Rural Tanzania – B. Cooksey, M. Mmuya and F. Wamura (TADREG Working Paper Series, No. 7; December 1997)

The Uses of Nausea: The Beautyful Ones Are Not Yet Born – K.W. [as in Kay Whiteman?] (pg. 1540 in West Africa, 28 Dec. 1968)

The Valley of the Kings – Otto Neubert (London, England; 1957)

The value, cost and efficiency of American food aid – P. Pinstrup-Anderson and Tweetin (in American Journal of Agricultural Economics, 53)

The Vampire State in Africa: The Political Economy of Decline in Ghana J.J. Frimpong-Ansah (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US and James Currey, London, England; 1991)

The Vanishing Rural-Urban Gap in Sub-Saharan Africa – V. Jamal and J. Weeks (pgs. 271-292 in International Labour Review, 127, 3; 1988)

The Vegetarian Zones of the Gold Coast – C.J. Taylor (Government Printer, Accra; 1953)

The verbid – a caveat to ‘serial verbs’ – Gilbert Ansre (pgs. 29-32 in Journal of West African Languages, 3, 1; January 1966)

The vertical distribution of fishes in the Ebo stream and notes to the fish occurrence in the Lake Bosumtwi, Ashanti, Ghana – A. Lelek (pgs. 245-252 in Zoologicke Listy, 17, 3; Brno, Yugoslavia; 1968)

The Veterinary Department and the Animal Industry in the Gold Coast, 1909-1955 – D.K. Patterson (pgs. 457-491 in International Journal of African Historical Studies, 13, 3; 1980) Author found listed elsewhere as Paterson

The View from PEN International – Ayi Kwei Armah (pgs. 2384-2385 in West Africa; 26 Nov. 1984) Essay

The vicissitudes of mineral policy in Ghana – Fui S. Tsikata (pgs. 9-14 in Resources Policy, 23, 1-2; June 1997)

The village drier: preliminary report (Report for the second quarter, 1967; Food Storage) – J. Rawnsley (Food and Agriculture Organization Regional Office, Accra; 1967; 3 pgs, mimeo)

The Village Woman in Ghana – J. Bukh (Scandinavian Institute of African Studies, Uppsala, Sweden; 1979; 118 pgs) Life in Tsito (McFarland)

The Violated Universe: Fanon and Gandhi on Violence – Dipo Irele (Critical Forum, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1993)

The violent kiss – E.K. Mickson (Pictorial Publications, Accra; 1968; 49 pgs)

The vocational school fallacy revisited: education, aspiration and work in Ghana 1959-2000 – Kenneth King and Chris Martin (pgs. 5-26 in International Journal of Educational Development, 22, 1; January 2002)

The vocational school fallacy revisited: education, aspiration and work in Ghana 1959-2000 – Philip Foster (pgs. 27-28 in International Journal of Educational Development, 22, 1; January 2002)

The Volta Basin research project – R.N. York (pgs. 27-29 in West African Archaeological Newsletter, 5; Ibadan, Nigeria; November 1966)

The Volta-Comoe languages – Florence Abena Dolphyne and M.E. Kropp-Dakubu (in The Languages of Ghana, (ed.) M.E. Kropp-Dakubu; Kegan Paul International Ltd., London, England; 1988)

The Volta Dam: its prospects and problems – Robert M. Steel (pgs. 63-75 in Dams in Africa: an interdisciplinary study of man-made lakes in Africa; (eds.) W.M. Warren and N. Rubin; Frank Cass, London, England; 1968)

The Volta Resettlement Experience – (ed.) R. Chambers (Praeger, New York, US and Pall Mall, London, England; 1970; 286 pgs)

The Volta Resettlement Project – T.E. Hilton (pgs. 12-21 in Journal of Tropical Geography, 24; June 1967)

The Volta Resettlement scheme – Laszlo Huszar (pgs. 279-281 in Journal of Town Planning Institute, 51, 7; London, England; no date)

The Volta Resettlement Scheme – Rowena M. Lawson (pgs. 124-129 in African Affairs, 67, 267; London, England; 1968)

The Volta River Aluminium Scheme (HMSO, London, England; 1952)

The Volta River power system – Ghana Timothy T. Ho and H. William Stolmakc (Paper presented at the IEEE summer power meeting, Chicago, June 23-25, 1968; Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers; 1968; 18 pgs)

The Volta River Project – D. Hilling (pgs. 830-841 in Geography Magazine, 37, 11; March 1965)

The Volta River Project – Robert Jackson (pgs. 141-161 in Progress (Unilever), 4; 1964) As listed by the Ghana National Bibliography (1966)

The Volta River Project – Robert G.A. Jackson (United Africa Company, London, England; 1965)

The Volta River Project [3 vols.] – Volta River Preparatory Commission (HMSO, London, England; 1956) Includes bibliographies, says McFarland

The Volta River Project: A Case Study in Politics and Technology – D. Hart (Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh, Scotland; 1980; 132 pgs)

The Volta River Project and Tongu Ewe Migrant Communities along the Volta Lake: a Cse of Development’s Unintended Consequences? – Dzodzi Tsikata (in Research Review (new series) 20, 2; Legon; 2004)

The Volta River Project: Village Resettlement and Attempted Rural Animation – D.P. Lumsden (pgs. 115-132 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 7, 1; 1973)

The Volta River Salt Trade: The Survival of an Indigenous Industry – I.B. Sutton (pgs. 43-61 in Journal of African History, 20, 1; 1981)

The voyages of Cadamosto, and other documents on Western Africa in the second half of the fifteenth century – (ed. and Eng. transl.) G.R. Crone (Hakluyt Society, London, England; 1937)

The Web of Kinship among the Tallensi M. Fortes (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1949; 358 pgs) Second part of The Dynamics of Clanship Among the Tallensi

The West African Commonwealth – C.W. Newbury (Duke University Press, Durham NC, US; 1964; 106 pgs)

The West African Intellectual Community [papers from an international seminar in Freetown, Dec. 1961] – (eds.) J.T. Saunders and M. Dowuona (Ibadan, Nigeria; 1962)

The West African Ivory Trade during the Eighteenth Century – H.M. Feinberg and M. Johnson (pgs. 435-453 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, 15, 3; 1982)

The West African Press Since the Second World War – A Bibliographical Review – K.A.B. Jones-Quartey (in African Studies Since 1945 – A Tribute to Basil Davidson, (ed.) Christopher Fyfe, Longman, London, England, c. 1976)

The West African Roll Call – J.T.F. Halligey (London, England; 1907)

The West African Shipping Conferences and Ghana; Some Aspects of Colonial Oligopoly and National Policy – R.H. Green (in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 3, 3; 1964)

The West African Shipping Trade, 1909-1959 – C. Leubuscher (Sythoff, Leiden, The Netherlands; 1963)

The West African Students’ Union – P. Garigue (pgs. 55-69 in Africa, 23, 1; 1953)

The West African Students’ Union and the Politics of Decolonisation, 1925-1958 – G.O. Olusanya (Daystar Press, Ibadan, Nigeria; 1982; 148 pgs)

The West African Youth League: Its Origins, Aims and Objects – I.T.A. Wallace-Johnson (in The Negro Worker; May 1937)

The West and the Rest: Discourse and Power – S. Hall (pgs. 185-227 in Modernity: An Introduction to Modern Societies, (eds.) S. Hall, D. Held, D. Hubert and K. Thompson; Blackwell, Cambridge MA, US and Oxford, England; 1996)

The West and the Rest of Us: White Predators, Black Slavers and the African Elite – Chinweizu (Vintage Books, and Nok Publishers, New York, US; 1975; Pero Press, P.O. Box 988, Festac Town, Lagos, Nigeria; 1987)

The wheel – R.R. Okyne (University of London Press, London, England; 1966; 32 pgs) English at Work Reader 2A

The wider background of Salaga civil war – Marion Johnson (pgs. 31-39 in Research Review, 2, 2; 1966)

The Wisdom of Ancient Egypt – Joseph Kaster (Barnes and Noble, New York NY, US; 1993)

The Wisdom of Egypt and the Old Testament – W.O.E. Osterley (London, England; 1927)

The Wizard of Asamang Samuel Asare Konadu (Adaex; 2001; 141 pgs; first published, Waterville, Accra; 1964; 129 pgs) Novel

The Women, Law and Development Movement in Africa and the Struggle for Customary Law Reform – Takyiwaa Manuh (International Third World Legal Studies Association and the Valparaiso University School of Law; 1995)

The Workers’ Brigade – A.B. Williams-Baffoe (pgs. 267-270 in Proceedings of the Joint Seminar on Problems and Approaches in Planning Agricultural Development, Addis Ababa, 16 Oct.-7 Nov. 1967; 1968)

The Working Behavior of Young People in Rural Côte d'Ivoire and GhanaRob Alessie, Paul Baker, Richard Blundell, Christopher Heady and Costas Meghir (pgs. 139-154 in The World Bank Economic Review, 6, 1; n.d.)

The Working Committee of the United Gold Coast Convention D. Austin (pgs. 273-297 in Journal of African History, 2, 2; 1961)

The World and Africa – W.E.B. Du Bois (New York, US; 1946; enlarged edition, International Publishers, New York, US; 1965)

The World Bank – A Critical Analysis – Cheryl Payer (Monthly Review Press, New York, US and London, England; 1982; 414 pgs. in hardback)

The World Bank and the Peasant Problem – Gavin Williams (in Rural Development in Tropical Africa, (eds.) J. Heyer, P. Roberts and G. Williams; 1981)

The World Bank and the Poor – Aart van de Laar (Martinus Niijhoff, The Hague, The Netherlands; 1980)

The World Bank: Present Role and Prospects – F. Mansour (UN African Institute for Economic Development and Planning [IDEP], Dakar, Senegal; 1979)

The World Bank since Bretton Woods – E.S. Mason and R.E. Asher (Brookings Institution, Washington DC, US; 1973)

The World of Richard Wright – Michel Fabre (University Press of Mississippi, Jackson MI, US; 1985)

The World, the Text, and the Critic – Edward Said (Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1983)

The World View of the Akan – K.A. Opoku (pgs. 61-73 in Tarikh, 7, 2; 1982)

The World’s Sixteen Crucified Saviors – Kersey Graves (London, England; 1875)

The Worship of Nature – James Frazer (Macmillan and Co., New York NY, US; 1926)

The Wretched of the Earth – Frantz Fanon (Penguin, Harmondsworth, England; 1963, 1967; translated by C. Farrington, Grove Weidenfeld, New York, US; 1968 [or 1969?])

The Writer in a Modern African State – Wole Soyinka (in The Writer in Modern Africa, (ed.) Per Wästberg; 1968)

The writing of Akan (The Akan Orthography Committee, Bureau of Ghana Languages, Accra; 1965)

The Ya-Na of the Dagombas (Interdisciplinary Seminar in field methods) – M.D. Iddi ((Yendi Project, Report No. 12; Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana and Northwestern University, Evanston IL, US; 1968; 81 pgs)

The Year of Revolution in Ghana – H.V.H. Sekyi (pgs. 197-201 in African Affairs, 72, 287; April 1973)

The Year Book of Education – F.L. Bartels (London, England; 1949)

The Yendi chieftaincy dispute and Ghanaian politics P. Ladouceur (pgs. 97-115 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 6, 1; 1972)

The Young Offender and the Criminal Justice System H. Mensa-Bonsu (in University of Ghana Law Journal, 18; 1990-1992)

The Youngmen and the Porcupine: Class, Nationalism and Asante’s Struggle for Self-Determination, 1954-57 J.M. Allman (pgs. 263-279 in Journal of African History, 31, 2; 1990)

The Youth and Sex – A book for parents and young people – Harry and Sophia Awortwi (Asempa Publishers, Accra; 2004; 96 pgs)

The Zambarima Conquest of North-West Ghana, Part I – J.J. Holden (pgs. 60-86 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, 8; 1965) Listed in Ghana National Bibliography (1966) as The Zabarima Conquest...; and in Lentz (2007) as The Zaberima conquest…

The Zimbabwe Culture – G. Caton-Thompson (Oxford, England; 1931)

Thebes of the Pharaohs – Charles Francis Nims (New York, US; 1965)

Theological Education in Africa: Quo Vadimus? – (eds.) John S. Pobee and J.N. Kudadjie (Asempa Publishers, Accra; 1990)

Theology as Liberation: Four Contemporary Third World Programmes – C.G. Baeta [J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1981)

Theology in Africa K.A. Dickson (Darton, Longman and Todd, London, England; Orbis Books, New York, US; 1984)

Theories of Africans: Francophone Literature and Anthropology – C. Miller (University of Chicago Press, Chicago IL, US; 1990)

Theories of Share Tenancy: A Critical Survey – K. Otsuka and Hayami (pgs. 31-68 in Economic Development and Cultural Change, 37; 1988)

Theory and Application: Soil Degradation and Economic Development in Ghana – H.A. Alfsen, T. Bye, S. Glomsrod and H. Wiig (pgs. 119-143 in

Environment and economic development, 2, Cambridge University Press; 1997)

Theory and Practice in African Philosophy: The Poverty of Speculative Thought – Olabiyi Yai (in Second Order, 2; July 1977)

There is Money in the Sea – Ghanaian Migrant Fishermen and Women in the Ivory Coast – Irene Odotei (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon, P.O. Box LG 73; 2002; 132 pgs)

There Must Be No Poor among You – M. Beaudin (pgs. 5-12 in Jubilee, Wealth and the Market, (ed.) J. Mihevic, Canadian Ecumenical Jubilee Initiative; 1999)

There Was an Elmina Note, But… – H.M. Feinberg (pgs. 618-630 in The International Journal of African Historical Studies, 9, 4; 1976)

Thermal changes in the Volta Lake in Ajena – S. Biswas (paper presented at the International Symposium on Man-made Lakes held in Accra; 1966)

Thermal neutron reflection method for measurement of total hydrogen contents in Ghanaian petroleum products – E. H. K. Akaho, S. A. Jonah, C. P. K. Dagadu, B. T. Maakuu, S. Anim-Sampong and A. W. K. Kyere (pgs. 617-622 in Applied Radiation and Isotopes, 55, 5; November 2001)

Theses on Africa, 1963-1975, Accepted by Universities in the United Kingdom and Ireland – J.H. St. J. McIlwaine (Mansell, London, England; 1978; 123 pgs) Supplements 1964 list of theses between 1920 and 1962

They came before Columbus – The African Presence in Ancient America – Ivan van Sertima (Random House, New York, US; 1976)

They Have Used a Broom to Sweep My Womb: The Concept of Witchcraft in Ghana – Owusu Brempong (in Research Review (new series) 12, 1 & 2; Legon; 1996)

Things Fall Apart Again: Structural Adjustment Programmes in Sub-Saharan Africa J. Barry Riddell (pgs. 53-68 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 30, 1, 1992)

Third World Housing: The Future Is Now – Ranvinder S. Sandhu and Brian C. Aldrich (pgs. 209-213 in Habitat International, 22, 3; September 1998)

Third World Literature in the Era of Multinational Capital – Fredric Jameson (pgs. 65-88 in Social Text, 15; 1986) Also found listed as …in the Era of Multinational Capitalism

Thirty Years of Industrial Relations Legislation in Ghana: 1941-1971 – Akilagpa Sawyerr (pgs. 331-345 in Verfassung und Recht in Urbersee, 1978)

This Africa – Bankole Awoonor-Renner (1928; reprint, Central Books, London, England; 1943)

This Earth, My Brother – Kofi Awoonor (Doubleday, New York, US; Heinemann, London, England; 1971; 183 pgs)

This modern world (English at work Reader no. 6) – Robert Richardson Okyne (University of London Press, London, England; 1967; 110 pgs)

'This Place is Not Ghana': Gender and Rights Discourse among Ghanaian Men and Women in Toronto – Takyiwaa Manuh (pgs. 77-95 in Ghana Studies, 2; 1999)

Thomas Birch Freeman A. Birtwhistle (London, England; 1950)

Thomas Birch Freeman, the Son of an African F.D. Walker (Cape Coast; 1925)

Thought Birds – Peggy Appiah (Catholic Press, P.O. Box 99, Kumasi; International Spouses Association of Ghana, P.O. Box OS 2184, Accra; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 2001; 48 pgs) Poems

Three cases of rhinosporidiosis in Ghana – E.C. Christian and J. Kovi (pgs. 63-64 in Ghana Medical Journal, 5, 2; June 1966)

Three friends at school (English at work Reader No. 3) – Robert Richardson Okyne (University of London Press, London, England; 1967; 78 pgs)

Three pieces for flute and piano, Opus 14 – Adolphus Turkson (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon; 1968; 8 pgs)

Three rural development schemes in Africa: Farmech; Nyakashaka; Volta – Sandra Wallman, Caroline Hutton and Rowena Lawson (pgs. 111-129 in African Affairs, 67, 267; April 1968)

Three Sons of the Gold Coast E.W. Adjaye, J. Buckman and J.W. de Graft Johnson (London, England; 1925)

Three Syntaxes of Particularity Ato Sekyi-Otu (in Ethnicity in a Technological Age, (ed.) I.H. Angus, University of Alberta, Alberta, Canada; 1988)

Three types of Southern Ghanaian cocoa farmer – Polly Hill (pgs. 203-223 in African Agrarian Systems, (ed.) Daniel Biebuyck, Oxford University Press for International African Institute, London, England; 1963)

Through a Film Darkly – Joe de Graft (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1970; 70 pgs)

Through Fanteeland to Coomassie: A Diary of the Ashantee Expedition – F. Boyle (Chapman and Hall, London, England; 1874; 411 pgs)

Through the Structural Adjustment Minefield: Politics in an Era of Economic Liberalization – Barbara Grosh (Chapter 2, pgs. 29-46 in Economic Change and Political Liberalization in Sub-Saharan Africa, (ed.) Jennifer A. Widner; Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore MD, US; 1994)

Tilforladelig Efferretning om Kysten Guinea L.F. Roemer (Copenhagen, Denmark; 1760; part translated by K. Bertelsen, Institute of African Studies, Legon; 1985)

Timber-construction and wood-carving in West Africa in the second millennium BC – O. Davies (pgs. 115-118 in Man, 2, 1; March 1967)

Timber trends in Ghana – Statistical Analysis, 1961-1966 – Jan Janson (Food and Agriculture Organization, Rome, Italy; June 1968)

Time and social structure: An Ashanti case study – M. Fortes (in Time and Social Structure and other essays, (ed.) M. Fortes, Oxford, England; 1949)

Time in the black experience (ed.) Joseph K. Adjaye (Greenwood Press, Westport CT, US; 1994)

Tinkering with the Criminal Justice System in Common Law Africa – S. Gyandoh (in Temple Law Review, 62, 4; 1989)

Title Registration, Land Resource Management and Land Use Policy – (ed.) S.B. Amissah (Land Administration Research Centre, Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology; 1980)

To Be Heard and To Be Seen – Translating Oral Poetry – Kofi Anyidoho (pgs. 55-67 in Crosscurrent, 2, nos. 3 and 4; 1989)

To be is to be known – Kwasi Wiredu (in Legon Journal of Humanities, 1; 1974)

To Change or Not to Change: Obstacles and Resistance to Sexual Behavioural Change among the Youth in Ghana in the Era of AIDS – John Kwasi Anarfi (in Research Review (new series) 19, 1; Legon; 2003)

To Katanga and Back: A UN Case History – Conor Cruise O’Brien (Simon and Schuster, New York, US; 1962)

To Kumasi with Scott G.S. Musgrave (London, England; 1896)

To make our world anew: a history of African Americans – (eds.) Robin D.G. Kelley and Earl Lewis (Oxford University Press, Oxford; 2000)

To pray or not to pray: politics, medicine and conversion among the LoDagaa of Northern Ghana, 1929-1939 – Sean Hawkins (pgs. 50-85 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 31; 1997)

To Privatize or Not To Privatize (Institute of Economic Affairs, Accra; 2003)

To the Gold Coast for Gold [2 vols.] – R.F. Burton and V.L. Cameron (Chatto and Windus, London, England; 1883)

To the thirsty land (Autobiography of a patriot) Emmanuel Evans-Anfom (Africa Christian Press; 2003; 457 pgs) One of the few prominent post-independence Ghanaian physicians to have written an autobiography

To Wash an Ethiop White: British Ideas about Black African Educability, 1530-1960 – C. Lyons (Teachers College Press, New York, US; 1975)

Tobacco (mimeo; Development Service Institute, National Investment Bank, Accra; 1964)

Tobacco growing in Ghana – E.A. Ekrement (pgs.30-37 in Ghana Farmer, 9, 1; February 1965)

Togbui Kpeglo II – H.K. Setsofia (Bureau of Ghana Languages, Accra; 1968; 147 pgs) Ewe; King Keglo II

Together We Stand and Reap – J. Anquandah (Asempa, Accra; 1979)

Togo under Imperial Germany, 1884-1914: A Case Study in Colonial Rule A.J. Knoll (Hoover Institution Press, Stanford CA, US; 1978; 240 pgs)

Togo unter deutscher Flagge: Reisbilder und Betrachtungen – H. Klose (D. Reimer, Berlin, Germany; 1899)

Togoland J.S. Coleman (Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, International Conciliation, 509, New York, US; 1956; 91 pgs)

Togoland under the Germans: thirty years of economic development (1884-1914) Part 1 M.B.K. Darko (pgs. 107-122 in Nigerian Geographical Journal, 10, 2 (Ibadan, Nigeria); December 1967)

Tolerable Falsehoods: Agency and the Interests of Theory – K.A. Appiah (pgs. 63-90 in Consequences of Theory, (eds.) J. Arac and B. Johnson, The Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore MD, US; 1991)

Tomatoes, land and hearsay: Property and history in Asante in the time of structural adjustment – Sara Berry (pgs. 1225-1241 in World Development, 25, 8; August 1997)

Tonal Structure of Buli Phonological Nouns – George Akanlig-Pare (pgs. 63-67 in Gur Papers, 2; 1997)

Tone in the Ga verb – Vincent Okunor (Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana, Legon; 74 pgs; 1967)

Tongues: African Languages and the Challenges of Development – (eds.) K.K. Prah and Yvonne King (CASAS Monograph Series No. 1; 1998) Edited record of Symposium on African Languages and the Challenge of Development held at Golden Tulip Hotel, Accra, Ghana, on 5 March 1998 and sponsored by the Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society (CASAS)

Tony Baffoe: jaunty but simply (Details to come)

Topics in West African History A. Adu Boahen (Longman, London, England; New York, US; 1966; 174 pgs)

Topics on Early Africa and Ghana’s History for Senior Secondary School Vincent N. Okyere (Vinojab Publications; 1996; 256 pgs)

Topónimos de oreigen portuguésa na costa ocidental de Africa desde o Cabo Bojador ao Cabo de Santa Caterina – A. Teixeira da Mota (Publiçaões do centro de estudos da Guiné portuguesa, 14, Bissau, Guinea Bissau; 1950)

Tourism and Postcolonialism: Contested Discourses, Identities and Representation – (ed.) C.M. Hall (Routledge, London, England; 2004, 304 pgs) Uses theoretical and applied research to illuminate the links between tourism, colonialism and post-colonialism (ABCBR)

Tourism in Ghana: The Representation of Slavery and the Return of the Black Diaspora – Edward M. Bruner (pgs. 290-304 in American Anthropologist, 98, 2, June 1996)

Towards a better understanding of conflict management in tropical fisheries: evidence from Ghana, Bangladesh and the Caribbean – Elizabeth Bennett, Arthur Neiland, Emilia Anang, Paul Bannerman, A. Atiq Rahman, Saleemul Huq, Shajahan Bhuiya, Mark Day, Michelle Fulford-Gardiner and Wesley Clerveaux (pgs. 365-376 in Marine Policy, 25, 5; September 2001)

Towards a Better Understanding of Urban Change: The Ghana Case Study – J. Songsore (Final Report to the IIED; 2000)

Towards a Better Understanding of Urban Change – Urbanization, National Development and Inequality in Ghana  – J. Songsore (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 2003; 38 pgs) Inaugural Lecture, 2002

Towards a definition of absolute ownership – S. Rowton Simpson (pgs. 145-150 in Journal of African Law, 5, 3; London, England; 1961)

Towards a Holistic Approach to Family Mental Health in Africa – Kweku Osei-Hwedie (in Research Review (new series) 13, 1 & 2; Legon; 1997)

Towards a less orthodox history of Hausaland – J.E.G. Sutton (pgs. 179-201 in Journal of African History, 20, 2; 1979)

Towards a Natural Science of Economics Felix Okwaning (Faith Publishers, P.O. Box KIA 9245, Accra; 1995; 332 pgs)

Towards a Pax Africana: A Study in Ideology and Ambition – A. Mazrui (Weidenfeld and Nicolson, London, England; 1969)

Towards a Philosophy of Theory in Ethnomusicological Research – Nissio Fiagbedzi (pgs. 45-55 in African Musicology: Current Trends, Vol. 1, (eds.) J.C. DjeDje and W.G. Carter, African Studies Centre, UCLA, US; 1989)

Towards a Political Economy of Development: A Rational Choice Perspective – (ed.) R.H. Bates (University of California Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London; 1988)

Towards a Rational Scientific Basis for Herbal Medicine – I. Addae-Mensah (Ghana Universities Press; 1991)

Towards a regional plan for service centres in Ghana – David Grove and Laszlo Huszar (pgs. 14-26 in Economic Bulletin of Ghana, 9, 2; 1965)

Towards a Restatement of Demographic Transition Theory: An Investigation of Conditions Before and At the Onset of Fertility Decline Employing Primarily African Experience and Data – J.C. Caldwell (pgs. 25-119 in The Persistence of High Fertility: Population Prospects in the Third World, (ed.) J.C. Caldwell, Australian National University, Canberra, Australia; 1979)

Towards a Workable System of Land Title Registration in Ghana – L.K. Agbosu (pgs. 31-70 in Land Ownership and Registration in Ghana, (ed.) A. Kodwo Mensah-Brown; Land Administration Research Centre, Kwame Nkrumah University of Science and Technology, Kumasi; 1978; 214 pgs)

Towards a Strategic Geopolitical Vision of Afro-Arab Relations – Kwesi K. Prah (The Tharwa Project; paper submitted to the African Union Experts’ Meeting on a Strategic Geopolitical Vision of Afro-Arab Relations, AU Headquarters, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 11-12 May 2004)

Towards a Systems Model of Stress: Feedback from an Anthropological Study of the Impact of Ghana’s Volta River Project – D.P. Lumsden (pgs. 191-228 in Stress and Anxiety, vol. 2 (eds.) I. Sarason and C. Spielberger, Hemisphere, Washington, US; 1975)

Towards Accelerated Agricultural Growth (Centre for Policy Analysis, CEPA, Accra; 1996)

Towards an African Pianism: Keyboard Music of Africa and its Diaspora – (ed.) Akin Euba (Programme and Notes of Symposium and Festival, 7-9 October, University of Pittsburgh PA, US; 1999)

‘Towards an African Pianism’: Piano Music of Africa and the Diaspora, Symposium and Festival – C. Lucia (pgs. 131-135 in South African Journal of Musicology, 19/20; 2000)

Towards an Agenda of Constitutional Issues under the Nkrumah Regime F.S. Tsikata (pgs. 211-235 in The Life and Work of Kwame Nkrumah, (ed.) Kwame Arhin; Sedco; 1991, reprinted 2001; pgs. 207-214 in the edition published by Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US; 1993)

Towards an Information System for Safe Water and Sanitation Planning in Local Communities – R. Kofie (Network Lines (ProNet), Accra, vol. 20, No. 1; 1999);

Towards Building a Model of Urban Growth Dynamics: The Case of ‘Large’ Northern Ghanaian Towns – J. Songsore (pgs. 114-127 in Universitas, new series, 6, 1, University of Ghana; May 1977)

Towards civil rule in Ghana (Ministry of Information; 1967; 19 pgs)

Towards Colonial Freedom – Africa in the Struggle Against World Imperialism – Kwame Nkrumah (Heinemann; PANAF Books, London, England; Hensteve Publications Ltd, Accra; The Windmill Press, Kingswood, Surrey, England; 1962)

Towards comprehensive water resource development in Ghana – E. Lartey (pgs. 44-50 in Proceedings of Ghana Academy of Sciences, 4; 1966)

Towards Decolonizing African Philosophy and Religion – Kwasi Wiredu (in African Studies Quarterly, 1, 4; date to come)

Towards Economic Recovery in Sub-Saharan Africa: Essays in Honour of Robert Gardiner, (eds.) James Pickett and Hans Singer (Routledge, London, England, and New York NY, US; 1990)

Towards Effective and Accountable Local Government in Ghana – J.R.A. Ayee (pgs. 1-27 in Critical Perspectives, No. 13, Ghana Centre for Democratic Development, Accra; March 2003)

Towards Food Self-Sufficiency in Africa – (ed.) K. Ewusi (Tema Press, Tema; 1989)

Towards Ghana’s Third Republic – D.P. Lumsden (pgs. 471-78 in Canadian Journal of African Studies, 13, 3; 1980)

Towards More Effective Self-Reliance: The Role of the Manufacturing Sector in Ghana (International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, IBRD [a.k.a. World Bank], Washington DC, US; 1974)

Towards Nationhood in West Africa: Thoughts of Young Africa Addressed to Young Britain J.W. de Graft Johnson (Headley Brothers, London, England; 1928; 2nd edition [with introduction by F.K. Drah] Frank Cass, London, England; 1971)

Towards new partnerships in sector-wide approaches: comparative experiences from Burkina Faso, Ghana and Mozambique – Lene Buchert (pgs. 69-84 in International Journal of Educational Development, 22, 1; January 2002)

Towards Nkrumaism – The Role and Tasks of the Trade Unions – J. Tettegah (TUC, Accra; 1962)

Towards Sustaining an Effective Educational System: Summary of Recommendations Made at the National Education Forum, 17-19 November 1999 (Ministry of Education, Accra; 1999)

Towards register appropriateness in second language performance – Naa Afarley Sackeyfio (pgs. 1-11 in The Oguaa Educ., 10, 1; Oct. 1992)

Towards the African Revolution: Political Essays – F. Fanon (transl. by H. Chevalier; Monthly Review Press, New York, US; 1967; Grove Press, New York, US; 1968)

Towards the Building of a Model of Urban Growth Dynamics: The Case of ‘Large’ Northern Ghanaian Towns Jacob Songsore (pgs. 114-127 in Universitas [new series], 6, 1; University of Ghana; 1977)

Towards the Decolonization of African Literature – Chinweizu, Onwuchekwa Jemie and Ihechukwu Madubuike (details to come; 1980)

Towards the Eradication of Guinea Worm: a Danish-Ghanaian Collaboration – S. Cairncross, S. D. Anemana and A. Olsen (pgs. 127-129 in Parasitology Today, 15, 4; 1 April 1999) 

Towards the Transfer of Power in British West Africa J.D. Hargreaves (in The Transfer of Power in Africa: Decolonization 1945-1960, (eds.) Prosser Gifford and Wm. Roger Louis, Yale University Press, New Haven CT, US; 1982)

Towards Understanding African Traditional Religion (in Religious Understanding and Cooperation in Nigeria, (ed.) I.A.B. Balogun, Government Press, Ilorin, Nigeria; 1978)

Towards Vision 2020; Medium-Term Health Strategy (Ministry of Health; 1995)

Tractatus de arte sobrie et accurate philosophandi – Wilhelm Anton Amo (1738) On the Art of Philosophising with Sobriety and Accuracy

Trade, accumulation, and the state in Asante in the nineteenth century Kwame Arhin (pgs. 524-537 in Africa, 60, 4; 1990)

Trade and Development in Sub-Saharan Africa – J.H. Frimpong-Ansah and R. Kanbur (details to come; 1991)

Trade and Economic Change on the Gold Coast, 1807-1874 E. Reynolds (Longman, London, England; 1974; 207 pgs)

Trade and markets among the Mosi people – E.P. Skinner (pgs. 237-278 in Markets in Africa, (eds.) P. Bohannan and G. Dalton, Northwestern University Press, Evanston IL, US; 1962)

Trade and Payments Regime and the Balance of Payments in Ghana – C.D. Jebuni, A.D. Oduro and K.A. Tutu (in World Development, 22, 8; 1994)

Trade and Politics in Akan Land – J.K. Fynn (pgs. 23-34 in Tarikh, 7, 2; 1982)

Trade and Politics on the Gold Coast 1600-1720: A Study of the African Reaction to European Trade K.Y. Daaku (Clarendon Press, Oxford, England; 1970; 219 pgs)

Trade and Poverty: Is There a Connection? – A. Winters (in Trade, Income, Disparity and Poverty, World Trade Organization, Lausanne Switzerland; 2001)

Trade and Trading Patterns of the Akan in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries K.Y. Daaku (pgs. 168-181 in The Development of Indigenous Trade and Markets in West Africa, (ed.) Claude Meillassoux, Oxford University Press, London, England; 1971)

Trade and Payments Regime and the Balance of Payments in Ghana – C.D. Jebuni, A.D. Oduro and K.A. Tutu (in African Imperatives in the New World Trade Order; African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; date to come)

Trade Castles and Forts of West Africa – A.W. Lawrence (Stanford University Press, Stanford CA, US; 1964; 390 pgs)

Trade, Exchange Rate and Agricultural Pricing Policies in Ghana – J.D. Stryker et al. (World Bank Comparative Studies; 1990)

Trade in Services in Ghana – C.D. Jebuni and A. Laryea (in African Imperatives in the New World Trade Order; African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; date to come)

Trade, Knowledge Spillovers and Growth G.M. Grossman and E. Helpman (in European Economic Review, 35; 1991)

Trade Liberalisation in Disinflation – D. Rodrik (Centre for Economic Policy Research Discussion Paper Series No. 832, London, England; 1993)

Trade on the Gold Coast A. Swanzy (London, England; 1874)

Trade on the Guinea Coast, 1657-1666: the Correspondence of the English East India Company – (ed.) M. Makepeace (African Studies Programme, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison WI, US; 1991)

Trade patterns in Ghana at the beginning of the eighteenth century – K.B. Dickson (pgs. 417-431 in Geographical Review, 56, 3 (New York, US); July 1966)

Trade, Payments Liberalisation and Economic Performance in Ghana C.D. Jebuni, A.D. Oduro and K.A. Tutu (AERC Research Paper No. 27, African Economic Research Consortium, Nairobi, Kenya; 1994)

Trade Policy Review: Ghana 2001 (World Trade Organization; 2001)

Trade Policy Review Mechanism: Ghana (General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, GATT, Geneva, Switzerland; 1991)

Trade Reforms, Incentives on Ground and Firm Performance in Ghana – T. Biggs and M. Shah (RPED Paper No. 105; 1997)

Trade Structures and Employment Growth in Ghana: A Historical Comparative Analysis 1960-89 B. Armah (pgs. 21-36 in African Economic History, 21; 1993)

Trade, Trade Liberalisation and Inequality in Latin America and East Asia: A Synthesis of Seven Country Studies – D. Robbins (Harvard Institute of International Development, Boston MA, US; 1995)

Trade Unions and Democratization: A Comparative Study of Zambia and Ghana – E. Akwetey (Stockholm Studies in Politics, University of Stockholm, Sweden; 1994)

Trade Unions in Chains – B. Bentum (TUC, Accra; 1967)

Trade Unions Organizing For Social Protection – Akwasi Adu-Amankwah (UNDP; 2005)

Trading life in Western and Central Africa – J. Whiteford (Liverpool, England; 1877)

Tradition and Change in Ghana: An Introduction to Sociology G.K. Nukunya (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1992) Revised, updated, 281-page edition of 2003 takes account of the period since 1992 (ABCBR) Title found listed elsewhere as Tradition and Change: The Case of the Family, with 1992 publication date

Tradition and Modernity: Philosophical Reflections on the African Experience – Kwame Gyekye (Oxford University Press, England; 1997)

Tradition and Nationalism in Tropical Africa James Coleman (in New States in the Modern World, (ed.) Martin Kilson, Harvard University Press, Cambridge MA, US; 1975)

Tradition and Society in the West African Novel – Emmanuel Obiechina (; details to follow; 1975)

Tradition and Transformation: Democracy and the Politics of Popular Power in Ghana – M. Owusu (pgs. 307-343 in Journal of Modern African Studies, 34, 2; 1996)

Tradition meets Modernity: C.C. Reindorf and his History of the Gold Coast and Asante – H. Hauser (pgs. 227-255 in Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana, New Series No. 8, University of Ghana, Legon; 2004)

Tradition, Modernity and Post Modernity in Comparative Education – (eds.) V.L. Masemann and A. Welch (Kluwer; Amsterdam, The Netherlands; date to follow)

Tradition TraditionElsworth Dorkenoo (details to follow; 1992)

Traditional African healer talks to Uhuru – Kweku Andoh (pgs. 62-64 in Uhuru, 4, 6; 1992)

Traditional and Imposed Political Systems among the Sisala of Northern Ghana – E.L. Mendonsa (pgs. 103-116 in Savana, 4, 2; 1975)

Traditional and modern patterns of succession to political office among the Mossi of the Voltaic Republic – E.P. Skinner (in Journal of Human Religions, 8; 1960)

Traditional Conservation Practices – Ghana’s Example – Barfuo Abayie Boaten I (in Research Review (new series) 14, 1; Legon; 1998)

Traditional Cosmological Beliefs among Non-Literate Adults in Sunyani District: Issues for the Functional Literacy Programme – D. Oduro-Mensah (in Ghana Journal of Literacy and Adult Education, 2, 1; 2000)

Traditional Ecological Knowledge in Northern Ghana – Edith Abruquah and S.J. Quashie-Sam (Ghana-Canada In Concert Programme; SACOST, Kumasi; 2004, 2005; 149 pgs)

Traditional Farmers’ Perceptions of the Soils of the Nanumba District of Ghana – T.W. Awadzi (in Research Review (new series) 12, 1 & 2; Legon; 1996)

Traditional food packaging materials in Ghana – Benjamin L. Lartey (pgs. 61-66 in FRI Research Bulletin, 1, 1; Food Research Institute, Accra; January 1966)

Traditional Healers and Other Institutions Concerned with Mental Illness in Ghana – G. Jahoda (pgs. 245-268 in International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 7; 1961)

Traditional Healing M. Dapaah (in Ghana Journal of Science, 21, pgs 16-21; 1968)

Traditional Healing (ed.) P. Singer (Conch Magazine Ltd, New York, US; 1977)

Traditional healing among the Ewes G. Adali-Mortty (p. 15 in Ghana Cultural Review, 1, 1; 1965)

Traditional Leadership and Rural Local Governance – D.I. Ray (Chapter 4 in Grassroots Governance?: Chiefs in Africa and the Afro-Caribbean; IASIA/University of Calgary Press, Calgary, Canada; 2003)

Traditional Life, Culture and Literature in Ghana – M. J. Assimeng (Conch Magazine, Buffalo NY, US; 1976; 200 pgs)

Traditional Medicine (WHO Journal, Nov. 1977)

Traditional Medicine and Health Care Coverage – (eds.) Bannerman, Burton and Wenchieh (World Health Organiztion, Geneva, Switzerland; 1983)

Traditional Medicine in Africa – (ed.) Isaac Sindiga (East African Educational Publishers; 1995; 197 pgs)

Traditional medicine in contemporary Ghana: A public policy analysis –   Komla Tsey (pgs. 1065-1074 in Social Science & Medicine, 45, 7; October 1997)

Traditional Medicine in Ghana: Practice, Problems and Prospects – E. Evans-Anfom [1984 Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 1986; 59 pgs)

Traditional Medicine in Health Services Development – Report of a Consultation (World Health Organization, Accra; 1980)

Traditional Medicine with Particular Reference to Yoruba of Western Nigeria – P.A. Dopamu (in African Systems of Science, Technology and Art: The Nigerian Experience, (ed.) Gloria Thomas-Emeagwali, Karnak House, London, England; 1993)

Traditional Political Systems, Titles to Land and Tenures in Ghana – G. Benneh (in Bulletin of the Ghana Geographical Association, 17; 1975)

Traditional pottery in Ghana – Daniel Cobblah (pgs. 11-12 in Ghana Cultural Review, 1, 1; 1965)

Traditional Rule in Ghana: Past and Present – K. Arhin (Sedco Publishers, Accra; 1985)

Traditional roles and people of slave origin in modern Ashanti – A few impressions – K. Poku (in Ghana Journal of Sociology, 5, 1; 1969)

Traditional Rule in Ghana: Past and Present – K. Arhin (Sedco, Accra; 1985)

Traditional systems of social security and their present-day crisis in West Africa – R. Schott (pgs. 89-107 in Between Kinship and State, (ed.) F. von Benda-Beckmann et al; 1988)

Traditional Wisdom in African Proverbs – 1,915 Proverbs from 41 African Countries – Albin Kweku Korem and Mawutodzi Kodzo Abissah (Publishing Trends Ltd, P.O. Box KA 9735, Accra; 2004; 172 pgs)

Traditionelle und schulische Erziehung bei den Bulsa in Nordghana – F. Kröger. (pgs. 269-283 in Zeitschrift für Ethnologie, 112, 2; 1987) Traditional education and school education among the Bulsa in northern Ghana

Traditions of democracy in our native institutions – K.E. de Graft-Johnson (pgs. 28-36 in Insight, 1, 3; November 1966)

Trafficking in Human Beings, especially Women and Children in Africa (UNICEF, Innocenti Research Centre; 2003)

Tragedy of a Been-to: Fragments – M. Tucker (pgs. 24-26 in The New Republic, 162; 31 Jan. 1970)

Trailblazers, Struggles and Organizations of African Workers before 1945 H. Deutschland (Tribune, Berlin, Germany; 1970)

Trainers Guide on Nursing Care for People Living with HIV/AIDS – A Health Learning Manual for Service Providers (National Health Learning Materials Centre, Human Resource Development Division, Ministry of Health/Ghana Health Service, P.O. Box 1908 Kumasi; 2004; 36 pgs) Contributors are: A.A. Druye, E. Adzigbli, J.B. Awuah, M. Sumani, Peace Ivy Ananga, Robert Twene and Wilberforce Kwamla Adade

Training for development in Africa – Modjaben Dowuona (pgs. 135-147 in African Affairs, 65, 259; April 1966)

Training midwives to improve post-abortion care in Ghana: Major findings and recommendations from an operations research project (Book review, pg. 200 in Reproductive Health Matters, 7, 14; November 1999)

Training of doctors in Ghana – C.O. Easmon (pgs. 208-217 in Ghana Medical Journal, 8; 1969)

Training Programme Design for NGOs in Northern Ghana S. Kamara (no other data; 1988)

Training the Next Generation of Scientists – Marian Ewurama Addy [2003 J.B. Danquah Memorial Lectures] (Ghana Academcy of Arts and Sciences, Accra; 2004; 61 pgs)

Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana New Series No. 8 (University of Ghana, Legon; 2004; 280 pgs)

Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana New Series Nos. 4 & 5 University of Ghana, Legon; 2000-2001; 149 pgs)

Transactions of the Historical Society of Ghana New Series No. 6 (University of Ghana, Legon; 2002; 147 pgs)

Transactions: The Partnership for Child Development – The health and nutritional status of schoolchildren in Africa: evidence from school-based health programmes in Ghana and Tanzania, 92, 254–261 – (Erratum; pg. 450 in Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, 92, 4; July-August 1998)

Transferring Power in Ghana: Some Thoughts on What the Archives Might Be Telling Us – Richard Rathbone (pgs. 123-33 in Ghana Studies, 1; 1998)

Transformations in Ghana 1951-1966 – K. Arhin (Sedco, Accra; 2002)

Transformations in Slavery: A History of Slavery in Africa – P. Lovejoy (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge; 1983; 2nd ed. 2000)

Transformations in Traditional Rule in Ghana (1951-1996) – Arhin Brempong (Sedco; 2001, 149 pgs)

Transforming the ‘Periphery’: A Study of the Struggle of the Social Forces in Ghana for Democracy and National Sovereignty – Kwesi Botchwey (United Nations University, London, England; 1981)

Transit Market in Asante Hinterland in the late 19th Century – K. Arhin (in ODU New Series, No. 9; 1974)

Transnational Migration, Return and Development in West Africa – R. Black et al. (Sussex Centre for Migration Research, University of Sussex, England; 2003)

Transitional Modes of Production: A Case Study from West Africa (Ghana) – E. Vercruijsse (Lawrence Hill, Westport CN, US; 1982; 234 pgs) About canoe-fishing (McFarland)

Transitions from War to Peace: Dilemmas of Multilateral Intervention in Civil Wars – Emmanuel Kwesi Aning (Institute of Economic Studies; further details to come)

Translating the Devil: Religion and Modernity among the Ewe in GhanaB. Meyer (Africa World Press, Trenton NJ, US; 1999; 265 pgs)

Translational Problems: Meaning and Reality in African Thought – Godwin Sogolo (in Ultimate Reality and Meaning: International Studies in the Philosophy of Understanding, 10, 1; 1987)

Transportation in Ghana – P.R. Gould (London, England; 1960)

Tratado Breve dos Rios de Guiné – Alvares d’Almada (1594; French transl. V. Santaren; 1842; new Portuguese edition, L. Silveira, Lisbon, Portugal; 1946)

Travel Patterns and Coping Strategies of Ghanaian Migrants in Toronto – Kwadwo Konadu-Agyemang (pgs. 13-34 in Ghana Studies Journal, 2; 1999)

Travellers in the Gold Coast Hinterland: Salih Bilali of Massina, Abu Bakr, and Wargee – I. Wilks (pgs. 143-189 in Africa Remembered: Narratives by West Africans from the Era of the Slave Trade, (ed.) P. Curtin; University of Winsconsin Press, Madison WI, US; 1967)

Travels and Life in Ashanti and Jaman (with about one hundred illustrated photographs) – R.A. Freeman (A. Constable, London, England; 1898; Frederick A. Stokes, New York, US; 1891; Frank Cass, London; 1967; 559 pgs) He was a medical officer with an English political mission to Asante in 1888-1889, says McFarland

Travels in Egypt and Nubia – Frederick Norden (London, England; 1757; further details to come)

Travels in Ethiopia above the Second Cataract of the Nile – G.A. Hoskins (London, England; 1835)

Travels in West Africa – M. Kingsley (1897; Everyman, London, England; 1993)

Travels in Western Africa 1845-1846 J. Duncan (London; 1847; 1968 edition, Frank Cass, London, England)

Travels to Discover the Sources of the Nile – James Bruce (Edingburgh, Scotland; 1790) Five volumes

Treaties, borders and the partition of Africa – S. Touval (pgs. 279-292 in Journal of African History, 7, 2; 1966)

Tree selection and seed improvement in Ghana – Norman Jones (Forest Products Research Institute, Kumasi; Ghana Academy of Sciences; 1966; 13 pgs)

Trends and Progress in Banking in 1995 (mimeo, Bank of Ghana; no date)

Trends in decentralization in Ghana D.K. Greenstreet (in Quarterly Journal of Administration, 5, 2; 1971)

Trends in maternal mortality: a 13-year hospital-based study in rural Ghana D.W. Geelhoed, L.E. Visser, Kofi Asare, J.H. Schagen van Leeuwen and J. van Roosmalen (pgs. 135-13 in European Journal of Obstetrics & Gynecology and Reproductive Biology, 107, 2; 25 April 2003)

Trends in the small-scale mining of precious minerals in Ghana: a perspective on its environmental impact Benjamin N. A. Aryee, Bernard K. Ntibery and Evans Atorkui (pgs. 131-140 in Journal of Cleaner Production, 11, 2; March 2003)

Tribal, Racial Religious and Language Problems in Africa –  Jack Goody (pgs. 98-120 in Man in Africa, (eds.) Gordon Wolstenholme and Maeve O’Connor; Little, Brown and Company, Boston MA US; 1965)

Tribalism in Ghana: tribalism is unlikely to trouble the new regime in Ghana – W.E.F. Ward (pgs. 22-26 in Venture, 18; June 1966)

Tribes of the Ashanti Hinterland [2 vols.] R.S. Rattray (Clarendon Press, Oxford, England; 1923 [or 1932, 1969; 604 pgs; McFarland])

Tribes of the Northern Territories of the Gold Coast – M. Manoukian (International African Institute, London, England; 1951; 104 pgs)

Trilateralism: The Trilateral Commission and Elite Planning for World Management – (ed.) Holly Sklar (South End Press, Boston MA, US; 1980)

Trinidad, Brazil, and Ghana: three melting moments in the history of cocoa J. Leiter and S. Harding (pgs. 113-130 in Journal of Rural Studies, 20, 1; Jan. 2004) Review article examines decline after promising expansion in cocoa production at three historical moments: Trinidad in the early 18th century, Brazil in the first half of the 20th century, and Ghana in transition from colonialism to independence. Departing from conventional explanations based on biological, agronomic, and market factors, this paper follows a commodity systems approach and uses the literature to focus on labour control dilemmas and the consequences of state action and inaction (Science Direct)

Triviales und Transzendentes: Einige Aspekte afrikanischer Rechts-traditionen unter besonderer Berücksichtigung der Bulsa in Nord-Ghana – R. Schott (pgs. 265-301 in Entstehung und Wandel rechtlicher Traditionen, (eds.) W. Fikentscher, H. Franke and O. Köhler, Freiburg and Munich, Germany; 1980)

Trois expériences africaines de développement : le Mali, la Guinée et le Ghana Samir Amin (Presses Universitaires de France, Paris, France; 1965; 233 pgs) Three African experiences of development: Mali, Guinea and Ghana

Trokosi (National Population Council, Accra; 2001)

Trokosi (Child Slavery) in Ghana: A Policy Approach Robert Kwame Ameh (pgs. 35-62 in Ghana Studies, 1; 1998)

Trokosi – Legal of Illegal? – E. Short (pgs. 22-28 in Report of the First National Workshop on the Trokosi System in Ghana, International Needs-Ghana; 1995)

Trokosi – Part 2 (pgs. 1-5 in Progressive Utilization Magazine, 2, 1 (PUM); 1995)

Trokosi – Virgins of the Gods or Concubines of Fetish Priests? (pgs. 2-6 in Progressive Utilization Magazine, 1, 1 (PUM); 1994)

Tropical Exports and Economic Development – B.M. Ingham (Macmillan Press, London, England; 1981)

Tropical Forests and West African Enterprise: The Early History of the Ghana Timber Trade – Raymond Dumett (pgs. 79-116 in African Economic History, 29; 205 Ingraham Hall, 1155 Observatory Drive, Madison WI 53706, US; This e-mail address is being protected from spam bots, you need JavaScript enabled to view it ; 2001)

Trust, Networks and Norms: The Creation of Social Capital in Agricultural Economies in Ghana – Fergus Lyon (pgs. 663-681 in World Development, 28, 4; April 2000) 

Truth as a Logical Constant with an Application to the Principle of the Excluded Middle – Kwasi Wiredu (in The Philosophical Quarterly, 25, 101; 1975)

Truth as Opinion – Kwasi Wiredu (in Universitas, Legon; March 1972)

Turning Brain Drain into Brain Gain – Personal Reflections on using the Diaspora Option – U.E. Ite (in African Issues – The African ‘Brain Drain’ to the North: Pitfalls and Possibilities, (eds.) C.K. Daddieh and J.E. Fair; 2002; further details to folloe)

Turning Fortunes – Overcoming the Challenges of a Loss-Making Company – The Case Study of the Cocoa Processing Company P.K. Awua (David Jamieson and Associates Ltd, 13 Castle Street, Saffron Walden, Essex CB10 1BD, England; 2004; 77 pgs)

Turning the horns: Cultural metaphors, material conditions, and the peasant language of resistance in Ionian Islands (Greece) during the nineteenth century – Thomas W. Gallant (pgs. 702-719 in Society for Comparative Study of Society and History, 36, 4; 1994)

Turning the Tide – US Intervention in Central America and the Struggle for Peace – Noam Chomsky (South End Press, 7 Brookline Street, #1, Cambridge MA 02139, US; 1985, 1987; 334 pgs)

Tutorials in Inferential Social Statistics – J.Y. Opoku (Ghana Universities Press, Accra; 1st edition 2004, 2005, 2nd edition 2006; 273 pgs)

Twentieth Century Africa – (ed.) P.J.M. McEwan (Oxford University Press, London, England; 1968)

21st Century Image of Women: A Womanist Reading of Two Nigerian Plays – Foluke Ogunleye (in Research Review (new series) 20, 1; Legon; 2004)

Twenty-five African Songs Ephraim Amu (London Press; 1932)

Twenty-five years of University-Based Adult Education in Ghana – K.A.B. Jones-Quartey (Ghana Institute of Adult Education Monograph No. 1, Legon; 1974)

Twenty Years of Independence in Zimbabwe: From Liberation to Authoritarianism – Staffan Darnolf and Liisa Laakso (Palgrave, UK; 2003; 272 pgs)

Twer Nyame (Agor a woakyekye mu ebiasa) – Kobena Gyate Akwa (Bureau of Ghana Languages, Accra; 1987; 78 pgs; first edition, 1959)

Twi and English songs – W.E. Offei (Self-published, Accra; 1966; 31 pgs)

Twi Basic Course – J.E. Redder, N. Osusu [?] et al. (US Foreign Service Institute, Washington DC, US; 1963; 224 pgs)

Twi-English English-Twi [Hippocrene Concise Dictionary] – Paul A. Kotey (Hippocrene Books, 171 Madison Avenue, New York NY 10016, US; 1998; 332 pgs [small format])

Twi Etymology: A Study in Ethno-Linguistics – Owusu Brempong (in Research Review (new series) 7, 1 & 2; Legon; 1991)

Twi Kasa Mmara – C.A. Akrofi (Waterville, Accra; 1965) Grammar

Twi Mmεbusεm  – C.A. Akrofi (Macmillan, London, England; 1958) Twi proverbs

Twi Mmεbusεm: mpεnsa-ahansia mmoaano, A Collection of Three Thousand and Six Hundred Tshi Proverbs – J.G. Christaller (Basel Evangelical Missonary Society, Basel, Switzerland; 1879) Title also found (in Appiah, Appiah, Agyeman-Duah, 2007) listed as Three Thousand Six Hundred Ghanaian Proverbs: From the Ashanti and Fante Languages

Twi mmεbusεm 750 wo Akuapem Twi mu – Ofei-Ayisi (Waterville Publishing House, Accra; 1966; 191 pgs) 750 Twi proverbs in Akuapem Twi

Twi Nsem Nkorenkore Kyerewbea [Asante-Twi Spelling book] (revised, enlarged edition, Waterville, Accra; 1964) Ghana National Bibliography gives date as 1966, with 179 pgs

Twi to English for Beginners – by Nana Obiri Appau (ISBN 9964-91-077-0; 31st December Market, Shed 1 T/No. 497, Accra; 1991; 16 pgs)

Twi to English for Beginners, Volume 2 Paul Maanoh (Manhill Publications, P.O. Box 548, Madina, Accra; 22 pgs)

Two Case Studies on the Urban Informal Sector – A.W. Shepherd (University of Birmingham Institute of Local Government Administration and Development Administration, Case Studies No. 5; October 1982)

Two Cheers for Ghanaian Democracy:  Lessons from the Last Half Century for the Next Half Century – Maxwell Owusu (pgs.104-111 in Ghana Social Science Journal, Vols. 3 and 4, Nos. 1 and 2; June/December 2006/2007)

Two Hundred Years of the SPG – C.F. Pascoe (London, England; 1901) Society for the Propagation of the Gospel

Two Philosophies of African History: Hegel and Diop – L. Keita (pgs. 41-49 in Présence Africaine, 91; 3rd quarter 1974)

Two Pottery Experiences: Exploring Traditional Teaching Techniques – N. A. Schaefer (in Research Review, Supplement No. 9, Institute of African Studies, University of Ghana; 1995)

Two Royal Ladies of Meroe: Report on Some Results of Excavations – Dows Dunham (the Harvard University Museum of Fine Arts, Boston MA, US; 1950)

2000 Population and Housing Census, Demographic, Economic and Housing Characteristics (Ghana Statistical Service, Accra; 2005)

2000 Population and Housing Census – Special Report on 20 Largest Localities (Ghana Statistical Service, Accra; 2002; 79 pgs)

2000 Population and Housing Census – Special Report on Urban Localities (Ghana Statistical Service, Accra; 2002; 7 pgs)

2000 Population and Housing Census – Summary Report and Final Results (Ghana Statistical Service, Accra; 2002; 62 pgs)

2003 Ghana Demographic and Health Survey (Ghana Statistical Service, Accra; 2004)

Two Thousand Seasons – Ayi Kwei Armah (East African Publishing House, Nairobi, Kenya; 1973; Heinemann, London, England; 1979; Third World Press, Chicago IL, US; 1980; Per Ankh, B.P. 2 Popenguine, Senegal; 2000) Novel

Two Thousand Seasons: Literary Ancestry and Text – R. Fraser (pgs. 298-314 in Critical Perspectives on Ayi Kwei Armah, (ed.) D. Wright, Three Continents Press, Washington, US; 1992)

Two-year development plan – from stabilisation to development (Ministry of Economic Affairs, Accra; 1968; 112 pgs)

Two-year introductory science syllabus for secondary schools and training colleges in Ghana (with teaching notes) (Ghana Association of Science Teachers and the National Teacher Training Council, Accra; other details to come)

Two years after liberation: a review of the second year of liberation (Ministry of Information, Accra; 1968; 38 pgs)

Types of Farm Labour in Northern Ghana – G. Benneh (in Research Review (new series) 4, 1; Legon; 1988)

Typhoid perforation of the ileum in Korle Bu Hospital, Accra – E.A. Badoe (pgs. 83-87 in Ghana Medical Journal, 5, 3; September 1966)

 
Africa Information Network 2010
Designed & Developed by Samran Technologies
Nyansapo wisdom knot; Adinkra symbol of wisdom, ingenuity, intelligence and patience; conveys the idea that "a wise person has the capacity to choose the best means to attain a goal. Being wise implies broad knowledge, learning and experience, and the ability to apply such faculties to practical ends."
Sources: Cloth As Metaphor: (Re)reading the Adinkra Cloth Symbols of the Akan of Ghana G.F. Kojo Arthur (www.marshall.edu/akanart); The Adinkra Dictionary W. Bruce Willis (www.adinkra.org)
Dame-dame a board game; Adinkra symbol of intelligence and ingenuity.
Sources: Cloth As Metaphor: (Re)reading the Adinkra Cloth Symbols of the Akan of Ghana G.F. Kojo Arthur (www.marshall.edu/akanart); The Adinkra Dictionary W. Bruce Willis (www.adinkra.org)
Lets recognize, celebrate and help build the library of work on Ghana, Africa, the world and the imagination.
Ghana Book Review is contributing to the library by starting a bibliography of published books, papers and articles on or relevant to Ghana, or by Ghanaians, or published in Ghana.
Readers (and writers) can enrich the bibliography by sending in titles, with name(s) of author(s) or editor(s), publisher(s), place(s) and date(s) of publication, and number of pages.
When the urge becomes uncontrollable, send a note indicating the existence of a publication (at least two sentences on what the publication is about – this being a useful contribution towards a massive, annotated bibliography), or a review (at least two paragraphs on what the publication is about, what you think of it and why).
Corrections, clarification and enrichment of entries are vital to the process of growth in coverage and accuracy.
Even more important is to encourage others to read and to write.

Sources for all titles are books and publications from bookshops,
bookshelves, academic papers, articles, web sites and dis/interested
parties. The following are particularly useful sources that are also
noted in parenthesis when Ghana Nsem has used their annotation in
edited form, or mentioned them:
ABCBR = Africa Book Centre Book Review
CASAS = Centre for Advanced Studies of African Society
Centre for Indigenous Knowledge Systems, and CEFIKS Publications
– G.F. Kojo Arthur; cefiks@cfiks.org; cfiksorg@cfiks.org
Ghana National Bibliography, various editions since 1965
McFarland = Historical Dictionary of Ghana – D.M. McFarland
(Scarecrow Press, Metuchen NJ, US; 1st edition, 1985)
Science Direct, voluminous resource for scientific publications;
provides links to abstract and full PDF text